Trusted Business
Verified & Licensed
Virus Free Files
100% Safe Downloads
Secure Payment
SSL Protected
Instant Delivery
Available Immediately
2010 Infiniti FX35 FX50 S51 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
$38.95
2010 Infiniti FX35 FX50 S51 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
Instant PDF Download
Available immediately
Save to Your Device
Download & keep forever
Antivirus Scanned
100% virus-free
Trusted Worldwide
175,000+ customers
Description
2010 Infiniti FX35 FX50 S51 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
FILE DETAILS:
2010 Infiniti FX35 FX50 S51 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
Language : English
Pages : 7904
Downloadable : Yes
File Type : PDF
IMAGES PREVIEW OF THE MANUAL:
DESCRIPTION:
2010 Infiniti FX35 FX50 S51 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
FOREWORD:
- This manual contains maintenance and repair procedure for the 2010 INFINITI FX35/FX50.
- In order to assure your safety and the efficient functioning of the vehicle, this manual should be read thoroughly. It is especially important that the PRECAUTIONS in the GI section be completely understood before starting
any repair task. - All information in this manual is based on the latest product information at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes in specifications and methods at any time without notice.
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
2010 Infiniti FX35 FX50 S51 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
fwd........................................................................................................................................................................... 1 Model Selection........................................................................................................................................................... 1 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 1 FOREWORD.................................................................................................................................................................. 2 QUICK REFERENCE CHART..................................................................................................................................................... 3 A: GENERAL INFORMATION.................................................................................................................................................... 1 GI - General Information.............................................................................................................................................. 0 B: ENGINE................................................................................................................................................................. 1 EM - Engine Mechanical................................................................................................................................................ 0 LU - Engine Lubrication System........................................................................................................................................ 0 CO - Engine Cooling System............................................................................................................................................ 0 EC - Engine Control System............................................................................................................................................ 0 FL - Fuel System...................................................................................................................................................... 0 EX - Exhaust System................................................................................................................................................... 0 STR - Starting System................................................................................................................................................. 0 ACC - Accelerator Control System...................................................................................................................................... 0 C: HYBRID................................................................................................................................................................. 1 D: TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE............................................................................................................................................... 1 TM - Transaxle & Transmission......................................................................................................................................... 0 DLN - Driveline....................................................................................................................................................... 0 FAX - Front Axle...................................................................................................................................................... 0 RAX - Rear Axle....................................................................................................................................................... 0 E: SUSPENSION............................................................................................................................................................. 1 FSU - Front Suspension................................................................................................................................................ 0 RSU - Rear Suspension................................................................................................................................................. 0 SCS - SUSPENSION CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................... 0 WT - Road Wheels & Tires.............................................................................................................................................. 0 F: BRAKES................................................................................................................................................................. 1 BR - Brake System..................................................................................................................................................... 0 PB - Parking Brake System............................................................................................................................................. 0 BRC - Brake Control System............................................................................................................................................ 0 G: STEERING............................................................................................................................................................... 1 ST - Steering System.................................................................................................................................................. 0 STC - Steering Control System......................................................................................................................................... 0 H: RESTRAINTS............................................................................................................................................................. 1 SB - Seat Belt........................................................................................................................................................ 0 SBC - Seat Belt Control System........................................................................................................................................ 0 SR - SRS Airbag....................................................................................................................................................... 0 SRC - SRS Airbag Control System....................................................................................................................................... 0 I: VENTILATION, HEATER & AIR CONDITIONER.................................................................................................................................. 1 VTL - Ventilation System.............................................................................................................................................. 0 HA - Heater & Air Conditioning System................................................................................................................................. 0 HAC - Heater & Air Conditioning Control System........................................................................................................................ 0 J: BODY INTERIOR.......................................................................................................................................................... 1 INT - Interior........................................................................................................................................................ 0 IP - Instrument Panel................................................................................................................................................. 0 SE - Seat............................................................................................................................................................. 0 ADP - Automatic Drive Positioner...................................................................................................................................... 0 K: BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY.......................................................................................................................... 1 DLK - Door & Lock..................................................................................................................................................... 0 SEC - Security Control System......................................................................................................................................... 0 GW - Glass & Window System............................................................................................................................................ 0 PWC - Power Window Control System..................................................................................................................................... 0 RF - Roof............................................................................................................................................................. 0 EXT - Exterior........................................................................................................................................................ 0 BRM - Body Repair..................................................................................................................................................... 0 L: DRIVER CONTROLS........................................................................................................................................................ 1 MIR - Mirrors......................................................................................................................................................... 0 EXL - Exterior Lighting System........................................................................................................................................ 0 INL - Interior Lighting System........................................................................................................................................ 0 WW - Wiper & Washer................................................................................................................................................... 0 DEF - Defogger........................................................................................................................................................ 0 HRN - Horn............................................................................................................................................................ 0 M: ELECTRICAL & POWER CONTROL............................................................................................................................................. 1 PWO - Power Outlet.................................................................................................................................................... 0 BCS - Body Control System............................................................................................................................................. 0 LAN - LAN System...................................................................................................................................................... 0 PCS - Power Control Syetem............................................................................................................................................ 0 CHG - Charging System................................................................................................................................................. 0 PG - Power Supply, Ground & Circuit Elements.......................................................................................................................... 0 N: DRIVER INFORMATION & MULTIMEDIA........................................................................................................................................ 1 MWI - Meter, Warning Lamp & Indicator................................................................................................................................. 0 WCS - Warning Chime System............................................................................................................................................ 0 AV - Audio, Visual & Navigation System................................................................................................................................ 0 O: CRUISE CONTROL......................................................................................................................................................... 1 CCS - Cruise Control System........................................................................................................................................... 0 P: MAINTENANCE............................................................................................................................................................ 1 MA - Maintenance...................................................................................................................................................... 0 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................. 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)........................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.......................................................................................................................................... 156 ACC........................................................................................................................................................................... 7 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents......................................................................................................................................................... 7 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................ 8 PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................................... 8 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER".................................................................... 8 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS.......................................................................................... 8 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 9 ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................ 9 MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM................................................................................................................. 9 MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Exploded View............................................................................................. 9 MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation.................................................................................. 9 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 9 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 9 MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Inspection................................................................................................ 9 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 9 MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM.................................................................................................................... 10 MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Exploded View................................................................................................ 10 MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation..................................................................................... 10 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 10 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 10 MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Inspection................................................................................................... 11 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 11 ADP........................................................................................................................................................................... 12 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents......................................................................................................................................................... 12 BASIC INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................................... 16 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW..................................................................................................................................... 16 Work Flow..................................................................................................................................................... 16 OVERALL SEQUENCE.......................................................................................................................................... 16 DETAILED FLOW............................................................................................................................................. 16 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................................................... 19 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL.................................................................................................... 19 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description.................................................................................. 19 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Requirement................................................................... 19 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................ 19 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description.............................................................................................. 19 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement............................................................................... 19 SYSTEM INITIALIZATION......................................................................................................................................... 20 SYSTEM INITIALIZATION : Description....................................................................................................................... 20 SYSTEM INITIALIZATION : Special Repair Requirement........................................................................................................ 20 INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.............................................................................................................................. 20 MEMORY STORING................................................................................................................................................ 20 MEMORY STORING : Description.............................................................................................................................. 20 MEMORY STORING : Special Repair Requirement............................................................................................................... 21 Memory Storage Procedure.............................................................................................................................. 21 SYSTEM SETTING................................................................................................................................................ 21 SYSTEM SETTING : Description.............................................................................................................................. 22 Setting Change........................................................................................................................................ 22 SYSTEM SETTING : Special Repair Requirement............................................................................................................... 22 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................................... 24 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SYSTEM................................................................................................................................. 24 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SYSTEM............................................................................................................................. 24 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SYSTEM : System Diagram........................................................................................................ 24 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SYSTEM : System Description.................................................................................................... 25 OUTLINE............................................................................................................................................... 25 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location.............................................................................................. 26 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SYSTEM : Component Description................................................................................................. 27 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 27 INPUT PARTS........................................................................................................................................... 27 Switches.......................................................................................................................................... 27 Sensors........................................................................................................................................... 28 OUTPUT PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 28 MANUAL FUNCTION............................................................................................................................................... 28 MANUAL FUNCTION : System Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 29 MANUAL FUNCTION : System Description...................................................................................................................... 29 OUTLINE............................................................................................................................................... 29 OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 29 DETAIL FLOW........................................................................................................................................... 29 Seat.............................................................................................................................................. 29 Tilt & Telescopic................................................................................................................................. 29 Door Mirror....................................................................................................................................... 30 MANUAL FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................................................................................................................ 31 MANUAL FUNCTION : Component Description................................................................................................................... 32 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 32 INPUT PARTS........................................................................................................................................... 32 Switches.......................................................................................................................................... 32 Sensors........................................................................................................................................... 33 OUTPUT PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 33 SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION................................................................................................................................. 33 SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION : System Diagram............................................................................................................ 33 SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION : System Description........................................................................................................ 33 OUTLINE............................................................................................................................................... 33 OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 34 OPERATION CONDITION................................................................................................................................... 34 DETAIL FLOW........................................................................................................................................... 34 SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION : Component Parts Location.................................................................................................. 35 SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION : Component Description..................................................................................................... 36 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 36 INPUT PARTS........................................................................................................................................... 36 Switches.......................................................................................................................................... 36 Sensors........................................................................................................................................... 36 OUTPUT PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 37 MEMORY FUNCTION............................................................................................................................................... 37 MEMORY FUNCTION : System Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 37 MEMORY FUNCTION : System Description...................................................................................................................... 37 OPERATION CONDITION................................................................................................................................... 37 DETAIL FLOW........................................................................................................................................... 38 MEMORY FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................................................................................................................ 39 MEMORY FUNCTION : Component Description................................................................................................................... 40 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 40 INPUT PARTS........................................................................................................................................... 40 Switches.......................................................................................................................................... 40 Sensors........................................................................................................................................... 40 OUTPUT PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 41 EXIT ASSIST FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................................... 41 EXIT ASSIST FUNCTION : System Diagram..................................................................................................................... 41 EXIT ASSIST FUNCTION : System Description................................................................................................................. 41 OUTLINE............................................................................................................................................... 41 OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 41 OPERATION CONDITION................................................................................................................................... 41 DETAIL FLOW........................................................................................................................................... 42 EXIT ASSIST FUNCTION : Component Parts Location........................................................................................................... 43 EXIT ASSIST FUNCTION : Component Description.............................................................................................................. 44 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 44 INPUT PARTS........................................................................................................................................... 44 Switches.......................................................................................................................................... 44 Sensors........................................................................................................................................... 44 OUTPUT PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 44 ENTRY ASSIST FUNCTION......................................................................................................................................... 45 ENTRY ASSIST FUNCTION : System Diagram.................................................................................................................... 45 ENTRY ASSIST FUNCTION : System Description................................................................................................................ 45 OUTLINE............................................................................................................................................... 45 OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 45 OPERATION CONDITION................................................................................................................................... 45 DETAIL FLOW........................................................................................................................................... 46 ENTRY ASSIST FUNCTION : Component Parts Location.......................................................................................................... 47 ENTRY ASSIST FUNCTION : Component Description............................................................................................................. 48 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 48 INPUT PARTS........................................................................................................................................... 48 Switches.......................................................................................................................................... 48 Sensors........................................................................................................................................... 48 OUTPUT PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 48 INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCK FUNCTION............................................................................................................................ 49 INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCK FUNCTION : System Diagram....................................................................................................... 49 INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCK FUNCTION : System Description................................................................................................... 49 OUTLINE............................................................................................................................................... 49 OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 49 OPERATION CONDITION................................................................................................................................... 49 DETAIL FLOW........................................................................................................................................... 50 INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCK FUNCTION : Component Parts Location............................................................................................. 51 INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCK FUNCTION : Component Description................................................................................................ 52 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 52 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (DRIVER SEAT C/U)................................................................................................................................ 53 Diagnosis Description......................................................................................................................................... 53 DIAGNOSTIC MODE........................................................................................................................................... 53 CONSULT-III Function.......................................................................................................................................... 53 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS.................................................................................................................................... 53 DATA MONITOR.............................................................................................................................................. 53 ACTIVE TEST............................................................................................................................................... 54 WORK SUPPORT.............................................................................................................................................. 55 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................................................. 56 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................................ 56 Description................................................................................................................................................... 56 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 56 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 56 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 56 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 56 Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................................................... 56 B2112 SLIDING MOTOR............................................................................................................................................... 57 Description................................................................................................................................................... 57 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 57 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 57 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 57 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 57 B2113 RECLINING MOTOR............................................................................................................................................. 59 Description................................................................................................................................................... 59 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 59 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 59 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 59 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 59 B2118 TILT SENSOR................................................................................................................................................. 61 Description................................................................................................................................................... 61 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 61 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 61 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 61 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 61 B2119 TELESCOPIC SENSOR........................................................................................................................................... 64 Description................................................................................................................................................... 64 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 64 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 64 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 64 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 64 B2126 DETENT SW................................................................................................................................................... 67 Description................................................................................................................................................... 67 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 67 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 67 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 67 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 67 B2128 UART COMMUNICATION LINE..................................................................................................................................... 69 Description................................................................................................................................................... 69 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 69 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 69 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 69 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 69 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................... 70 BCM........................................................................................................................................................... 70 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................................. 70 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................... 70 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................ 70 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement..................................................................................................... 71 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................... 71 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................. 71 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...................................................................................... 72 SLIDING SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................... 73 Description................................................................................................................................................... 73 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 73 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 73 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 74 RECLINING SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................. 75 Description................................................................................................................................................... 75 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 75 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 75 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 76 LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT)............................................................................................................................................ 77 Description................................................................................................................................................... 77 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 77 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 77 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 78 LIFTING SWITCH (REAR)............................................................................................................................................. 79 Description................................................................................................................................................... 79 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 79 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 79 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 80 TILT SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................... 81 Description................................................................................................................................................... 81 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 81 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 81 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 82 TELESCOPIC SWITCH................................................................................................................................................. 83 Description................................................................................................................................................... 83 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 83 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 83 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 84 SEAT MEMORY SWITCH................................................................................................................................................ 85 Description................................................................................................................................................... 85 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 85 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 85 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 86 DOOR MIRROR REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH................................................................................................................................. 88 CHANGEOVER SWITCH............................................................................................................................................. 88 CHANGEOVER SWITCH : Description........................................................................................................................... 88 CHANGEOVER SWITCH : Component Function Check.............................................................................................................. 88 CHANGEOVER SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................... 88 CHANGEOVER SWITCH : Component Inspection.................................................................................................................. 89 MIRROR SWITCH................................................................................................................................................. 89 MIRROR SWITCH : Description............................................................................................................................... 90 MIRROR SWITCH : Component Function Check.................................................................................................................. 90 MIRROR SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 90 MIRROR SWITCH : Component Inspection...................................................................................................................... 91 POWER SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 93 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 93 TILT &TELESCOPIC SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................ 94 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 94 DETENTION SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................. 95 Description................................................................................................................................................... 95 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 95 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 95 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 96 FRONT DOOR SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE)................................................................................................................................... 97 Description................................................................................................................................................... 97 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 97 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 97 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 98 SLIDING SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................... 99 Description................................................................................................................................................... 99 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 99 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 99 RECLINING SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................. 102 Description................................................................................................................................................... 102 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 102 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 102 LIFTING SENSOR (FRONT)............................................................................................................................................ 105 Description................................................................................................................................................... 105 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 105 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 105 LIFTING SENSOR (REAR)............................................................................................................................................. 108 Description................................................................................................................................................... 108 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 108 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 108 TILT SENSOR....................................................................................................................................................... 111 Description................................................................................................................................................... 111 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 111 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 111 TELESCOPIC SENSOR................................................................................................................................................. 113 Description................................................................................................................................................... 113 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 113 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 113 MIRROR SENSOR..................................................................................................................................................... 115 DRIVER SIDE................................................................................................................................................... 115 DRIVER SIDE : Description................................................................................................................................. 115 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check.................................................................................................................... 115 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................... 115 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................ 116 PASSENGER SIDE : Description.............................................................................................................................. 116 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................................................................................................................. 116 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................... 117 SLIDING MOTOR..................................................................................................................................................... 119 Description................................................................................................................................................... 119 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 119 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 119 RECLINING MOTOR................................................................................................................................................... 121 Description................................................................................................................................................... 121 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 121 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 121 LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT)............................................................................................................................................. 123 Description................................................................................................................................................... 123 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 123 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 123 LIFTING MOTOR (REAR).............................................................................................................................................. 125 Description................................................................................................................................................... 125 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 125 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 125 TILT MOTOR........................................................................................................................................................ 127 Description................................................................................................................................................... 127 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 127 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 127 TELESCOPIC MOTOR.................................................................................................................................................. 129 Description................................................................................................................................................... 129 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 129 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 129 DOOR MIRROR MOTOR................................................................................................................................................. 131 Description................................................................................................................................................... 131 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 131 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 131 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 132 SEAT MEMORY INDICATOR............................................................................................................................................. 134 Description................................................................................................................................................... 134 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 134 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 134 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 135 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION............................................................................................................................................. 136 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT.......................................................................................................................................... 136 Reference Value............................................................................................................................................... 136 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.............................................................................................................................. 136 TERMINAL LAYOUT........................................................................................................................................... 137 PHYSICAL VALUES........................................................................................................................................... 137 Wiring Diagram - AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM -.................................................................................................. 141 Fail Safe..................................................................................................................................................... 154 DTC Index..................................................................................................................................................... 155 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................... 156 Reference Value............................................................................................................................................... 156 TERMINAL LAYOUT........................................................................................................................................... 156 PHYSICAL VALUES........................................................................................................................................... 156 Wiring Diagram - AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM -.................................................................................................. 160 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)......................................................................................................................................... 174 Reference Value............................................................................................................................................... 174 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.............................................................................................................................. 174 TERMINAL LAYOUT........................................................................................................................................... 179 PHYSICAL VALUES........................................................................................................................................... 179 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................ 198 Fail-safe..................................................................................................................................................... 204 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC.................................................................................................................................. 204 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION.................................................................................................................................... 206 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION.............................................................................................................. 206 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION............................................................................................................................... 206 DTC Inspection Priority Chart................................................................................................................................. 207 DTC Index..................................................................................................................................................... 207 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................................... 210 MANUAL FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................................................. 210 ALL COMPONENT................................................................................................................................................. 210 ALL COMPONENT : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 210 POWER SEAT.................................................................................................................................................... 210 POWER SEAT : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................... 210 STEERING POSITION FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................................................................................................................... 210 STEERING POSITION FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................... 210 SEAT SLIDING.................................................................................................................................................. 211 SEAT SLIDING : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................ 211 SEAT RECLINING................................................................................................................................................ 211 SEAT RECLINING : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................... 211 SEAT LIFTING (FRONT).......................................................................................................................................... 212 SEAT LIFTING (FRONT) : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................ 212 SEAT LIFTING (REAR)........................................................................................................................................... 212 SEAT LIFTING (REAR) : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 212 STEERING TILT................................................................................................................................................. 213 STEERING TILT : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 213 STEERING TELESCOPIC........................................................................................................................................... 213 STEERING TELESCOPIC : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 213 DOOR MIRROR................................................................................................................................................... 214 DOOR MIRROR : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................... 214 MEMORY FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................................................. 215 ALL COMPONENT................................................................................................................................................. 215 ALL COMPONENT : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 215 SEAT SLIDING.................................................................................................................................................. 215 SEAT SLIDING : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................ 215 SEAT RECLINING................................................................................................................................................ 216 SEAT RECLINING : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................... 216 SEAT LIFTING (FRONT).......................................................................................................................................... 216 SEAT LIFTING (FRONT) : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................ 216 SEAT LIFTING (REAR)........................................................................................................................................... 216 SEAT LIFTING (REAR) : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 217 STEERING TELESCOPIC........................................................................................................................................... 217 STEERING TELESCOPIC : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 217 STEERING TILT................................................................................................................................................. 217 STEERING TILT : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 217 DOOR MIRROR................................................................................................................................................... 218 DOOR MIRROR : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................... 218 MEMORY INDICATE DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................................................. 219 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 219 SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................................... 220 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 220 ENTRY/EXIT ASSIST FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE....................................................................................................................... 221 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 221 INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................................................................... 222 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 222 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................................ 223 Description................................................................................................................................................... 223 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................ 224 PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................................... 224 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER".................................................................... 224 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS.......................................................................................... 224 Service....................................................................................................................................................... 224 Work.......................................................................................................................................................... 224 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 226 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT.......................................................................................................................................... 226 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 226 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 226 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 226 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 226 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................... 227 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 227 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 227 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 227 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 227 SEAT MEMORY SWITCH................................................................................................................................................ 228 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 228 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 228 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 228 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 228 POWER SEAT SWITCH................................................................................................................................................. 229 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 229 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 229 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 229 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 229 TILT&TELESCOPIC SWITCH............................................................................................................................................ 230 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 230 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 230 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 230 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 230 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 AV............................................................................................................................................................................ 231 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents......................................................................................................................................................... 231 WITHOUT NAVIGATION.................................................................................................................................................... 242 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................ 242 PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................................................... 242 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................ 242 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS...................................................................................... 242 Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis.......................................................................................................................... 242 AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 242 Precaution for Harness Repair............................................................................................................................. 242 AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 242 PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................................... 244 PREPARATION................................................................................................................................................... 244 Commercial Service Tools.................................................................................................................................. 244 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................ 245 COMPONENT PARTS............................................................................................................................................... 245 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 245 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 246 SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................................ 248 MULTI AV SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................... 248 MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Diagram...................................................................................................................... 248 MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Description.................................................................................................................. 248 COMMUNICATION SIGNAL.............................................................................................................................. 248 AUDIO FUNCTION.................................................................................................................................... 249 Operating Signal.............................................................................................................................. 249 Screen Display................................................................................................................................ 249 AM/FM Radio Mode.............................................................................................................................. 249 Satellite Radio Mode.......................................................................................................................... 249 CD Mode....................................................................................................................................... 249 Music Box Mode................................................................................................................................ 249 USB Connection Function....................................................................................................................... 249 Driver's Audio Stage.......................................................................................................................... 249 HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM........................................................................................................................... 250 When A Call Is Originated..................................................................................................................... 250 When Receiving A Call......................................................................................................................... 250 AUXILIARY INPUT FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................... 250 REAR VIEW MONITOR FUNCTION........................................................................................................................ 250 VEHICLE INFORMATION FUNCTION...................................................................................................................... 250 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)............................................................................................................................ 251 On Board Diagnosis Function............................................................................................................................... 251 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH AND PRESET SWITCH SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................ 251 Self-diagnosis Mode............................................................................................................................... 251 Finishing Self-diagnosis Mode..................................................................................................................... 251 MULTI AV SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................................... 251 ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 251 Description....................................................................................................................................... 251 On Board Diagnosis Item........................................................................................................................... 251 STARTING PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................... 252 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE................................................................................................................................... 252 Detection Range of Self-diagnosis Mode............................................................................................................ 253 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS................................................................................................................................ 253 Only Unit Part Is Displayed In Red................................................................................................................ 253 A Connecting Cable Between Units Is Displayed In Yellow........................................................................................... 253 CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT MODE.......................................................................................................................... 254 Display Diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 255 Vehicle Signals................................................................................................................................... 255 Speaker Test...................................................................................................................................... 256 Climate Control................................................................................................................................... 256 Error History..................................................................................................................................... 256 Camera Cont....................................................................................................................................... 258 Vehicle CAN Diagnosis............................................................................................................................. 259 AV COMM Diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 259 Delete Unit Connection Log........................................................................................................................ 259 Initialize Settings............................................................................................................................... 260 CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)......................................................................................................................... 260 CONSULT-III FUNCTIONS................................................................................................................................. 260 AV COMMUNICATION.................................................................................................................................. 260 ECU IDENTIFICATION.................................................................................................................................... 260 SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT................................................................................................................................. 260 Self-diagnosis Results Display Item............................................................................................................... 260 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 262 ALL SIGNALS....................................................................................................................................... 262 SELECTION FROM MENU............................................................................................................................... 262 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 262 CONFIGURATION......................................................................................................................................... 263 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TEL ADAPTER UNIT)........................................................................................................................... 264 On Board Diagnosis Function............................................................................................................................... 264 HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................ 264 ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM............................................................................................................................... 264 Self-diagnosis results................................................................................................................................ 264 The Details of Error Count........................................................................................................................ 264 FLOW CHART OF TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................... 265 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION......................................................................................................................................... 266 AV CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................... 266 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 266 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.......................................................................................................................... 266 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 266 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 266 DTC Index................................................................................................................................................. 273 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM................................................................................................................... 273 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................ 274 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 274 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 274 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 274 BOSE AMP...................................................................................................................................................... 277 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 277 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 277 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 277 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER......................................................................................................................................... 280 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 280 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 280 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 280 TEL ADAPTER UNIT.............................................................................................................................................. 282 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 282 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 282 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 282 WIRING DIAGRAM.................................................................................................................................................... 284 BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION................................................................................................................................. 284 Wiring Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 284 BASIC INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................................. 307 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................................................................................................................................. 307 Work Flow................................................................................................................................................. 307 OVERALL SEQUENCE...................................................................................................................................... 307 DETAILED FLOW......................................................................................................................................... 307 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT..................................................................................................................................... 309 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................... 309 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT : Description....................................................................................... 309 BEFORE REPLACEMENT................................................................................................................................ 309 AFTER REPLACEMENT................................................................................................................................. 309 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT : Work Procedure.................................................................................... 309 CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT)........................................................................................................................... 309 CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Description......................................................................................................... 309 CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure...................................................................................................... 310 CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Configuration List.................................................................................................. 310 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................................................. 312 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................ 312 Description............................................................................................................................................... 312 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 312 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 312 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 312 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)...................................................................................................................................... 313 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 313 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 313 U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 314 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 314 U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 315 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 315 U121D AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 316 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 316 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 316 U121E AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 317 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 317 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 317 U1225 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 318 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 318 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 318 U1228 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 319 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 319 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 319 U1229 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 320 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 320 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 320 U122A AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 321 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 321 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 321 U122E AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 322 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 322 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 322 U1232 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR................................................................................................................................... 323 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 323 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 323 U1243 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT...................................................................................................................................... 324 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 324 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 324 U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER................................................................................................................................... 326 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 326 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 326 U1263 USB..................................................................................................................................................... 328 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 328 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 328 U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................... 329 Description............................................................................................................................................... 329 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM................................................................................................................... 329 U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 330 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 330 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................... 331 AV CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................... 331 AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 331 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT........................................................................................................................................ 331 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................. 331 BOSE AMP.................................................................................................................................................. 332 BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 332 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER..................................................................................................................................... 333 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................... 333 TEL ADAPTER UNIT.......................................................................................................................................... 333 TEL ADAPTER UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................ 333 RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................... 335 Description............................................................................................................................................... 335 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 335 RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................. 336 Description............................................................................................................................................... 336 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 336 RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 337 Description............................................................................................................................................... 337 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 337 RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 338 Description............................................................................................................................................... 338 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 338 RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 339 Description............................................................................................................................................... 339 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 339 HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................. 340 Description............................................................................................................................................... 340 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 340 VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................... 341 Description............................................................................................................................................... 341 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 341 CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................... 342 Description............................................................................................................................................... 342 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 342 AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 344 Description............................................................................................................................................... 344 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 344 DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................... 345 Description............................................................................................................................................... 345 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 345 COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................ 346 Description............................................................................................................................................... 346 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 346 MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................... 347 Description............................................................................................................................................... 347 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 347 CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................ 349 Description............................................................................................................................................... 349 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 349 MODE CHANGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................... 350 Description............................................................................................................................................... 350 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 350 COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CONT-SAT)....................................................................................................................... 351 Description............................................................................................................................................... 351 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 351 REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SAT -> CONT).......................................................................................................................... 353 Description............................................................................................................................................... 353 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 353 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 354 Description............................................................................................................................................... 354 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 354 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 354 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 356 Description............................................................................................................................................... 356 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 356 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 356 STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................ 358 Description............................................................................................................................................... 358 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 358 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 358 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................................................. 360 MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS...................................................................................................................................... 360 Symptom Table............................................................................................................................................. 360 OPERATION............................................................................................................................................. 360 RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE........................................................................................................................... 360 Simple Check for Bluetooth........................................................................................................................ 360 RELATED TO CAMERA..................................................................................................................................... 361 RELATED TO RGB IMAGE.................................................................................................................................. 361 RELATED TO AUDIO...................................................................................................................................... 362 RELATED TO USB........................................................................................................................................ 363 RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH............................................................................................................................ 363 RELATED TO AUXILIARY INPUT............................................................................................................................ 363 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION.................................................................................................................................... 364 Description............................................................................................................................................... 364 BASIC OPERATIONS...................................................................................................................................... 364 RELATED TO VOICE RECOGNITION.......................................................................................................................... 364 Related to Telephone.............................................................................................................................. 364 RELATED TO AUDIO...................................................................................................................................... 364 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 366 AV CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................... 366 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 366 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 366 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 366 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 366 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 366 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 367 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................ 368 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 368 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 368 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 368 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 368 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 368 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 368 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER............................................................................................................................................ 369 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 369 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 369 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 369 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 369 REAR DOOR SPEAKER............................................................................................................................................. 370 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 370 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 370 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 370 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 370 FRONT SQUAWKER................................................................................................................................................ 371 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 371 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 371 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 371 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 371 REAR SQUAWKER................................................................................................................................................. 372 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 372 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 372 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 372 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 372 CENTER SPEAKER................................................................................................................................................ 373 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 373 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 373 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 373 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 373 WOOFER........................................................................................................................................................ 374 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 374 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 374 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 374 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 374 BOSE AMP...................................................................................................................................................... 375 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 375 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 375 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 375 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 375 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 375 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 375 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER......................................................................................................................................... 376 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 376 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 376 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 376 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 376 ANTENNA BASE.................................................................................................................................................. 377 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 377 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 377 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 377 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 377 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................... 378 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 378 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 378 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 378 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 378 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 378 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 378 PRESET SWITCH................................................................................................................................................. 379 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 379 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 379 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 379 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 379 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 379 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 379 AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS......................................................................................................................................... 380 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 380 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 380 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 380 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 380 USB CONNECTOR................................................................................................................................................. 381 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 381 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 381 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 381 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 381 MICROPHONE.................................................................................................................................................... 382 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 382 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 382 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 382 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 382 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 382 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 382 REAR VIEW CAMERA.............................................................................................................................................. 383 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 383 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 383 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 383 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 383 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................ 384 TEL ADAPTER UNIT.............................................................................................................................................. 385 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 385 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 385 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 385 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 385 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 385 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 385 ANTENNA FEEDER................................................................................................................................................ 386 Feeder Layout............................................................................................................................................. 386 NAVIGATION (SINGLE MONITOR)........................................................................................................................................... 387 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................ 387 PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................................................... 387 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................ 387 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS...................................................................................... 387 Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis.......................................................................................................................... 387 AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 387 Precaution for Harness Repair............................................................................................................................. 387 AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 387 PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................................... 389 PREPARATION................................................................................................................................................... 389 Commercial Service Tools.................................................................................................................................. 389 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................ 390 COMPONENT PARTS............................................................................................................................................... 390 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 390 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 391 SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................................ 393 MULTI AV SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................... 393 MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Diagram...................................................................................................................... 393 MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Description.................................................................................................................. 393 COMMUNICATION SIGNAL.............................................................................................................................. 393 NAVIGATION SYSTEM FUNCTION........................................................................................................................ 394 Description................................................................................................................................... 394 Position Detection Principle.................................................................................................................. 394 Map-matching.................................................................................................................................. 394 GPS (Global Positioning System)............................................................................................................... 395 AUDIO FUNCTION.................................................................................................................................... 396 Operating Signal.............................................................................................................................. 396 Screen Display................................................................................................................................ 396 AM/FM Radio Mode.............................................................................................................................. 396 Satellite Radio Mode.......................................................................................................................... 396 CD Mode....................................................................................................................................... 396 Bluetooth..................................................................................................................................... 396 Music Box Mode................................................................................................................................ 396 Driver's Audio Stage.......................................................................................................................... 396 DVD PLAY FUNCTION................................................................................................................................. 397 HANDS-FREE PHONE FUNCTION......................................................................................................................... 397 When A Call Is Originated..................................................................................................................... 397 When Receiving A Call......................................................................................................................... 397 AUXILIARY INPUT FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................... 397 USB CONNECTION FUNCTION........................................................................................................................... 397 VOICE RECOGNITION FUNCTION........................................................................................................................ 397 TOUCH PANEL SYSTEM................................................................................................................................ 397 AROUND VIEW MONITOR FUNCTION...................................................................................................................... 397 Around View Monitor Screen.................................................................................................................... 398 Operation Description......................................................................................................................... 398 Camera Image Operation Principle.............................................................................................................. 402 CAMERA ASSISTANCE SONAR FUNCTION.................................................................................................................. 402 System Operation Description.................................................................................................................. 402 Obstacle Detection Distance................................................................................................................... 403 Sonar Indicator Display....................................................................................................................... 403 Sonar Buzzer Operation........................................................................................................................ 404 VEHICLE INFORMATION FUNCTION...................................................................................................................... 404 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)............................................................................................................................ 405 On Board Diagnosis Function............................................................................................................................... 405 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH AND PRESET SWITCH SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................ 405 Self-diagnosis Mode............................................................................................................................... 405 Finishing Self-diagnosis Mode..................................................................................................................... 405 MULTI AV SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................................... 405 ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 405 Description....................................................................................................................................... 405 On Board Diagnosis Item........................................................................................................................... 405 STARTING PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................... 406 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE................................................................................................................................... 406 Detection Range of Self-diagnosis Mode............................................................................................................ 407 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS................................................................................................................................ 407 Only Unit Part Is Displayed In Red................................................................................................................ 407 A Connecting Cable Between Units Is Displayed In Yellow........................................................................................... 408 CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT MODE.......................................................................................................................... 408 Display Diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 409 Vehicle Signals................................................................................................................................... 409 Climate Control................................................................................................................................... 410 Navigation........................................................................................................................................ 410 Error History..................................................................................................................................... 410 Speaker Test...................................................................................................................................... 413 Vehicle CAN Diagnosis............................................................................................................................. 413 AV COMM Diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 414 Hands-Free Phone.................................................................................................................................. 414 Camera Cont....................................................................................................................................... 414 Delete Unit Connection Log........................................................................................................................ 414 Initialize Settings............................................................................................................................... 414 Version Information............................................................................................................................... 415 CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)......................................................................................................................... 415 CONSULT-III FUNCTIONS................................................................................................................................. 415 AV COMMUNICATION...................................................................................................................................... 415 ECU IDENTIFICATION.................................................................................................................................... 415 SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT................................................................................................................................. 415 Self-diagnosis Results Display Item............................................................................................................... 415 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 417 ALL SIGNALS....................................................................................................................................... 417 SELECTION FROM MENU............................................................................................................................... 418 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 418 CONFIGURATION......................................................................................................................................... 418 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)........................................................................................................... 419 On Board Diagnosis Function............................................................................................................................... 419 Connection Confirmation............................................................................................................................... 419 Calibrating Camera Image.............................................................................................................................. 420 Fine Tuning of Birds-Eye View......................................................................................................................... 421 ZOOM function......................................................................................................................................... 421 Correct Draw Line of Wide View........................................................................................................................ 421 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SONAR CONTROL UNIT)......................................................................................................................... 422 CONSULT-III Function (SONAR).............................................................................................................................. 422 DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 422 ECU IDENTIFICATION.................................................................................................................................... 422 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS............................................................................................................................... 422 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 422 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 422 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 422 CORNER SEN DISTANCE SET........................................................................................................................... 422 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION......................................................................................................................................... 424 AV CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................... 424 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 424 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.......................................................................................................................... 424 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 424 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 424 Fail-Safe................................................................................................................................................. 429 FAIL-SAFE CONDITIONS.................................................................................................................................. 429 Display........................................................................................................................................... 429 DESCRIPTION OF CONTROLS............................................................................................................................... 429 Ability Operation Mode ........................................................................................................................... 430 RELEASE CONDITIONS OF FAIL-SAFE ...................................................................................................................... 430 When The Temperature of HDD Is Low or High........................................................................................................ 430 DTC Index................................................................................................................................................. 430 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM................................................................................................................... 430 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................ 432 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 432 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 432 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 432 BOSE AMP...................................................................................................................................................... 434 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 434 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 434 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 434 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT.............................................................................................................................. 437 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 437 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 437 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 437 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR)................................................................................................................. 441 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 441 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.......................................................................................................................... 441 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 442 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 442 Fail-Safe................................................................................................................................................. 443 DTC Index................................................................................................................................................. 443 WIRING DIAGRAM.................................................................................................................................................... 444 BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (SINGLE MONITOR)................................................................................................................... 444 Wiring Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 444 BASIC INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................................. 469 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................ 469 Work Flow (Multi AV)...................................................................................................................................... 469 OVERALL SEQUENCE...................................................................................................................................... 469 DETAILED FLOW......................................................................................................................................... 469 Work Flow (Camera Assistance Sonar)....................................................................................................................... 471 OVERALL SEQUENCE...................................................................................................................................... 471 DETAILED FLOW......................................................................................................................................... 471 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT..................................................................................................................................... 473 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................... 473 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT : Description....................................................................................... 473 BEFORE REPLACEMENT................................................................................................................................ 473 AFTER REPLACEMENT................................................................................................................................. 473 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT : Work Procedure.................................................................................... 473 CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT)........................................................................................................................... 473 CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Description......................................................................................................... 473 CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure...................................................................................................... 474 CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Configuration List.................................................................................................. 474 PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................... 475 PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description....................................................................................... 475 PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Work Procedure.................................................................................... 475 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR)............................................................................................................ 475 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Description.......................................................................................... 475 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Work Procedure....................................................................................... 475 Calibration flowchart............................................................................................................................. 475 Calibration procedure............................................................................................................................. 476 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................................................. 481 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................ 481 Description............................................................................................................................................... 481 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 481 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 481 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 481 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)...................................................................................................................................... 482 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 482 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 482 U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 483 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 483 U1201 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 484 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 484 U1202 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 485 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 485 U1204 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 486 Description............................................................................................................................................... 486 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 486 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 486 U1205 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 487 Description............................................................................................................................................... 487 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 487 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 487 U1206 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 488 Description............................................................................................................................................... 488 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 488 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 488 U1207 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 489 Description............................................................................................................................................... 489 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 489 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 489 U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 490 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 490 U1217 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 491 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 491 U1218 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 492 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 492 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 492 U1219 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 493 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 493 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 493 U121A AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 494 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 494 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 494 U121B AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 495 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 495 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 495 U121C AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 496 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 496 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 496 U121D AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 497 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 497 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 497 U121E AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 498 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 498 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 498 U1225 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 499 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 499 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 499 U1227 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 500 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 500 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 500 U1228 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 501 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 501 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 501 U1229 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 502 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 502 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 502 U122A AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 503 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 503 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 503 U122E AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 504 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 504 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 504 U1232 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR................................................................................................................................... 505 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 505 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 505 U1243 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT...................................................................................................................................... 506 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 506 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 506 U1244 GPS ANTENNA............................................................................................................................................. 508 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 508 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 508 U1258 SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA................................................................................................................................. 509 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 509 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 509 U1263 USB..................................................................................................................................................... 510 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 510 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 510 U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................... 511 Description............................................................................................................................................... 511 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM................................................................................................................... 511 U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 512 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 512 B2700 CORNER SENSOR [FL]...................................................................................................................................... 513 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 513 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 513 B2701 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-FL]............................................................................................................................. 514 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 514 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 514 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 514 B2702 CORNER SENSOR [FR]...................................................................................................................................... 515 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 515 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 515 B2703 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-FR]............................................................................................................................. 516 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 516 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 516 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 516 B2704 CORNER SENSOR [RL]...................................................................................................................................... 517 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 517 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 517 B2705 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-RL]............................................................................................................................. 518 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 518 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 518 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 518 B2706 CORNER SENSOR [RR]...................................................................................................................................... 519 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 519 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 519 B2707 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-RR]............................................................................................................................. 520 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 520 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 520 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 520 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................... 521 AV CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................... 521 AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 521 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT........................................................................................................................................ 521 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................. 521 BOSE AMP.................................................................................................................................................. 522 BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 522 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT.......................................................................................................................... 522 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................ 523 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR)............................................................................................................. 523 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................... 523 RGB DIGITAL IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 525 Description............................................................................................................................................... 525 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 525 COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................ 526 Description............................................................................................................................................... 526 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 526 AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 527 Description............................................................................................................................................... 527 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 527 DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................... 528 Description............................................................................................................................................... 528 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 528 MODE CHANGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................... 529 Description............................................................................................................................................... 529 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 529 MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................... 530 Description............................................................................................................................................... 530 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 530 CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)................................................................................ 532 Description............................................................................................................................................... 532 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 532 FRONT CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................... 533 Description............................................................................................................................................... 533 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 533 FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................. 534 Description............................................................................................................................................... 534 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 534 REAR CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................... 536 Description............................................................................................................................................... 536 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 536 REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 537 Description............................................................................................................................................... 537 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 537 SIDE CAMERA LH COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................... 539 Description............................................................................................................................................... 539 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 539 SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................... 540 Description............................................................................................................................................... 540 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 540 SIDE CAMERA RH COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................... 542 Description............................................................................................................................................... 542 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 542 SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................... 543 Description............................................................................................................................................... 543 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 543 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 545 Description............................................................................................................................................... 545 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 545 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 545 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 547 Description............................................................................................................................................... 547 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 547 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 547 STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................ 549 Description............................................................................................................................................... 549 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 549 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 549 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................................................. 551 MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS...................................................................................................................................... 551 Symptom Table............................................................................................................................................. 551 RELATED TO NAVIGATION................................................................................................................................. 551 RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE........................................................................................................................... 551 Simple Check for Bluetooth........................................................................................................................ 551 RELATED TO AROUND VIEW MONITOR........................................................................................................................ 552 RELATED TO CAMERA ASSISTANCE SONAR.................................................................................................................... 553 RELATED TO RGB IMAGE.................................................................................................................................. 554 RELATED TO VOICE CONTROL.............................................................................................................................. 554 RELATED TO AUDIO...................................................................................................................................... 554 RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH............................................................................................................................ 555 RELATED TO USB........................................................................................................................................ 555 RELATED TO DVD MODE................................................................................................................................... 555 RELATED TO AUXILIARY INPUT............................................................................................................................ 556 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION.................................................................................................................................... 557 Description............................................................................................................................................... 557 BASIC OPERATIONS...................................................................................................................................... 557 RELATED TO VOICE RECOGNITION.......................................................................................................................... 557 Related to Basic Operation........................................................................................................................ 557 Related to Item Choice............................................................................................................................ 557 Related to Telephone.............................................................................................................................. 558 RELATED TO AUDIO...................................................................................................................................... 558 RELATED TO DVD ....................................................................................................................................... 559 RELATED TO VEHICLE ICON............................................................................................................................... 560 RELATED TO ROUTE CALCULATION AND VISUAL GUIDANCE ..................................................................................................... 561 RELATED TO VOICE GUIDANCE............................................................................................................................. 562 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 563 AV CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................... 563 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 563 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 563 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 563 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 563 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 563 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 564 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................ 565 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 565 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 565 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 565 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 565 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 565 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 565 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER............................................................................................................................................ 566 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 566 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 566 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 566 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 566 REAR DOOR SPEAKER............................................................................................................................................. 567 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 567 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 567 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 567 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 567 FRONT SQUAWKER................................................................................................................................................ 568 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 568 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 568 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 568 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 568 REAR SQUAWKER................................................................................................................................................. 569 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 569 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 569 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 569 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 569 CENTER SPEAKER................................................................................................................................................ 570 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 570 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 570 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 570 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 570 WOOFER........................................................................................................................................................ 571 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 571 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 571 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 571 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 571 BOSE AMP...................................................................................................................................................... 572 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 572 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 572 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 572 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 572 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 572 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 572 ANTENNA BASE.................................................................................................................................................. 573 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 573 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 573 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 573 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 573 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................... 574 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 574 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 574 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 574 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 574 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 574 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 574 PRESET SWITCH................................................................................................................................................. 575 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 575 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 575 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 575 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 575 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 575 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 575 AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS......................................................................................................................................... 576 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 576 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 576 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 576 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 576 USB CONNECTOR................................................................................................................................................. 577 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 577 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 577 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 577 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 577 MICROPHONE.................................................................................................................................................... 578 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 578 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 578 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 578 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 578 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 578 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 578 GPS ANTENNA................................................................................................................................................... 579 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 579 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 579 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 579 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 579 Feeder Layout............................................................................................................................................. 580 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT.............................................................................................................................. 581 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 581 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 581 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 581 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 581 FRONT CAMERA.................................................................................................................................................. 582 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 582 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 582 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 582 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 582 REAR CAMERA................................................................................................................................................... 583 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 583 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 583 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 583 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 583 SIDE CAMERA LH................................................................................................................................................ 584 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 584 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 584 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 584 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 584 SIDE CAMERA RH................................................................................................................................................ 586 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 586 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 586 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 586 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 586 SONAR CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................ 588 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 588 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 588 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 588 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 588 SONAR SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................. 589 FRONT..................................................................................................................................................... 589 FRONT : Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 589 FRONT : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 589 REMOVAL........................................................................................................................................... 589 INSTALLATION...................................................................................................................................... 589 REAR...................................................................................................................................................... 589 REAR : Exploded View.................................................................................................................................. 590 REAR : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................................... 590 REMOVAL........................................................................................................................................... 590 INSTALLATION...................................................................................................................................... 590 ANTENNA FEEDER................................................................................................................................................ 591 Harness Layout............................................................................................................................................ 591 NAVIGATION (TWIN MONITOR)............................................................................................................................................. 592 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................ 592 PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................................................... 592 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................ 592 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS...................................................................................... 592 Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis.......................................................................................................................... 592 AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 592 Precaution for Harness Repair............................................................................................................................. 592 AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 592 PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................................... 594 PREPARATION................................................................................................................................................... 594 Commercial Service Tools.................................................................................................................................. 594 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................ 595 COMPONENT PARTS............................................................................................................................................... 595 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 595 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 596 SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................................ 599 MULTI AV SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................... 599 MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Diagram...................................................................................................................... 599 MULTI AV SYSTEM : System Description.................................................................................................................. 599 COMMUNICATION SIGNAL.............................................................................................................................. 600 NAVIGATION SYSTEM FUNCTION........................................................................................................................ 600 Description................................................................................................................................... 600 Position Detection Principle.................................................................................................................. 600 Map-matching.................................................................................................................................. 601 GPS (Global Positioning System)............................................................................................................... 601 AUDIO FUNCTION.................................................................................................................................... 602 Operating Signal.............................................................................................................................. 602 Screen Display................................................................................................................................ 602 AM/FM Radio Mode.............................................................................................................................. 602 Satellite Radio Mode.......................................................................................................................... 602 CD Mode....................................................................................................................................... 603 Bluetooth..................................................................................................................................... 603 Music Box Mode................................................................................................................................ 603 Driver's Audio Stage.......................................................................................................................... 603 DVD PLAY FUNCTION................................................................................................................................. 603 MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM....................................................................................................................... 603 Operating Signal.............................................................................................................................. 603 Headphone Sound............................................................................................................................... 603 Screen Rear Display........................................................................................................................... 603 Screen Front Display.......................................................................................................................... 603 HANDS-FREE PHONE FUNCTION......................................................................................................................... 603 When A Call Is Originated..................................................................................................................... 603 When Receiving A Call......................................................................................................................... 604 AUXILIARY INPUT FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................... 604 USB CONNECTION FUNCTION........................................................................................................................... 604 VOICE RECOGNITION FUNCTION........................................................................................................................ 604 TOUCH PANEL SYSTEM................................................................................................................................ 604 AROUND VIEW MONITOR FUNCTION...................................................................................................................... 604 Around View Monitor Screen.................................................................................................................... 604 Operation Description......................................................................................................................... 605 Camera Image Operation Principle.............................................................................................................. 609 CAMERA ASSISTANCE SONAR FUNCTION.................................................................................................................. 609 System Operation Description.................................................................................................................. 609 Obstacle Detection Distance................................................................................................................... 610 Sonar Indicator Display....................................................................................................................... 610 Sonar Buzzer Operation........................................................................................................................ 611 VEHICLE INFORMATION FUNCTION...................................................................................................................... 611 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)............................................................................................................................ 612 On Board Diagnosis Function............................................................................................................................... 612 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH AND PRESET SWITCH SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................ 612 Self-diagnosis Mode............................................................................................................................... 612 Finishing Self-diagnosis Mode..................................................................................................................... 612 MULTI AV SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................................... 612 ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 612 Description....................................................................................................................................... 612 On Board Diagnosis Item........................................................................................................................... 612 STARTING PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................... 613 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE................................................................................................................................... 613 Detection Range of Self-diagnosis Mode............................................................................................................ 614 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS................................................................................................................................ 614 Only Unit Part Is Displayed In Red................................................................................................................ 614 A Connecting Cable Between Units Is Displayed In Yellow........................................................................................... 615 CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT MODE.......................................................................................................................... 615 Display Diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 616 Vehicle Signals................................................................................................................................... 616 Climate Control................................................................................................................................... 617 Navigation........................................................................................................................................ 617 Error History..................................................................................................................................... 618 Speaker Test...................................................................................................................................... 620 Vehicle CAN Diagnosis............................................................................................................................. 621 AV COMM Diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 621 Hands-Free Phone.................................................................................................................................. 621 Camera Cont....................................................................................................................................... 622 Delete Unit Connection Log........................................................................................................................ 622 Initialize Settings............................................................................................................................... 622 Version Information............................................................................................................................... 622 CONSULT - III Function (MULTI AV)......................................................................................................................... 623 CONSULT-III FUNCTIONS................................................................................................................................. 623 AV COMMUNICATION...................................................................................................................................... 623 ECU IDENTIFICATION.................................................................................................................................... 623 SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT................................................................................................................................. 623 Self-diagnosis Results Display Item............................................................................................................... 623 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 625 ALL SIGNALS....................................................................................................................................... 625 SELECTION FROM MENU............................................................................................................................... 626 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 626 CONFIGURATION......................................................................................................................................... 626 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)........................................................................................................... 627 On Board Diagnosis Function............................................................................................................................... 627 Connection Confirmation............................................................................................................................... 627 Calibrating Camera Image.............................................................................................................................. 628 Fine Tuning of Birds-Eye View......................................................................................................................... 629 ZOOM function......................................................................................................................................... 629 Correct Draw Line of Wide View........................................................................................................................ 629 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SONAR CONTROL UNIT)......................................................................................................................... 630 CONSULT-III Function (SONAR).............................................................................................................................. 630 DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 630 ECU IDENTIFICATION.................................................................................................................................... 630 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS............................................................................................................................... 630 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 630 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 630 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 630 CORNER SEN DISTANCE SET........................................................................................................................... 630 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION......................................................................................................................................... 632 AV CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................... 632 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 632 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.......................................................................................................................... 632 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 632 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 632 Fail-Safe................................................................................................................................................. 638 FAIL-SAFE CONDITIONS.................................................................................................................................. 638 Display........................................................................................................................................... 638 DESCRIPTION OF CONTROLS............................................................................................................................... 638 Ability Operation Mode ........................................................................................................................... 638 RELEASE CONDITIONS OF FAIL-SAFE ...................................................................................................................... 638 When The Temperature of HDD Is Low or High........................................................................................................ 638 DTC Index................................................................................................................................................. 638 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM................................................................................................................... 638 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................ 641 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 641 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 641 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 641 REAR DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................. 643 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 643 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 643 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 643 VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR............................................................................................................................................. 646 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 646 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 646 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 646 BOSE AMP...................................................................................................................................................... 649 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 649 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 649 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 649 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT.............................................................................................................................. 652 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 652 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 652 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 652 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR)................................................................................................................. 656 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 656 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.......................................................................................................................... 656 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 657 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 657 Fail-Safe................................................................................................................................................. 658 DTC Index................................................................................................................................................. 658 WIRING DIAGRAM.................................................................................................................................................... 659 BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (TWIN MONITOR)..................................................................................................................... 659 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (TWIN MONITOR) -.............................................................................................. 659 BASIC INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................................. 686 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................ 686 Work Flow (Multi AV)...................................................................................................................................... 686 OVERALL SEQUENCE...................................................................................................................................... 686 DETAILED FLOW......................................................................................................................................... 686 Work Flow (Camera Assistance Sonar)....................................................................................................................... 688 OVERALL SEQUENCE...................................................................................................................................... 688 DETAILED FLOW......................................................................................................................................... 688 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT..................................................................................................................................... 690 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................... 690 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT : Description....................................................................................... 690 BEFORE REPLACEMENT................................................................................................................................ 690 AFTER REPLACEMENT................................................................................................................................. 690 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AV CONTROL UNIT : Work Procedure.................................................................................... 690 CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT)........................................................................................................................... 690 CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Description......................................................................................................... 690 CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Work Procedure...................................................................................................... 691 CONFIGURATION (AV CONTROL UNIT) : Configuration List.................................................................................................. 691 PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................... 692 PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description....................................................................................... 692 PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Work Procedure.................................................................................... 692 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR)............................................................................................................ 692 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Description.......................................................................................... 692 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Work Procedure....................................................................................... 692 Calibration flowchart............................................................................................................................. 692 Calibration procedure............................................................................................................................. 693 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................................................. 698 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................ 698 Description............................................................................................................................................... 698 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 698 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 698 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 698 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)...................................................................................................................................... 699 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 699 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 699 U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 700 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 700 U1201 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 701 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 701 U1202 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 702 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 702 U1204 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 703 Description............................................................................................................................................... 703 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 703 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 703 U1205 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 704 Description............................................................................................................................................... 704 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 704 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 704 U1206 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 705 Description............................................................................................................................................... 705 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 705 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 705 U1207 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 706 Description............................................................................................................................................... 706 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 706 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 706 U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 707 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 707 U1217 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 708 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 708 U1218 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 709 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 709 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 709 U1219 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 710 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 710 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 710 U121A AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 711 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 711 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 711 U121B AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 712 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 712 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 712 U121C AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 713 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 713 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 713 U121D AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 714 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 714 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 714 U121E AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 715 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 715 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 715 U1225 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 716 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 716 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 716 U1227 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 717 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 717 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 717 U1228 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 718 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 718 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 718 U1229 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 719 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 719 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 719 U122A AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 720 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 720 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 720 U122E AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 721 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 721 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 721 U1232 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR................................................................................................................................... 722 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 722 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 722 U1243 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT...................................................................................................................................... 723 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 723 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 723 U1244 GPS ANTENNA............................................................................................................................................. 725 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 725 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 725 U1247 REAR DISPLAY UNIT....................................................................................................................................... 726 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 726 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 726 U1258 SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA................................................................................................................................. 728 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 728 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 728 U1263 USB..................................................................................................................................................... 729 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 729 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 729 U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................... 730 Description............................................................................................................................................... 730 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM................................................................................................................... 730 U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 731 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 731 B2700 CORNER SENSOR [FL]...................................................................................................................................... 732 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 732 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 732 B2701 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-FL]............................................................................................................................. 733 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 733 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 733 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 733 B2702 CORNER SENSOR [FR]...................................................................................................................................... 734 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 734 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 734 B2703 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-FR]............................................................................................................................. 735 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 735 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 735 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 735 B2704 CORNER SENSOR [RL]...................................................................................................................................... 736 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 736 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 736 B2705 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-RL]............................................................................................................................. 737 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 737 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 737 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 737 B2706 CORNER SENSOR [RR]...................................................................................................................................... 738 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 738 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 738 B2707 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-RR]............................................................................................................................. 739 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 739 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 739 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 739 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................... 740 AV CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................... 740 AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 740 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT........................................................................................................................................ 740 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................. 740 REAR DISPLAY UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 741 REAR DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................... 741 VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR......................................................................................................................................... 742 VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................... 742 BOSE AMP.................................................................................................................................................. 742 BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 742 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT.......................................................................................................................... 743 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................ 743 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR)............................................................................................................. 743 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................... 743 RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO REAR DISPLAY UNIT)........................................................................................ 745 Description............................................................................................................................................... 745 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 745 RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO REAR DISPLAY UNIT).......................................................................................... 746 Description............................................................................................................................................... 746 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 746 RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO REAR DISPLAY UNIT)......................................................................................... 747 Description............................................................................................................................................... 747 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 747 RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO REAR DISPLAY UNIT)......................................................................................... 748 Description............................................................................................................................................... 748 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 748 VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR DISPLAY UNIT TO VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR)................................................................................ 749 Description............................................................................................................................................... 749 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 749 HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR DISPLAY UNIT TO VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR).............................................................................. 750 Description............................................................................................................................................... 750 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 750 COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO REAR DISPLAY UNIT)....................................................................................... 751 Description............................................................................................................................................... 751 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 751 COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO AV CONTROL UNIT)......................................................................................... 752 Description............................................................................................................................................... 752 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 752 RGB DIGITAL IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 753 Description............................................................................................................................................... 753 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 753 COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO FRONT DISPLAY UNIT)........................................................................................ 754 Description............................................................................................................................................... 754 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 754 AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 755 Description............................................................................................................................................... 755 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 755 DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................... 756 Description............................................................................................................................................... 756 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 756 MODE CHANGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................... 757 Description............................................................................................................................................... 757 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 757 MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................... 758 Description............................................................................................................................................... 758 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 758 CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)................................................................................ 760 Description............................................................................................................................................... 760 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 760 FRONT CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................... 761 Description............................................................................................................................................... 761 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 761 FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................. 762 Description............................................................................................................................................... 762 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 762 REAR CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................... 764 Description............................................................................................................................................... 764 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 764 REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 765 Description............................................................................................................................................... 765 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 765 SIDE CAMERA LH COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................... 767 Description............................................................................................................................................... 767 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 767 SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................... 768 Description............................................................................................................................................... 768 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 768 SIDE CAMERA RH COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................... 770 Description............................................................................................................................................... 770 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 770 SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................... 771 Description............................................................................................................................................... 771 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 771 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 773 Description............................................................................................................................................... 773 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 773 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 773 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 775 Description............................................................................................................................................... 775 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 775 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 775 STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................ 777 Description............................................................................................................................................... 777 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 777 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 777 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................................................. 779 MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS...................................................................................................................................... 779 Symptom Table............................................................................................................................................. 779 RELATED TO NAVIGATION................................................................................................................................. 779 RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE........................................................................................................................... 779 Simple Check for Bluetooth........................................................................................................................ 779 RELATED TO AROUND VIEW MONITOR........................................................................................................................ 780 RELATED TO CAMERA ASSISTANCE SONAR.................................................................................................................... 781 RELATED TO RGB IMAGE.................................................................................................................................. 782 RELATED TO VOICE CONTROL.............................................................................................................................. 782 RELATED TO AUDIO...................................................................................................................................... 782 RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH............................................................................................................................ 783 RELATED TO USB........................................................................................................................................ 783 RELATED TO DVD MODE................................................................................................................................... 783 RELATED TO AUXILIARY INPUT............................................................................................................................ 784 RELATED TO HEADPHONE.................................................................................................................................. 784 RELATED TO REAR DISPLAY UNIT.......................................................................................................................... 784 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION.................................................................................................................................... 786 Description............................................................................................................................................... 786 BASIC OPERATIONS...................................................................................................................................... 786 RELATED TO VOICE RECOGNITION.......................................................................................................................... 786 Related to Basic Operation........................................................................................................................ 786 Related to Item Choice............................................................................................................................ 786 Related to Telephone.............................................................................................................................. 787 RELATED TO AUDIO...................................................................................................................................... 787 RELATED TO DVD ....................................................................................................................................... 788 RELATED TO VEHICLE ICON............................................................................................................................... 789 RELATED TO ROUTE CALCULATION AND VISUAL GUIDANCE ..................................................................................................... 790 RELATED TO VOICE GUIDANCE............................................................................................................................. 791 RELATED TO TRAFFIC INFORMATION........................................................................................................................ 791 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 792 AV CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................... 792 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 792 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 792 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 792 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 792 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 792 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 793 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................ 794 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 794 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 794 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 794 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 794 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 794 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 794 REAR DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................. 795 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 795 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 795 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 795 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 795 VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR............................................................................................................................................. 796 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 796 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 796 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 796 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 796 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 796 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 796 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER............................................................................................................................................ 797 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 797 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 797 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 797 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 797 REAR DOOR SPEAKER............................................................................................................................................. 798 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 798 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 798 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 798 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 798 FRONT SQUAWKER................................................................................................................................................ 799 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 799 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 799 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 799 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 799 REAR SQUAWKER................................................................................................................................................. 800 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 800 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 800 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 800 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 800 CENTER SPEAKER................................................................................................................................................ 801 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 801 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 801 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 801 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 801 WOOFER........................................................................................................................................................ 802 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 802 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 802 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 802 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 802 BOSE AMP...................................................................................................................................................... 803 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 803 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 803 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 803 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 803 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 803 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 803 ANTENNA BASE.................................................................................................................................................. 804 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 804 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 804 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 804 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 804 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................... 805 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 805 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 805 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 805 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 805 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 805 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 805 PRESET SWITCH................................................................................................................................................. 806 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 806 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 806 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 806 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 806 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 806 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 806 AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS......................................................................................................................................... 807 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 807 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 807 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 807 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 807 USB CONNECTOR................................................................................................................................................. 808 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 808 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 808 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 808 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 808 MICROPHONE.................................................................................................................................................... 809 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 809 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 809 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 809 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 809 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 809 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 809 GPS ANTENNA................................................................................................................................................... 810 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 810 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 810 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 810 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 810 Feeder Layout............................................................................................................................................. 811 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT.............................................................................................................................. 812 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 812 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 812 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 812 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 812 FRONT CAMERA.................................................................................................................................................. 813 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 813 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 813 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 813 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 813 REAR CAMERA................................................................................................................................................... 814 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 814 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 814 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 814 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 814 SIDE CAMERA LH................................................................................................................................................ 815 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 815 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 815 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 815 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 815 SIDE CAMERA RH................................................................................................................................................ 817 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 817 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 817 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 817 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 817 SONAR CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................ 819 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 819 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 819 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 819 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 819 SONAR SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................. 820 FRONT..................................................................................................................................................... 820 FRONT : Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 820 FRONT : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 820 REMOVAL........................................................................................................................................... 820 INSTALLATION...................................................................................................................................... 820 REAR...................................................................................................................................................... 820 REAR : Exploded View.................................................................................................................................. 821 REAR : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................................... 821 REMOVAL........................................................................................................................................... 821 INSTALLATION...................................................................................................................................... 821 ANTENNA FEEDER................................................................................................................................................ 822 Harness Layout............................................................................................................................................ 822 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 BCS........................................................................................................................................................................... 823 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents......................................................................................................................................................... 823 BASIC INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................................... 825 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................................................... 825 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (BCM).......................................................................................................... 825 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (BCM) : Description........................................................................................ 825 BEFORE REPLACEMENT.................................................................................................................................... 825 AFTER REPLACEMENT..................................................................................................................................... 825 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (BCM) : Work Procedure..................................................................................... 825 CONFIGURATION (BCM)........................................................................................................................................... 825 CONFIGURATION (BCM) : Description......................................................................................................................... 825 CONFIGURATION (BCM) : Work Procedure...................................................................................................................... 826 CONFIGURATION (BCM) : Configuration list.................................................................................................................. 827 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................................... 828 BODY CONTROL SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................... 828 System Description............................................................................................................................................ 828 OUTLINE................................................................................................................................................... 828 BCM CONTROL FUNCTION LIST................................................................................................................................. 828 Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................................... 829 COMBINATION SWITCH READING SYSTEM................................................................................................................................. 830 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................ 830 System Description............................................................................................................................................ 830 OUTLINE................................................................................................................................................... 830 COMBINATION SWITCH MATRIX................................................................................................................................. 830 COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION....................................................................................................................... 831 Description........................................................................................................................................... 831 Operation Example..................................................................................................................................... 832 WIPER VOLUME DIAL POSITION................................................................................................................................ 832 SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................. 834 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................ 834 System Description............................................................................................................................................ 834 OUTLINE................................................................................................................................................... 834 Signal transmission function list......................................................................................................................... 834 POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................. 836 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................ 836 System Description............................................................................................................................................ 836 OUTLINE................................................................................................................................................... 836 LOW POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL WITH BCM.................................................................................................................... 836 Sleep mode activation..................................................................................................................................... 836 Wake-up operation......................................................................................................................................... 837 Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................................... 838 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................ 839 COMMON ITEM................................................................................................................................................... 839 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM).................................................................................................... 839 APPLICATION ITEM...................................................................................................................................... 839 SYSTEM APPLICATION.................................................................................................................................... 839 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)............................................................................................................................... 839 DOOR LOCK..................................................................................................................................................... 840 DOOR LOCK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)........................................................................................................ 840 BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................. 840 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 840 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 841 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 841 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER.......................................................................................................................................... 841 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER)......................................................................................... 841 Data monitor.......................................................................................................................................... 841 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 842 BUZZER........................................................................................................................................................ 842 BUZZER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BUZZER).............................................................................................................. 842 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS......................................................................................................................... 842 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 842 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 842 INT LAMP...................................................................................................................................................... 842 INT LAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INT LAMP).......................................................................................................... 842 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 842 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 843 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 844 HEADLAMP...................................................................................................................................................... 844 HEADLAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP)......................................................................................................... 844 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 844 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 845 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 845 WIPER......................................................................................................................................................... 846 WIPER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - WIPER)................................................................................................................ 846 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 846 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 846 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 847 FLASHER....................................................................................................................................................... 847 FLASHER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - FLASHER)............................................................................................................ 847 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 847 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 847 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 848 INTELLIGENT KEY............................................................................................................................................... 848 INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)............................................................................................ 848 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 848 SELF-DIAG RESULT...................................................................................................................................... 849 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 849 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 850 COMB SW....................................................................................................................................................... 851 COMB SW : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMB SW)............................................................................................................ 851 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 851 BCM........................................................................................................................................................... 852 BCM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BCM).................................................................................................................... 852 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 852 IMMU.......................................................................................................................................................... 852 IMMU : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - IMMU).................................................................................................................. 852 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 852 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 852 BATTERY SAVER................................................................................................................................................. 852 BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER)................................................................................................ 852 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 852 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 853 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 853 TRUNK......................................................................................................................................................... 854 TRUNK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - TRUNK)................................................................................................................ 854 BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................. 854 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 854 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 854 THEFT ALM..................................................................................................................................................... 854 THEFT ALM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - THEFT ALM)........................................................................................................ 854 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 854 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 855 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 855 RETAIND PWR................................................................................................................................................... 855 RETAIND PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)................................................................................................... 855 Data monitor.......................................................................................................................................... 855 SIGNAL BUFFER................................................................................................................................................. 855 SIGNAL BUFFER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - SIGNAL BUFFER)................................................................................................ 856 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 856 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 856 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................................................. 857 U1000 CAN COMM.................................................................................................................................................... 857 Description................................................................................................................................................... 857 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 857 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 857 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 857 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN).......................................................................................................................................... 858 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 858 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 858 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 858 U0415 VEHICLE SPEED SIG........................................................................................................................................... 859 Description................................................................................................................................................... 859 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 859 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 859 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 859 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 859 B2562 LOW VOLTAGE................................................................................................................................................. 860 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 860 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 860 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 860 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 860 B26E7 TPMS CAN COMM............................................................................................................................................... 861 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 861 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 861 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 861 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 861 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................... 862 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 862 COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 863 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 863 COMBINATION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................. 865 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 865 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION............................................................................................................................................. 867 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)......................................................................................................................................... 867 Reference Value............................................................................................................................................... 867 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.............................................................................................................................. 867 TERMINAL LAYOUT........................................................................................................................................... 872 PHYSICAL VALUES........................................................................................................................................... 872 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................ 891 Fail-safe..................................................................................................................................................... 897 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC.................................................................................................................................. 897 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION.................................................................................................................................... 899 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION.............................................................................................................. 899 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION............................................................................................................................... 899 DTC Inspection Priority Chart................................................................................................................................. 900 DTC Index..................................................................................................................................................... 900 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................................... 903 COMBINATION SWITCH SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................................................................................................................................ 903 Symptom Table................................................................................................................................................. 903 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................ 904 PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................................... 904 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER".................................................................... 904 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS.......................................................................................... 904 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 905 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)......................................................................................................................................... 905 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 905 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 905 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 905 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 905 COMBINATION SWITCH................................................................................................................................................ 906 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 906 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 906 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 906 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 906 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 BR............................................................................................................................................................................ 907 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents......................................................................................................................................................... 907 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................................... 909 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING.............................................................................................................. 909 NVH Troubleshooting Chart..................................................................................................................................... 909 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................ 910 PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................................... 910 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER".................................................................... 910 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS.......................................................................................... 910 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect..................................................................................... 910 OPERATION PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................... 910 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover............................................................................................................... 911 Precaution for Brake System................................................................................................................................... 911 PREPARATION........................................................................................................................................................... 912 PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................................... 912 Commercial Service Tool....................................................................................................................................... 912 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE.................................................................................................................................................. 913 BRAKE PEDAL....................................................................................................................................................... 913 Inspection and Adjustment..................................................................................................................................... 913 INSPECTION................................................................................................................................................ 913 Brake Pedal Height.................................................................................................................................... 913 Stop Lamp Switch and ASCD Brake Switch................................................................................................................ 913 Brake Pedal Play...................................................................................................................................... 913 Depressed Brake Pedal Height.......................................................................................................................... 913 ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................................ 914 Brake Pedal Height.................................................................................................................................... 914 Stop Lamp Switch and ASCD Brake Switch................................................................................................................ 914 Brake Pedal Play...................................................................................................................................... 914 BRAKE FLUID....................................................................................................................................................... 916 Inspection.................................................................................................................................................... 916 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL......................................................................................................................................... 916 BRAKE LINE................................................................................................................................................ 916 Draining...................................................................................................................................................... 916 Refilling..................................................................................................................................................... 916 Bleeding Brake System......................................................................................................................................... 917 BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER............................................................................................................................................. 918 Inspection.................................................................................................................................................... 918 FLUID LEAK................................................................................................................................................ 918 BRAKE BOOSTER..................................................................................................................................................... 919 Inspection.................................................................................................................................................... 919 OPERATION................................................................................................................................................. 919 AIR TIGHT................................................................................................................................................. 919 FRONT DISC BRAKE.................................................................................................................................................. 920 BRAKE PAD..................................................................................................................................................... 920 BRAKE PAD : Inspection and Adjustment..................................................................................................................... 920 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 920 2 Piston Type..................................................................................................................................... 920 4 Piston Type..................................................................................................................................... 920 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................ 920 DISC ROTOR.................................................................................................................................................... 920 DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................... 920 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 920 Appearance........................................................................................................................................ 920 Runout............................................................................................................................................ 920 Thickness......................................................................................................................................... 921 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................ 921 REAR DISC BRAKE................................................................................................................................................... 922 BRAKE PAD..................................................................................................................................................... 922 BRAKE PAD : Inspection and Adjustment..................................................................................................................... 922 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 922 1 Piston Type..................................................................................................................................... 922 2 Piston Type..................................................................................................................................... 922 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................ 922 DISC ROTOR.................................................................................................................................................... 922 DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................... 922 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................ 922 Appearance........................................................................................................................................ 922 Runout............................................................................................................................................ 922 Thickness......................................................................................................................................... 923 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................ 923 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 924 BRAKE PEDAL....................................................................................................................................................... 924 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 924 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 924 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 924 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 925 Inspection and Adjustment..................................................................................................................................... 925 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................................. 925 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................................. 925 BRAKE PIPING...................................................................................................................................................... 926 FRONT......................................................................................................................................................... 926 FRONT : Exploded View..................................................................................................................................... 926 2 PISTON TYPE......................................................................................................................................... 926 4 PISTON TYPE......................................................................................................................................... 926 FRONT : Hydraulic Piping.................................................................................................................................. 927 2 PISTON TYPE......................................................................................................................................... 927 4 PISTON TYPE......................................................................................................................................... 928 FRONT : Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................................... 928 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 928 2 Piston Type..................................................................................................................................... 928 4 Piston Type..................................................................................................................................... 929 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 929 2 Piston Type..................................................................................................................................... 929 4 Piston Type..................................................................................................................................... 930 FRONT : Inspection........................................................................................................................................ 930 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 930 REAR.......................................................................................................................................................... 930 REAR : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................... 930 1 PISTON TYPE......................................................................................................................................... 930 2 PISTON TYPE......................................................................................................................................... 931 REAR : Hydraulic Piping................................................................................................................................... 932 1 PISTON TYPE......................................................................................................................................... 932 2 PISTON TYPE......................................................................................................................................... 932 REAR : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................... 933 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 933 1 Piston Type..................................................................................................................................... 933 2 Piston Type..................................................................................................................................... 933 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 933 1 Piston Type..................................................................................................................................... 933 2 Piston Type..................................................................................................................................... 934 REAR : Inspection......................................................................................................................................... 934 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 934 BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER............................................................................................................................................. 935 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 935 WITHOUT ICC............................................................................................................................................... 935 WITH ICC.................................................................................................................................................. 935 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 936 REMOVAL .................................................................................................................................................. 936 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 937 Disassembly and Assembly...................................................................................................................................... 937 DISASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................................... 937 ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................................. 937 Inspection.................................................................................................................................................... 938 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................................. 938 Fluid Leak............................................................................................................................................ 938 BRAKE BOOSTER..................................................................................................................................................... 939 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 939 WITHOUT ICC............................................................................................................................................... 939 WITH ICC.................................................................................................................................................. 939 Removal and installation...................................................................................................................................... 939 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 939 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 940 Inspection and Adjustment..................................................................................................................................... 940 INSPECTION BEFORE REMOVAL................................................................................................................................. 940 Air Tight............................................................................................................................................. 940 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................................. 941 Input Rod Length Inspection........................................................................................................................... 941 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................................. 941 Operation............................................................................................................................................. 941 Air Tight............................................................................................................................................. 941 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................................................................................. 942 VACUUM LINES...................................................................................................................................................... 943 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 943 VQ35HR.................................................................................................................................................... 943 VK50VE.................................................................................................................................................... 943 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 944 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 944 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 944 Inspection.................................................................................................................................................... 944 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.................................................................................................................................. 944 Appearance............................................................................................................................................ 944 Check Valve Airtightness.............................................................................................................................. 944 FRONT DISC BRAKE.................................................................................................................................................. 945 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE)..................................................................................................................................... 945 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View................................................................................................................. 945 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................... 945 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 945 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 945 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection.................................................................................................................... 946 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.............................................................................................................................. 946 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 946 BRAKE PAD (4 PISTON TYPE)..................................................................................................................................... 946 BRAKE PAD (4 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View................................................................................................................. 947 BRAKE PAD (4 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................... 947 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 947 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 948 BRAKE PAD (4 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection.................................................................................................................... 949 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.............................................................................................................................. 949 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 949 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE)........................................................................................................................ 949 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View.................................................................................................... 949 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 949 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 949 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation......................................................................................... 950 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 950 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 950 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................... 951 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 951 ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................. 952 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection....................................................................................................... 952 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................... 952 Cylinder Body..................................................................................................................................... 952 Torque Member..................................................................................................................................... 952 Pistons........................................................................................................................................... 952 Sliding Pin and Sliding Pin Boot.................................................................................................................. 952 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 953 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE)........................................................................................................................ 953 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View.................................................................................................... 953 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 953 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 953 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation......................................................................................... 954 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 954 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 954 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE) : Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................... 955 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 955 ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................. 955 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection....................................................................................................... 956 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................... 956 Caliper........................................................................................................................................... 956 Pistons........................................................................................................................................... 956 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 956 REAR DISC BRAKE................................................................................................................................................... 958 BRAKE PAD (1 PISTON TYPE)..................................................................................................................................... 958 BRAKE PAD (1 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View................................................................................................................. 958 BRAKE PAD (1 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................... 958 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 958 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 958 BRAKE PAD (1 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection.................................................................................................................... 959 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.............................................................................................................................. 959 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 959 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE)..................................................................................................................................... 959 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View................................................................................................................. 960 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................... 960 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 960 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 961 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection.................................................................................................................... 962 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL.............................................................................................................................. 962 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 962 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE)........................................................................................................................ 962 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View.................................................................................................... 962 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 962 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 962 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation......................................................................................... 963 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 963 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 963 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE) : Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................... 964 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 964 ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................. 965 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection....................................................................................................... 966 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................... 966 Cylinder Body..................................................................................................................................... 966 Torque Member..................................................................................................................................... 966 Piston............................................................................................................................................ 966 Sliding Pin Bolt and Sliding Pin Boot............................................................................................................. 966 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 966 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE)........................................................................................................................ 966 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View.................................................................................................... 966 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 966 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 967 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation......................................................................................... 967 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 967 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 968 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................... 968 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 968 ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................. 969 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection....................................................................................................... 970 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................... 970 Caliper........................................................................................................................................... 970 Pistons........................................................................................................................................... 970 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 970 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................................................................................................................................. 971 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)............................................................................................................................. 971 General Specifications........................................................................................................................................ 971 FRONT 2 PISTON, REAR 1 PISTON TYPE........................................................................................................................ 971 FRONT 4 PISTON, REAR 2 PISTON TYPE........................................................................................................................ 971 Brake Pedal................................................................................................................................................... 971 Brake Booster................................................................................................................................................. 972 Front Disc Brake.............................................................................................................................................. 972 2 PISTON TYPE............................................................................................................................................. 972 4 PISTON TYPE............................................................................................................................................. 972 Rear Disc Brake............................................................................................................................................... 972 1 PISTON TYPE............................................................................................................................................. 972 2 PISTON TYPE............................................................................................................................................. 972 BRC........................................................................................................................................................................... 973 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents......................................................................................................................................................... 973 VDC/TCS/ABS........................................................................................................................................................... 977 BASIC INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................................. 977 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................ 977 Work Flow................................................................................................................................................. 977 PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................................. 977 OVERALL SEQUENCE...................................................................................................................................... 978 DETAILED FLOW......................................................................................................................................... 978 Diagnostic Work Sheet..................................................................................................................................... 980 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT..................................................................................................................................... 981 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................ 981 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description.......................................................................................... 981 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement........................................................................... 981 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION...................................................................................................... 981 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Description.................................................................................... 981 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement..................................................................... 981 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION.............................................................................................. 981 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................ 983 VDC........................................................................................................................................................... 983 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 983 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 984 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 986 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 991 TCS........................................................................................................................................................... 992 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 992 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 993 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 994 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 999 ABS...........................................................................................................................................................1000 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1000 System Description........................................................................................................................................1001 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1002 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1007 EBD...........................................................................................................................................................1008 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1008 System Description........................................................................................................................................1009 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1010 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1015 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]..............................................................................................1016 CONSULT-III Function......................................................................................................................................1016 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................1016 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1016 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1016 Operation Procedure...............................................................................................................................1016 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................1016 How to Erase Self-diagnosis Results...............................................................................................................1016 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1016 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................1016 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1019 Test Item.........................................................................................................................................1019 ECU IDENTIFICATION....................................................................................................................................1020 SPECIFIC FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................................1021 Specific Data Monitor.............................................................................................................................1021 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................1022 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR.......................................................................................................................1022 Description...............................................................................................................................................1022 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1022 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1022 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1022 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1022 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1023 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR.......................................................................................................................1024 Description...............................................................................................................................................1024 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1024 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1024 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1024 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1024 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1025 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................1027 Description...............................................................................................................................................1027 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1027 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1027 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1027 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1027 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1028 C1110, C1153, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).............................................................................................1029 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1029 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1029 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1029 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1029 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1029 C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................1030 Description...............................................................................................................................................1030 PUMP..................................................................................................................................................1030 MOTOR.................................................................................................................................................1030 MOTOR RELAY...........................................................................................................................................1030 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1030 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1030 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1030 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1030 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1031 C1114 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................1032 Description...............................................................................................................................................1032 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1032 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1032 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1032 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1032 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1033 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR............................................................................................................................................1034 Description...............................................................................................................................................1034 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1034 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1034 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1034 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1034 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1035 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH........................................................................................................................................1036 Description...............................................................................................................................................1036 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1036 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1036 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1036 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1036 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1037 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1037 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL.........................................................................................................................1038 Description...............................................................................................................................................1038 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1038 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1038 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1038 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1038 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1039 C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL........................................................................................................................1040 Description...............................................................................................................................................1040 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1040 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1040 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1040 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1040 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1041 C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL...........................................................................................................................................1042 Description...............................................................................................................................................1042 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1042 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1042 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1042 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1042 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1042 C1137 RAS CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................1043 Description...............................................................................................................................................1043 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1043 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1043 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1043 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1043 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1043 C1142 PRESS SENSOR............................................................................................................................................1044 Description...............................................................................................................................................1044 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1044 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1044 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1044 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1044 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1045 C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1046 Description...............................................................................................................................................1046 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1046 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1046 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1046 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1046 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1047 C1144 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1048 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1048 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1048 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1048 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1048 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1048 C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1049 Description...............................................................................................................................................1049 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1049 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1049 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1049 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1049 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1051 C1147, C1148, C1149, C1150 USV/HSV LINE.......................................................................................................................1052 Description...............................................................................................................................................1052 USV1, USV2 (CUT VALVE)................................................................................................................................1052 HSV1, HSV2 (SUCTION VALVE)............................................................................................................................1052 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1052 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1052 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1052 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1052 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1053 C1154 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH...............................................................................................................................1054 Description...............................................................................................................................................1054 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1054 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1054 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1054 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1054 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1054 C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH................................................................................................................................1055 Description...............................................................................................................................................1055 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1055 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1055 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1055 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1055 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1056 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1056 C1156 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (CAN).............................................................................................................................1057 Description...............................................................................................................................................1057 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1057 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1057 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1057 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1057 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1057 C1185 ICC UNIT................................................................................................................................................1058 Description...............................................................................................................................................1058 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1058 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1058 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1058 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1058 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1058 C1197 VACUUM SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................1059 Description...............................................................................................................................................1059 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1059 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1059 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1059 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1059 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1059 C1198 VACUUM SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................1061 Description...............................................................................................................................................1061 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1061 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1061 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1061 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1061 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1061 C1199 VACUUM SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................1063 Description...............................................................................................................................................1063 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1063 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1063 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1063 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1063 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1064 C119A VACUUM SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................1065 Description...............................................................................................................................................1065 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1065 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1065 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1065 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1065 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1066 U1000, U1002 CAN COMM CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................1067 Description...............................................................................................................................................1067 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1067 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1067 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1067 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1067 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1067 U1100 CAN COMM CIRCUIT (ICC UNIT).............................................................................................................................1068 Description...............................................................................................................................................1068 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1068 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1068 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1068 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1068 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1068 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................1069 Description...............................................................................................................................................1069 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1069 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................1071 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1071 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1071 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1071 VDC OFF SWITCH................................................................................................................................................1073 Description...............................................................................................................................................1073 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1073 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1073 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1074 ABS WARNING LAMP..............................................................................................................................................1075 Description...............................................................................................................................................1075 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1075 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1075 BRAKE WARNING LAMP............................................................................................................................................1076 Description...............................................................................................................................................1076 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1076 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1076 VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP........................................................................................................................................1077 Description...............................................................................................................................................1077 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1077 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1077 SLIP INDICATOR LAMP...........................................................................................................................................1078 Description...............................................................................................................................................1078 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1078 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1078 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................1079 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).................................................................................................................1079 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1079 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................1079 Wiring Diagram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -...................................................................................................................1084 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................1090 ABS, EBD SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................1090 VDC/TCS ..............................................................................................................................................1091 LDW/LDP SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................1091 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................1091 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1093 EXCESSIVE ABS FUNCTION OPERATION FREQUENCY....................................................................................................................1093 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1093 UNEXPECTED PEDAL REACTION.....................................................................................................................................1094 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1094 THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG..................................................................................................................................1095 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1095 ABS FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................................................1096 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1096 PEDAL VIBRATION OR ABS OPERATION SOUND OCCURS.................................................................................................................1097 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1097 VEHICLE JERKS DURING VDC/TCS/ABS CONTROL......................................................................................................................1098 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1098 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................1099 Description...............................................................................................................................................1099 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1100 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1100 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................1100 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................1100 Precaution for Brake System...............................................................................................................................1100 Precaution for Brake Control..............................................................................................................................1101 Precautions for Harness Repair............................................................................................................................1101 COMMUNICATION LINE....................................................................................................................................1101 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................1102 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................1102 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................1102 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................1102 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1103 WHEEL SENSOR..................................................................................................................................................1103 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR........................................................................................................................................1103 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................1103 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................1103 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1103 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1103 REAR WHEEL SENSOR.........................................................................................................................................1104 REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View.....................................................................................................................1104 REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................1104 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1104 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1104 SENSOR ROTOR..................................................................................................................................................1105 FRONT SENSOR ROTOR........................................................................................................................................1105 FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................1105 FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................1105 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1105 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1105 REAR SENSOR ROTOR.........................................................................................................................................1105 REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Exploded View.....................................................................................................................1105 REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................1105 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1105 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1105 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).................................................................................................................1106 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1106 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1106 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1106 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1107 YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR........................................................................................................................................1108 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1108 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1108 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1108 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1108 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR.........................................................................................................................................1109 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1109 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1109 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1109 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1109 BRAKE ASSIST..........................................................................................................................................................1110 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................1110 PREVIEW FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................1110 System Description........................................................................................................................................1110 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................................1110 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................1110 Operation.........................................................................................................................................1110 End of Operation..................................................................................................................................1110 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1111 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1112 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................1113 PREVIEW FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................1113 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1113 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1114 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................1114 Description...............................................................................................................................................1114 PRECAUTIONS FOR PREVIEW FUNCTION......................................................................................................................1114 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1115 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1115 Precautions for Preview Function Service..................................................................................................................1115 INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST..............................................................................................................................................1116 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................1116 INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST......................................................................................................................................1116 System Description........................................................................................................................................1116 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................................1116 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................1116 Switch and Indicators.............................................................................................................................1116 Fail-safe Indication..............................................................................................................................1116 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1118 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1119 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................1120 INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST......................................................................................................................................1120 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1120 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1121 SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON / SWITCH DOES NOT TURN OFF............................................................................................................1121 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................1121 Description...............................................................................................................................................1121 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1121 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................1123 Description...............................................................................................................................................1123 PRECAUTIONS FOR INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST..............................................................................................................1123 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1124 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1124 Precautions for IBA System Service........................................................................................................................1124 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1125 IBA OFF SWITCH................................................................................................................................................1125 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1125 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1125 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1125 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1125 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 BRM...........................................................................................................................................................................1126 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................1126 VEHICLE INFORMATION...................................................................................................................................................1127 BODY EXTERIOR PAINT COLOR.........................................................................................................................................1127 Body Exterior Paint Color.....................................................................................................................................1127 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................1129 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS..............................................................................................................................................1129 Precautions For Plastics......................................................................................................................................1129 LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS ................................................................................................................................1129 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................1132 BODY COMPONENT PARTS..............................................................................................................................................1132 Underbody Component Parts.....................................................................................................................................1132 Body Component Parts..........................................................................................................................................1134 CORROSION PROTECTION..............................................................................................................................................1136 Description...................................................................................................................................................1136 Anti-Corrosive Precoated Steel (Galvannealed Steel).......................................................................................................1136 Phosphate Coating Treatment and Cationic Electrodeposition Primer.........................................................................................1136 Undercoating..................................................................................................................................................1136 Precautions in Undercoating...............................................................................................................................1136 BODY SEALING......................................................................................................................................................1138 Body Sealing..................................................................................................................................................1138 BODY CONSTRUCTION.................................................................................................................................................1141 Body Construction.............................................................................................................................................1141 BODY ALIGNMENT....................................................................................................................................................1143 Body Center Marks.............................................................................................................................................1143 Description...................................................................................................................................................1144 Engine Compartment............................................................................................................................................1144 Measurement...............................................................................................................................................1144 Measurement Points........................................................................................................................................1145 Underbody.....................................................................................................................................................1146 Measurement ..............................................................................................................................................1146 Measurement Points........................................................................................................................................1147 Passenger Compartment.........................................................................................................................................1149 Measurement...............................................................................................................................................1149 Measurement Points........................................................................................................................................1150 Rear Body.....................................................................................................................................................1151 Measurement...............................................................................................................................................1151 Measurement Points........................................................................................................................................1151 REPAIRING HIGH STRENGTH STEEL.....................................................................................................................................1153 High Strength Steel (HSS).....................................................................................................................................1153 REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS............................................................................................................................................1156 Description...................................................................................................................................................1156 REAR FENDER HEMMING PROCESS...............................................................................................................................1157 Procedure of the hemming process......................................................................................................................1157 FOAM REPAIR...............................................................................................................................................1158 Urethane foam applications............................................................................................................................1158 Radiator Core Support.........................................................................................................................................1160 Hoodledge.....................................................................................................................................................1160 Front Side Member.............................................................................................................................................1163 Front Side Member (Partial Replacement).......................................................................................................................1166 Front Pillar..................................................................................................................................................1167 Center Pillar.................................................................................................................................................1171 Outer Sill....................................................................................................................................................1172 Rear Fender...................................................................................................................................................1176 Rear Panel....................................................................................................................................................1179 Rear End Crossmember..........................................................................................................................................1180 Rear Floor Rear...............................................................................................................................................1181 Rear Side Member Extension....................................................................................................................................1182 CCS...........................................................................................................................................................................1184 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................1184 ICC (FULL SPEED RANGE)................................................................................................................................................1194 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................1194 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................1194 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................1194 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................1194 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................1194 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................1196 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT)...............................................................................1196 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) : Description.............................................................1196 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) : Special Repair Requirement..............................................1196 LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT..............................................................................................................................1196 LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description............................................................................................................1196 OUTLINE OF LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT...........................................................................................................1196 CAUTIONARY POINT FOR LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT.................................................................................................1196 LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Preparation)...............................................................................1197 LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Setting The ICC Target Board)..............................................................1197 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1197 LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Laser Beam Aiming Adjustment)..............................................................1200 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1200 ACTION TEST...............................................................................................................................................1201 ACTION TEST : Description.............................................................................................................................1201 ACTION TEST : Special Repair Requirement (Vehicle-To-Vehicle Distance Control Mode)...................................................................1201 ACTION TEST : Special Repair Requirement [Conventional (Fixed Speed) Cruise Control Mode].............................................................1204 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................1207 ICC (FULL SPEED RANGE)........................................................................................................................................1207 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1207 System Description........................................................................................................................................1207 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1207 Vehicle-to-vehicle Distance Control Mode..........................................................................................................1208 Conventional (Fixed Speed) Cruise Control Mode....................................................................................................1208 Forward Collision Warning (FCW)...................................................................................................................1208 Brake Assist (With Preview Function)..............................................................................................................1208 Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) System.............................................................................................................1208 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM...................................................................................................1208 Input Signal Item.................................................................................................................................1208 Output Signal Item................................................................................................................................1209 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1210 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1211 VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION.............................................................................................................1212 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1212 System Description........................................................................................................................................1212 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................................1212 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................1213 Set Condition.....................................................................................................................................1213 Cancel Conditions.................................................................................................................................1214 OPERATION AND DISPLAY.................................................................................................................................1214 ICC Steering Switch...............................................................................................................................1214 ICC System Display (On The Information Display)...................................................................................................1215 System Control Condition Display..................................................................................................................1216 Approach Warning Display..........................................................................................................................1217 Warning Lamp and Automatic Cancellation Display...................................................................................................1218 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1219 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1220 CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION.......................................................................................................1221 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1221 System Description........................................................................................................................................1221 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................................1221 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................1222 Set Condition.....................................................................................................................................1222 OPERATION AND DISPLAY.................................................................................................................................1222 ICC Steering Switch...............................................................................................................................1222 ICC System Display (On The Information Display)...................................................................................................1223 System Control Condition Display..................................................................................................................1223 Warning and Automatic Cancellation Display........................................................................................................1224 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1225 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1226 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT).................................................................................................................1227 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................1227 ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM DIAGRAM................................................................................................................1227 ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS OPERATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................1227 WHEN THE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS DOES NOT START.......................................................................................................1228 HOW TO ERASE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................1228 CONSULT-III Function (ICC)................................................................................................................................1228 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1228 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1229 Display Items For The Cause Of Automatic Cancellation.............................................................................................1229 Laser Beam Adjust.................................................................................................................................1230 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1230 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1230 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1232 METER LAMP........................................................................................................................................1232 DCA INDICATOR.....................................................................................................................................1233 STOP LAMP.........................................................................................................................................1233 BOOSTER SOL/V.....................................................................................................................................1233 ICC BUZZER........................................................................................................................................1234 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR........................................................................................................................1234 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................1236 C1A00 CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................1236 Description...............................................................................................................................................1236 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1236 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1236 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1236 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1236 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1236 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1236 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1236 C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2....................................................................................................1238 Description...............................................................................................................................................1238 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1238 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1238 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1238 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1238 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1238 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1238 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1238 C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR....................................................................................................................................1240 Description...............................................................................................................................................1240 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1240 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1240 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1240 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1240 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1241 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1241 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1241 C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................1242 Description...............................................................................................................................................1242 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1242 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1242 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1242 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1242 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1242 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1242 C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW...................................................................................................................................1244 Description...............................................................................................................................................1244 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1244 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1244 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1244 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)...................................................................................................................1247 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................1247 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1248 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1248 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1248 C1A06 OPERATION SW............................................................................................................................................1249 Description...............................................................................................................................................1249 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1249 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1249 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1249 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1249 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1250 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1251 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1251 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1251 C1A08 PRESSURE SENSOR.........................................................................................................................................1252 Description...............................................................................................................................................1252 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1252 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1252 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1252 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1252 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1253 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1253 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1253 C1A09 BOOSTER SOLENOID........................................................................................................................................1254 Description...............................................................................................................................................1254 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1254 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1254 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1254 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1254 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1255 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1255 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1255 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1255 C1A10 RELEASE SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................1257 Description...............................................................................................................................................1257 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1257 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1257 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1257 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1257 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1258 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1259 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1259 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1259 C1A11 PRESSURE CONTROL........................................................................................................................................1260 Description...............................................................................................................................................1260 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1260 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1260 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1260 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1260 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1261 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1261 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1261 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1261 C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CENTER...................................................................................................................................1263 Description...............................................................................................................................................1263 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1263 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1263 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1263 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1263 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1263 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1263 C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY.........................................................................................................................................1264 Description...............................................................................................................................................1264 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1264 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1264 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1264 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1264 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1269 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1270 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1270 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1270 C1A14 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................1271 Description...............................................................................................................................................1271 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1271 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1271 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1271 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1271 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1271 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1272 C1A15 GEAR POSITION...........................................................................................................................................1273 Description...............................................................................................................................................1273 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1273 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1273 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1273 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1273 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1274 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1274 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1274 C1A16 RADAR STAIN.............................................................................................................................................1276 Description...............................................................................................................................................1276 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1276 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1276 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1276 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1276 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1276 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1277 C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP......................................................................................................................................1278 Description...............................................................................................................................................1278 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1278 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1278 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1278 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1278 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1278 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1278 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1278 C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP..........................................................................................................................................1280 Description...............................................................................................................................................1280 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1280 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1280 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1280 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1280 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1280 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1280 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1280 C1A22 BCU CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................1282 Description...............................................................................................................................................1282 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1282 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1282 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1282 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1282 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1285 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1285 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1285 C1A24 NP RANGE................................................................................................................................................1286 Description...............................................................................................................................................1286 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1286 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1286 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1286 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1286 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1287 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1287 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1287 C1A28 BCU POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT, C1A29 BCU POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT2...............................................................................................1288 Description...............................................................................................................................................1288 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1288 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1288 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1288 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1288 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1288 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1288 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1289 C1A30 BCU CAN COMM CIRC ......................................................................................................................................1290 Description...............................................................................................................................................1290 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1290 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1290 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1290 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1290 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1290 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1290 C1A31 BCU INTERNAL MALF.......................................................................................................................................1291 Description...............................................................................................................................................1291 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1291 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1291 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1291 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1291 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1291 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1291 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1291 C1A32 IBA FLAG STUCK..........................................................................................................................................1293 Description...............................................................................................................................................1293 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1293 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1293 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1293 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1293 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1293 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1293 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1293 C1A33 CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR..................................................................................................................................1295 Description...............................................................................................................................................1295 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1295 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1295 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1295 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1295 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1295 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1295 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1295 C1A34 COMMAND ERROR...........................................................................................................................................1297 Description...............................................................................................................................................1297 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1297 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1297 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1297 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1297 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1297 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1297 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1297 C1A39 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1299 Description...............................................................................................................................................1299 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1299 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1299 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1299 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1299 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1299 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1299 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1299 C1A40 SYSTEM SWITCH CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................1301 Description...............................................................................................................................................1301 IBA OFF SWITCH........................................................................................................................................1301 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1301 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1301 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1301 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1301 Component Inspection (IBA OFF Switch).....................................................................................................................1302 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1303 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1303 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1303 U0121 VDC CAN 2...............................................................................................................................................1304 Description...............................................................................................................................................1304 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1304 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1304 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1304 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1304 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1304 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1304 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1304 U0126 STRG SEN CAN 1..........................................................................................................................................1306 Description...............................................................................................................................................1306 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1306 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1306 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1306 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1306 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1306 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1306 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1306 U0129 BCU CAN 2...............................................................................................................................................1308 Description...............................................................................................................................................1308 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1308 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1308 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1308 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1308 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1308 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1308 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1309 U0401 ECM CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1310 Description...............................................................................................................................................1310 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1310 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1310 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1310 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1310 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1310 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1310 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1310 U0402 TCM CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1312 Description...............................................................................................................................................1312 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1312 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1312 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1312 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1312 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1312 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1312 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1312 U0415 VDC CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1314 Description...............................................................................................................................................1314 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1314 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1314 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1314 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1314 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1314 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1314 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1314 U0418 BCU CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1316 Description...............................................................................................................................................1316 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1316 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1316 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1316 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1316 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1316 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1316 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1317 U0428 STRG SEN CAN 2..........................................................................................................................................1318 Description...............................................................................................................................................1318 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1318 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1318 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1318 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1318 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1318 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1318 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1318 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................1320 Description...............................................................................................................................................1320 CAN COMMUNICATION.....................................................................................................................................1320 ITS COMMUNICATION.....................................................................................................................................1320 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1320 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1320 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1320 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1320 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1320 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1320 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................1322 Description...............................................................................................................................................1322 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1322 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1322 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1322 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1322 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1322 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1322 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................1323 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT................................................................................................................................1323 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1323 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................................1323 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1323 ICC WARNING CHIME CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................1325 Description...............................................................................................................................................1325 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1325 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1325 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1326 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................1327 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT....................................................................................................................................1327 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1327 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................1327 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1330 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1330 Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (FULL SPEED RANGE) -..........................................................................................1331 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................1344 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................1344 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................1345 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................................1348 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1348 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1348 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1348 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1350 INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (FULL SPEED RANGE) SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.................................................................................................1350 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................1350 MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON, MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN OFF...................................................................................................1351 Description...............................................................................................................................................1351 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1351 ICC SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET (MAIN SWITCH TURNS ON/OFF)...........................................................................................................1352 Description...............................................................................................................................................1352 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1352 ICC STEERING SWITCH (OTHER THAN MAIN SWITCH) DOES NOT FUNCTION................................................................................................1354 Description...............................................................................................................................................1354 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1354 ICC SYSTEM DOES NOT CANCEL WHEN A/T SELECTOR LEVER SETS ON "N"................................................................................................1355 Description...............................................................................................................................................1355 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1355 CHIME DOES NOT SOUND..........................................................................................................................................1356 Description...............................................................................................................................................1356 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1356 DRIVING FORCE IS HUNTING......................................................................................................................................1358 Description...............................................................................................................................................1358 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1358 FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD / DETECTION ZONE IS SHORT..........................................................................................1359 Description...............................................................................................................................................1359 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1359 THE SYSTEM DOES NOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD AT ALL...........................................................................................................1360 Description...............................................................................................................................................1360 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1360 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................1361 Description...............................................................................................................................................1361 PRECAUTIONS FOR VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE..............................................................................................1361 PRECAUTIONS FOR CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE........................................................................................1363 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1364 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1364 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................1364 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................1364 Precautions For Harness Repair............................................................................................................................1364 ICC System Service........................................................................................................................................1365 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................1366 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................1366 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................1366 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1367 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT....................................................................................................................................1367 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1367 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1367 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1367 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1367 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................................1368 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1368 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1368 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1368 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1368 ICC WARNING CHIME.............................................................................................................................................1369 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1369 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1369 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1369 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1369 ICC STEERING SWITCH...........................................................................................................................................1370 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1370 DCA...................................................................................................................................................................1371 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................1371 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................1371 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................1371 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................1371 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................1371 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................1373 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT)...............................................................................1373 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) : Description.............................................................1373 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) : Special Repair Requirement..............................................1373 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY)...............................................................................1373 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY) : Description.............................................................1373 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY) : Special Repair Requirement..............................................1373 ACTION TEST...............................................................................................................................................1373 ACTION TEST : Description.............................................................................................................................1374 ACTION TEST : Special Repair Requirement (Distance Control Assist)....................................................................................1374 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................1375 DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................1375 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1375 System Description........................................................................................................................................1375 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................................1375 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................1376 Operation Condition...............................................................................................................................1377 No Operation Condition............................................................................................................................1377 Operation Cancellation Condition..................................................................................................................1377 Operation At The Driver Operation.................................................................................................................1377 OPERATION AND DISPLAY.................................................................................................................................1377 Switch and Display................................................................................................................................1377 System Control Condition Display..................................................................................................................1378 Approach Warning Display..........................................................................................................................1378 Warning Lamp Display..............................................................................................................................1378 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM...................................................................................................1379 Input Signal Item.................................................................................................................................1379 Output Signal Item................................................................................................................................1380 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1381 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1381 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT).................................................................................................................1383 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................1383 ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM DIAGRAM................................................................................................................1383 ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS OPERATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................1383 WHEN THE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS DOES NOT START.......................................................................................................1384 HOW TO ERASE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................1384 CONSULT-III Function (ICC)................................................................................................................................1384 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1384 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1385 Display Items For The Cause Of Automatic Cancellation.............................................................................................1385 Laser Beam Adjust.................................................................................................................................1386 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1386 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1386 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1388 METER LAMP........................................................................................................................................1388 DCA INDICATOR.....................................................................................................................................1389 STOP LAMP.........................................................................................................................................1389 BOOSTER SOL/V.....................................................................................................................................1389 ICC BUZZER........................................................................................................................................1390 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR........................................................................................................................1390 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR).................................................................................................................1392 CONSULT-III Function (ACCELE PEDAL ACT)...................................................................................................................1392 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1392 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1392 Self Diagnostic Result............................................................................................................................1392 FFD (Freeze Frame Data)...........................................................................................................................1392 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1392 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1393 Item list.........................................................................................................................................1393 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR TEST 1.................................................................................................................1393 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR TEST 2.................................................................................................................1393 ECU IDENTIFICATION....................................................................................................................................1393 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................1394 C1A00 CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................1394 Description...............................................................................................................................................1394 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1394 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1394 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1394 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1394 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1394 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1394 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1394 C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2....................................................................................................1396 Description...............................................................................................................................................1396 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1396 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1396 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1396 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1396 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1396 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1396 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1396 C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR....................................................................................................................................1398 Description...............................................................................................................................................1398 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1398 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1398 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1398 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1398 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1399 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1399 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1399 C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................1400 Description...............................................................................................................................................1400 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1400 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1400 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1400 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1400 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1400 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1400 C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW...................................................................................................................................1402 Description...............................................................................................................................................1402 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1402 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1402 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1402 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)...................................................................................................................1405 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................1405 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1406 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1406 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1406 C1A06 OPERATION SW............................................................................................................................................1407 Description...............................................................................................................................................1407 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1407 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1407 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1407 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1407 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1408 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1409 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1409 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1409 C1A08 PRESSURE SENSOR.........................................................................................................................................1410 Description...............................................................................................................................................1410 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1410 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1410 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1410 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1410 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1411 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1411 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1411 C1A09 BOOSTER SOLENOID........................................................................................................................................1412 Description...............................................................................................................................................1412 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1412 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1412 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1412 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1412 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1413 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1413 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1413 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1413 C1A10 RELEASE SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................1415 Description...............................................................................................................................................1415 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................1415 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1415 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1415 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1415 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1416 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1417 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1417 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1417 C1A11 PRESSURE CONTROL........................................................................................................................................1418 Description...............................................................................................................................................1418 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1418 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1418 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1418 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1418 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1419 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1419 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1419 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1419 C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CENTER...................................................................................................................................1421 Description...............................................................................................................................................1421 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1421 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1421 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1421 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1421 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1421 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1421 C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY.........................................................................................................................................1422 Description...............................................................................................................................................1422 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1422 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1422 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1422 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1422 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1427 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1428 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1428 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1428 C1A14 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................1429 Description...............................................................................................................................................1429 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1429 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1429 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1429 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1429 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1429 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1429 C1A15 GEAR POSITION...........................................................................................................................................1431 Description...............................................................................................................................................1431 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1431 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1431 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1431 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1431 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1432 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1432 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1432 C1A16 RADAR STAIN.............................................................................................................................................1434 Description...............................................................................................................................................1434 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1434 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1434 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1434 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1434 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1434 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1435 C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP......................................................................................................................................1436 Description...............................................................................................................................................1436 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1436 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1436 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1436 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1436 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1436 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1436 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1436 C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP..........................................................................................................................................1438 Description...............................................................................................................................................1438 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1438 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1438 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1438 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1438 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1438 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1438 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1438 C1A22 BCU CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................1440 Description...............................................................................................................................................1440 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1440 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1440 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1440 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1440 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1443 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1443 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1443 C1A24 NP RANGE................................................................................................................................................1444 Description...............................................................................................................................................1444 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1444 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1444 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1444 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1444 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1445 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1445 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1445 C1A28 BCU POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT, C1A29 BCU POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT2...............................................................................................1446 Description...............................................................................................................................................1446 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1446 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1446 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1446 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1446 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1446 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1446 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1447 C1A30 BCU CAN COMM CIRC ......................................................................................................................................1448 Description...............................................................................................................................................1448 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1448 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1448 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1448 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1448 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1448 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1448 C1A31 BCU INTERNAL MALF.......................................................................................................................................1449 Description...............................................................................................................................................1449 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1449 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1449 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1449 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1449 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1449 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1449 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1449 C1A32 IBA FLAG STUCK..........................................................................................................................................1451 Description...............................................................................................................................................1451 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1451 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1451 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1451 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1451 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1451 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1451 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1451 C1A33 CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR..................................................................................................................................1453 Description...............................................................................................................................................1453 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1453 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1453 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1453 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1453 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1453 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1453 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1453 C1A34 COMMAND ERROR...........................................................................................................................................1455 Description...............................................................................................................................................1455 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1455 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1455 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1455 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1455 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1455 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1455 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1455 C1A35 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR..............................................................................................................................1457 Description...............................................................................................................................................1457 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1457 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1457 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1457 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1457 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1457 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1457 C1A36 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR CAN COMM.....................................................................................................................1458 Description...............................................................................................................................................1458 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1458 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1458 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1458 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1458 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1458 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1458 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1459 C1A37 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR CAN 2........................................................................................................................1460 Description...............................................................................................................................................1460 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1460 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1460 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1460 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1460 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1460 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1460 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1461 C1A38 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR CAN 1........................................................................................................................1462 Description...............................................................................................................................................1462 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1462 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1462 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1462 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1462 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1462 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1462 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1463 C1A39 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1464 Description...............................................................................................................................................1464 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1464 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1464 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1464 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1464 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1464 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1464 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1464 C1A40 SYSTEM SWITCH CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................1466 Description...............................................................................................................................................1466 IBA OFF SWITCH........................................................................................................................................1466 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1466 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1466 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1466 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1466 Component Inspection (IBA OFF Switch).....................................................................................................................1467 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1468 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1468 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1468 C1F01 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR..............................................................................................................................1469 Description...............................................................................................................................................1469 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1469 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1469 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1469 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1469 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1469 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1469 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1469 C1F02 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR .............................................................................................................................1471 Description...............................................................................................................................................1471 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1471 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1471 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1471 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1471 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1471 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1471 C1F03 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR .............................................................................................................................1472 Description...............................................................................................................................................1472 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1472 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1472 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1472 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1472 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1472 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1472 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1472 C1F05 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................1474 Description...............................................................................................................................................1474 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1474 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1474 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1474 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1474 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1474 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1474 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1474 C1F06 CAN CIRCUIT2............................................................................................................................................1476 Description...............................................................................................................................................1476 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1476 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1476 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1476 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1476 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1476 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1476 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1477 C1F07 CAN CIRCUIT1............................................................................................................................................1478 Description...............................................................................................................................................1478 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1478 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1478 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1478 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1478 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1478 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1478 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1479 U0121 VDC CAN 2...............................................................................................................................................1480 Description...............................................................................................................................................1480 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1480 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1480 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1480 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1480 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1480 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1480 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1480 U0126 STRG SEN CAN 1..........................................................................................................................................1482 Description...............................................................................................................................................1482 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1482 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1482 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1482 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1482 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1482 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1482 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1482 U0129 BCU CAN 2...............................................................................................................................................1484 Description...............................................................................................................................................1484 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1484 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1484 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1484 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1484 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1484 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1484 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1485 U0401 ECM CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1486 Description...............................................................................................................................................1486 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1486 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1486 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1486 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1486 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1486 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1486 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1486 U0402 TCM CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1488 Description...............................................................................................................................................1488 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1488 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1488 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1488 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1488 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1488 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1488 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1488 U0415 VDC CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1490 Description...............................................................................................................................................1490 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1490 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1490 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1490 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1490 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1490 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1490 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1490 U0418 BCU CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1492 Description...............................................................................................................................................1492 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1492 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1492 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1492 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1492 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1492 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1492 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1493 U0428 STRG SEN CAN 2..........................................................................................................................................1494 Description...............................................................................................................................................1494 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1494 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1494 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1494 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1494 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1494 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1494 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1494 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................1496 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT................................................................................................................................1496 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Description..............................................................................................................1496 CAN COMMUNICATION.................................................................................................................................1496 ITS COMMUNICATION.................................................................................................................................1496 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : DTC Logic................................................................................................................1496 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................1496 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1496 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................................1496 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1496 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT........................................................................................................................1496 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................................1497 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Description..............................................................................................................1497 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Logic................................................................................................................1497 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................1497 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1497 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................................1498 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1498 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT........................................................................................................................1498 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................1499 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT................................................................................................................................1499 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Description..............................................................................................................1499 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : DTC Logic................................................................................................................1499 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................1499 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1499 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................................1499 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1499 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT........................................................................................................................1499 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................................1499 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Description..............................................................................................................1499 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Logic................................................................................................................1500 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................1500 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1500 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................................1500 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1500 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT........................................................................................................................1500 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................1501 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT................................................................................................................................1501 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1501 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................................1501 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1501 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................................1502 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1502 ICC WARNING CHIME CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................1504 Description...............................................................................................................................................1504 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1504 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1504 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1505 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................1506 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT....................................................................................................................................1506 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1506 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................1506 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1509 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1509 Wiring Diagram - DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST -................................................................................................................1510 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................1523 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................1523 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................1524 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................................1527 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1527 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1527 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1527 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR....................................................................................................................................1529 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1529 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................1529 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1529 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1529 Wiring Diagram - DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST -................................................................................................................1531 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................1544 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................1545 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1546 DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.......................................................................................................................1546 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................1546 SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON / SWITCH DOES NOT TURN OFF............................................................................................................1547 Description...............................................................................................................................................1547 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1547 DCA SYSTEM SETTING CANNOT BE TURNED ON/OFF FROM THE NAVIGATION SCREEN.........................................................................................1549 Description...............................................................................................................................................1549 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1549 DCA SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED (SWITCH IS ON).......................................................................................................................1551 Description...............................................................................................................................................1551 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1551 CHIME DOES NOT SOUND..........................................................................................................................................1553 Description...............................................................................................................................................1553 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1553 NO FORCE GENERATED FOR PUTTING BACK THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL.....................................................................................................1555 Description...............................................................................................................................................1555 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1555 FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD / DETECTION ZONE IS SHORT..........................................................................................1556 Description...............................................................................................................................................1556 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1556 THE SYSTEM DOES NOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD AT ALL...........................................................................................................1557 Description...............................................................................................................................................1557 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1557 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................1558 Description...............................................................................................................................................1558 PRECAUTIONS FOR DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST (DCA)SYSTEM...................................................................................................1558 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1561 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1561 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................1561 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................1561 Precautions For Harness Repair............................................................................................................................1561 DCA System Service........................................................................................................................................1562 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1563 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT....................................................................................................................................1563 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1563 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1563 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1563 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1563 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................................1564 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1564 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1564 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1564 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1564 ICC WARNING CHIME.............................................................................................................................................1565 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1565 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1565 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1565 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1565 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................1566 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1566 DCA SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................1567 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1567 FCW...................................................................................................................................................................1568 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................1568 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................1568 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................1568 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................1568 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................1568 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................1570 FORWARD COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................1570 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1570 System Description........................................................................................................................................1570 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................1570 BASIC OPERATIONS......................................................................................................................................1570 Switches And Indicator/Warning Lamps..............................................................................................................1570 Fail-safe Indication .............................................................................................................................1570 FCW INITIAL STATE CHANGE..............................................................................................................................1571 FCW OPERATING CONDITION...............................................................................................................................1571 ICC sensor integrated unit input/output signal item...................................................................................................1571 Input Signal Item.................................................................................................................................1571 Output Signal Item................................................................................................................................1571 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1572 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1572 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT).................................................................................................................1574 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................1574 ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM DIAGRAM................................................................................................................1574 ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS OPERATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................1574 WHEN THE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS DOES NOT START.......................................................................................................1575 HOW TO ERASE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................1575 CONSULT-III Function (ICC)................................................................................................................................1575 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1575 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1576 Display Items For The Cause Of Automatic Cancellation.............................................................................................1576 Laser Beam Adjust.................................................................................................................................1577 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1577 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1577 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1579 METER LAMP........................................................................................................................................1579 DCA INDICATOR.....................................................................................................................................1580 STOP LAMP.........................................................................................................................................1580 BOOSTER SOL/V.....................................................................................................................................1580 ICC BUZZER........................................................................................................................................1581 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR........................................................................................................................1581 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (LANE CAMERA UNIT)...........................................................................................................................1583 CONSULT-III Function (LANE CAMERA)........................................................................................................................1583 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1583 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1583 Cause of Auto-Cancel Display Item List............................................................................................................1583 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1584 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1584 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1584 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................1586 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT....................................................................................................................................1586 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1586 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................1586 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1589 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1589 Wiring Diagram - FORWARD COLLISION WARNING -..............................................................................................................1590 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................1599 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................1599 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................1600 LANE CAMERA UNIT..............................................................................................................................................1603 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1603 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................1603 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1604 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1604 Wiring Diagram - FORWARD COLLISION WARNING -..............................................................................................................1605 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................1614 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................1614 TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS AT HIGH TEMPERATURE.........................................................................................................1614 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................1615 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................1615 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1616 FORWARD COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.....................................................................................................................1616 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................1616 FCW SYSTEM IS NOT ACTIVATED...................................................................................................................................1617 Description...............................................................................................................................................1617 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1617 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................1618 Description...............................................................................................................................................1618 FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (FCW).......................................................................................................................1618 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1619 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1619 Precaution for FCW System Service.........................................................................................................................1619 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1620 FCW SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................1620 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1620 LDW & LDP.............................................................................................................................................................1621 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................1621 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................1621 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................1621 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................1621 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................1621 Diagnostic Work Sheet.....................................................................................................................................1622 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1622 WORK SHEET SAMPLE.....................................................................................................................................1623 PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................1624 Inspection Procedure......................................................................................................................................1624 ACTION TEST...................................................................................................................................................1625 Description...............................................................................................................................................1625 Inspection Procedure......................................................................................................................................1625 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................1628 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (LANE CAMERA UNIT).........................................................................................1628 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (LANE CAMERA UNIT) : Description.......................................................................1628 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (LANE CAMERA UNIT) : Special Repair Requirement........................................................1628 CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT..................................................................................................................................1628 CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description................................................................................................................1628 OUTLINE...........................................................................................................................................1628 CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Preparation)...................................................................................1628 CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Target Setting)................................................................................1629 CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Camera Aiming Adjustment)......................................................................1630 CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Target Mark Sample)............................................................................1632 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................1634 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................1634 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1634 System Description........................................................................................................................................1634 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................1634 BASIC OPERATIONS......................................................................................................................................1634 Switches And Indicator/Warning Lamps..............................................................................................................1634 Bulb Check Action and Fail-safe Indication .......................................................................................................1635 LDW INITIAL STATE CHANGE..............................................................................................................................1635 LDW SYSTEM CONTROL DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1636 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT BY CAN COMMUNICATION..............................................................................................................1636 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1637 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1637 LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM........................................................................................................................1639 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1639 System Description........................................................................................................................................1639 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................1639 BASIC OPERATIONS......................................................................................................................................1640 Switches and Indicator/Warning Lamps..............................................................................................................1640 Bulb Check Action and Fail-safe Indication .......................................................................................................1640 LDP SYSTEM CONTROL DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................1641 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT BY CAN COMMUNICATION..............................................................................................................1642 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1644 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1644 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (LANE CAMERA UNIT)...........................................................................................................................1646 CONSULT-III Function (LANE CAMERA)........................................................................................................................1646 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1646 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1646 Cause of Auto-Cancel Display Item List............................................................................................................1646 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1647 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1647 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1647 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]..............................................................................................1649 CONSULT-III Function......................................................................................................................................1649 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................1649 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1649 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1649 Operation Procedure...............................................................................................................................1649 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................1649 How to Erase Self-diagnosis Results...............................................................................................................1649 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1649 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................1649 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1652 Test Item.........................................................................................................................................1652 ECU IDENTIFICATION....................................................................................................................................1653 SPECIFIC FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................................1654 Specific Data Monitor.............................................................................................................................1654 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................1655 C1B00 CAMERA UNIT MALF........................................................................................................................................1655 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1655 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1655 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1655 C1B01 CAM AIMING INCMP........................................................................................................................................1656 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1656 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1656 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1656 C1B02 VHCL SPD DATA MALF......................................................................................................................................1657 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1657 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1657 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1657 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1657 C1B03 ABNRML TEMP DETECT......................................................................................................................................1658 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1658 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1658 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1658 C1B07 ABS DIAGNOSIS...........................................................................................................................................1659 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1659 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1659 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1659 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................1660 Description...............................................................................................................................................1660 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1660 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1660 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1660 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................1661 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1661 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1661 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1661 U0122 VDC CAN CIR1 (LDP)......................................................................................................................................1662 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1662 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1662 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1662 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1662 U0416 VDC CAN CIR2 (LDP)......................................................................................................................................1664 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1664 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1664 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1664 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1664 C1B00 LDP) CAMERA MALF........................................................................................................................................1666 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1666 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1666 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1666 C1B04 LDP) ICC STG SW MALF....................................................................................................................................1667 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1667 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1667 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1667 C1B05 LDP) APP SEN MALF.......................................................................................................................................1668 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1668 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1668 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1668 C1B06 LDP) TCM MALF...........................................................................................................................................1669 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1669 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1669 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1669 U0100 LDP) ECM CAN CIR2.......................................................................................................................................1670 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1670 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1670 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1670 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1670 U0101 LDP) TCM CAM CAN CIR2...................................................................................................................................1672 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1672 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1672 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1672 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1672 U0104 LDP) ICC CAM CAN CIR2...................................................................................................................................1674 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1674 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1674 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1674 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1674 U0405 LDP) ICC CAM CAN CIR1...................................................................................................................................1675 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1675 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1675 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1675 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1675 U1500 LDP) CAM CAN CIR1.......................................................................................................................................1676 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1676 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1676 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1676 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1676 U1501 LDP) CAM CAN CIR2.......................................................................................................................................1677 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1677 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1677 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1677 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1677 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................1678 LANE CAMERA UNIT..........................................................................................................................................1678 LANE CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................1678 LDW SWITCH CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................................1679 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1679 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1679 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1680 LDW ON INDICATOR CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................1681 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1681 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1681 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING BUZZER CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................1683 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1683 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1683 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................1685 LANE CAMERA UNIT..............................................................................................................................................1685 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1685 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................1685 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1686 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1686 Wiring Diagram - LDW & LDP -..............................................................................................................................1687 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................1698 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................1698 TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS AT HIGH TEMPERATURE.........................................................................................................1698 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................1699 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................1699 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).................................................................................................................1700 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1700 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................1700 Wiring Diagram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -...................................................................................................................1705 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................1711 ABS, EBD SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................1711 VDC/TCS ..............................................................................................................................................1712 LDW/LDP SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................1712 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................1712 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1714 LDW & LDP SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.....................................................................................................................................1714 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................1714 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................1716 Description...............................................................................................................................................1716 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)..........................................................................................................................1716 LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP).......................................................................................................................1716 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1718 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1718 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................1718 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................1718 Precaution for LDW/LDP System Service.....................................................................................................................1718 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1719 LANE CAMERA UNIT..............................................................................................................................................1719 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1719 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1719 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1719 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1719 LDW SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................1720 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1720 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1720 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1720 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1720 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING BUZZER.................................................................................................................................1721 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1721 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1721 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1721 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1721 LDP SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................1722 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1722 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 CHG...........................................................................................................................................................................1723 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................1723 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................1725 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................1725 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................1725 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................1725 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................1725 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................1728 CHARGING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................1728 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................1728 System Description............................................................................................................................................1728 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................1728 VQ35HR : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................................1728 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................1729 VK50VE : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................................1729 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................1729 POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM..................................................................................................................1730 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................1730 System Description............................................................................................................................................1730 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................1730 VQ35HR : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................................1730 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................1730 VK50VE : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................................1731 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................1731 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1732 B TERMINAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................................1732 Description...................................................................................................................................................1732 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1732 L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (OPEN).........................................................................................................................................1733 Description...................................................................................................................................................1733 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1733 L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)........................................................................................................................................1735 Description...................................................................................................................................................1735 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1735 S TERMINAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................................1736 Description...................................................................................................................................................1736 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1736 CHARGING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................1737 Wiring Diagram - CHARGING SYSTEM -............................................................................................................................1737 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................1745 CHARGING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................1745 Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................................1745 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................1746 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................1746 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................1746 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................1746 Precaution for Power Generation Voltage Variable Control System...............................................................................................1746 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................1747 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................1747 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................1747 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................1747 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................1748 CHARGING SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION............................................................................................................................1748 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................1748 POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION.............................................................................................1749 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................1749 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................1751 ALTERNATOR........................................................................................................................................................1751 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................1751 VQ35HR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................1751 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1751 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1751 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation (2WD)...................................................................................................................1752 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1752 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1753 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation (AWD)...................................................................................................................1753 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1753 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1754 VQ35HR : Inspection.......................................................................................................................................1754 ALTERNATOR PULLEY INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................1754 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................1754 VK50VE : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................1754 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1754 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1755 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................................1756 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1756 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1756 VK50VE : Inspection.......................................................................................................................................1756 ALTERNATOR PULLEY INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................1756 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................1758 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................1758 Alternator....................................................................................................................................................1758 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 CO............................................................................................................................................................................1759 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................1759 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................................1761 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................1761 DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................................................1761 Engine Cooling System.....................................................................................................................................1761 Engine Cooling System Schematic...........................................................................................................................1761 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1762 OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS....................................................................................................................................1762 Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................................1762 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1764 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1764 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................1764 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................1764 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................1765 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................1765 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................1765 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................1766 ENGINE COOLANT................................................................................................................................................1766 Inspection................................................................................................................................................1766 LEVEL ................................................................................................................................................1766 LEAKAGE...............................................................................................................................................1766 Draining..................................................................................................................................................1766 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................1767 Flushing..................................................................................................................................................1768 RADIATOR......................................................................................................................................................1770 RADIATOR CAP..............................................................................................................................................1770 RADIATOR CAP : Inspection.............................................................................................................................1770 RADIATOR..................................................................................................................................................1770 RADIATOR : Inspection.................................................................................................................................1770 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1772 RADIATOR......................................................................................................................................................1772 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1772 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1772 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1772 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1774 Inspection................................................................................................................................................1774 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1774 COOLING FAN...................................................................................................................................................1775 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1775 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1775 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1775 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1775 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................1775 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1775 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................1776 Inspection................................................................................................................................................1776 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................1776 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................1776 Cooling Fan.......................................................................................................................................1776 WATER PUMP....................................................................................................................................................1777 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1777 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1777 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1777 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1778 Inspection................................................................................................................................................1779 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................1779 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1779 WATER INLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................1780 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1780 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1780 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1780 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1780 Inspection................................................................................................................................................1781 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................1781 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1781 WATER OUTLET AND WATER PIPING.................................................................................................................................1782 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1782 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1782 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1782 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1783 Inspection................................................................................................................................................1783 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1783 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................1784 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................1784 Periodical Maintenance Specification......................................................................................................................1784 ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...............................................................................................................1784 Radiator..................................................................................................................................................1784 Thermostat................................................................................................................................................1784 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................................1785 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................1785 DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................................................1785 Engine Cooling System.....................................................................................................................................1785 Engine Cooling System Schematic...........................................................................................................................1786 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1787 OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS....................................................................................................................................1787 Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................................1787 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1789 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1789 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................1789 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................1789 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................1790 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................1790 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................1790 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................1791 ENGINE COOLANT................................................................................................................................................1791 Inspection................................................................................................................................................1791 LEVEL ................................................................................................................................................1791 LEAKAGE...............................................................................................................................................1791 Draining..................................................................................................................................................1791 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................1792 Flushing..................................................................................................................................................1793 RADIATOR......................................................................................................................................................1795 RADIATOR CAP..............................................................................................................................................1795 RADIATOR CAP : Inspection.............................................................................................................................1795 RADIATOR..................................................................................................................................................1795 RADIATOR : Inspection.................................................................................................................................1795 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1797 RADIATOR......................................................................................................................................................1797 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1797 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1797 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1797 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1799 Inspection................................................................................................................................................1799 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1799 COOLING FAN...................................................................................................................................................1800 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1800 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1800 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1800 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1800 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................1800 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1800 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................1801 Inspection................................................................................................................................................1801 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................1801 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................1801 Cooling Fan.......................................................................................................................................1801 WATER PUMP....................................................................................................................................................1802 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1802 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1802 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1802 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1803 Inspection................................................................................................................................................1803 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................1803 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1803 WATER INLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................1804 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1804 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1804 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1804 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1805 Thermostat........................................................................................................................................1805 Water Connector and Heater Pipe ..................................................................................................................1805 Inspection................................................................................................................................................1805 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................1805 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1806 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................1807 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................1807 Periodical Maintenance Specification......................................................................................................................1807 ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...............................................................................................................1807 Radiator..................................................................................................................................................1807 Thermostat................................................................................................................................................1807 DEF...........................................................................................................................................................................1808 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................1808 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................1810 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................1810 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................1810 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................1810 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................1811 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................1811 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................1811 System Description............................................................................................................................................1811 Operation Description.....................................................................................................................................1811 Timer function............................................................................................................................................1811 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................................1811 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................1812 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................1812 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................1814 COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................................1814 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)....................................................................................................1814 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................1814 SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................1814 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD) AND IGN COUNTER...............................................................................................................1814 Freeze Frame Data.................................................................................................................................1814 IGN Counter.......................................................................................................................................1815 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER..........................................................................................................................................1815 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER).........................................................................................1815 Data monitor..........................................................................................................................................1815 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1815 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1816 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................1816 BCM...........................................................................................................................................................1816 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................................................................................................1816 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................1817 Description...................................................................................................................................................1817 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1817 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1817 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY........................................................................................................................................1818 Description...................................................................................................................................................1818 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1818 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1818 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1819 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER..............................................................................................................................................1820 Description...................................................................................................................................................1820 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1820 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1820 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1822 DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER..............................................................................................................................................1823 Description...................................................................................................................................................1823 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1823 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1823 DRIVER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER..................................................................................................................................1824 Description...................................................................................................................................................1824 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1824 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1824 PASSENGER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER...............................................................................................................................1826 Description...................................................................................................................................................1826 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1826 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1826 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................1828 Wiring Diagram - DEFOGGER SYSTEM -............................................................................................................................1828 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................1837 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................1837 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................1837 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................1837 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................1842 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................1842 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................1861 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................1867 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................1867 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................1869 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................1869 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................1869 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................1870 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................1870 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................1873 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DO NOT OPERATE......................................................................................................1873 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1873 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE BUT BOTH DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGERS OPERATE......................................................................................1874 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1874 DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE.............................................................................................................................1875 BOTH SIDES....................................................................................................................................................1875 BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................................1875 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................1875 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................1875 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................1875 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................1875 ON IS NOT DISPLAYED WHEN PRESSING REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH BUT IT IS OPERATED..................................................................................1876 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1876 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE................................................................................................................1877 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1877 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................1878 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................1878 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................1878 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................1878 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................1879 FILAMENT..........................................................................................................................................................1879 Inspection and Repair.........................................................................................................................................1879 INSPECTION................................................................................................................................................1879 REPAIR....................................................................................................................................................1879 REPAIR EQUIPMENT......................................................................................................................................1879 REPAIRING PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................1880 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 DLK...........................................................................................................................................................................1881 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................1881 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................1888 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW....................................................................................................................................1888 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................1888 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................1888 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................1888 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................................1891 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................1891 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..............................................................................................1891 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................1891 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................1892 POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................1892 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................1892 System Description............................................................................................................................................1892 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION........................................................................................................................................1892 Door Key Cylinder.....................................................................................................................................1892 AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (LOCK OPERATION)......................................................................................................1892 Vehicle Speed Sensing Auto Door Lock*1................................................................................................................1892 P Range Interlock Door Lock...........................................................................................................................1892 Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function.................................................................................................1892 AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (UNLOCK OPERATION)....................................................................................................1893 IGN OFF Interlock Door Unlock*1.......................................................................................................................1893 P Range Interlock Door Unlock.........................................................................................................................1893 Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function.................................................................................................1893 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................1894 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................1895 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................1896 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................1896 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Diagram...................................................................................................................1896 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description...............................................................................................................1896 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................1897 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Description............................................................................................................1899 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION............................................................................................................................................1899 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Diagram.......................................................................................................................1899 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Description...................................................................................................................1899 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................1899 OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................................1900 OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA DETECTION AREA....................................................................................................................1900 SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................1900 HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION...................................................................................................................1900 Operating Function of Hazard and Buzzer Reminder..................................................................................................1900 How to Change Hazard and Buzzer Reminder Mode.....................................................................................................1900 AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTION...............................................................................................................................1900 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL............................................................................................................................1901 LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS.......................................................................................................................1901 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : Component Parts Location.............................................................................................................1902 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : Component Description................................................................................................................1904 BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................................1904 BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : System Diagram..................................................................................................................1904 BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : System Description..............................................................................................................1904 BACK DOOR OPEN........................................................................................................................................1904 OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................................1905 OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA DETECTION AREA....................................................................................................................1905 HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION...................................................................................................................1905 LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS.......................................................................................................................1905 BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : Component Parts Location........................................................................................................1906 BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : Component Description...........................................................................................................1908 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION.................................................................................................................................1908 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Diagram............................................................................................................1908 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Description........................................................................................................1908 OPERATION.............................................................................................................................................1908 OPERATION AREA........................................................................................................................................1909 DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................1909 OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................................1909 SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................1909 HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................1909 Operating Function of Hazard and Horn Reminder....................................................................................................1909 How to Change Hazard and Horn Reminder Mode.......................................................................................................1909 AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTION...............................................................................................................................1909 PANIC ALARM FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................1910 KEYLESS POWER WINDOW DOWN (OPEN) FUNCTION.............................................................................................................1910 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL............................................................................................................................1910 LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS.......................................................................................................................1910 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : Component Parts Location..................................................................................................1911 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : Component Description.....................................................................................................1913 WELCOME LIGHT FUNCTION........................................................................................................................................1913 WELCOME LIGHT FUNCTION : System Description...............................................................................................................1913 CONDITION OF SEARCHING................................................................................................................................1913 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................1913 SYSTEM SETTING PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................1913 WELCOME LIGHT FUNCTION : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................1914 KEY REMINDER FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................................1916 KEY REMINDER FUNCTION : System Description................................................................................................................1916 KEY REMINDER FUNCTION : Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................1917 WARNING FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................1919 WARNING FUNCTION : System Description.....................................................................................................................1919 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................1919 OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................................1919 WARNING METHOD........................................................................................................................................1920 LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS.......................................................................................................................1922 WARNING FUNCTION : Component Parts Location...............................................................................................................1924 BACK DOOR AUTO CLOSURE SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................1927 CLOSURE FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................1927 CLOSURE FUNCTION : System Diagram.........................................................................................................................1927 CLOSURE FUNCTION : System Description.....................................................................................................................1927 AUTO CLOSURE OPERATION................................................................................................................................1927 CLOSURE FUNCTION : Component Parts Location...............................................................................................................1928 CLOSURE FUNCTION : Component Description..................................................................................................................1928 OPEN FUNCTION.................................................................................................................................................1928 OPEN FUNCTION : System Diagram............................................................................................................................1928 OPEN FUNCTION : System Description........................................................................................................................1928 BACK DOOR OPENER OPERATION............................................................................................................................1929 OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................................1929 OPEN OPERATION........................................................................................................................................1929 OPEN FUNCTION : Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................1930 OPEN FUNCTION : Component Description.....................................................................................................................1930 INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER...................................................................................................................................1931 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................1931 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................1932 COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................................1932 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)....................................................................................................1932 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................1932 SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................1932 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD) AND IGN COUNTER...............................................................................................................1933 Freeze Frame Data.................................................................................................................................1933 IGN Counter.......................................................................................................................................1933 DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................................1933 DOOR LOCK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)........................................................................................................1933 BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................1933 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1933 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1934 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1934 INTELLIGENT KEY...............................................................................................................................................1934 INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)............................................................................................1934 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1934 SELF-DIAG RESULT......................................................................................................................................1935 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1936 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1937 TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................................1937 TRUNK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - TRUNK)................................................................................................................1938 BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................1938 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1938 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1938 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1939 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................................1939 Description...................................................................................................................................................1939 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................1939 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................1939 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1939 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................................1940 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................1940 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................1940 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1940 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................1940 B2621 INSIDE KEY ANTENNA 1........................................................................................................................................1941 Description...................................................................................................................................................1941 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................1941 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................1941 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................1941 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1941 B2622 INSIDE KEY ANTENNA 2........................................................................................................................................1943 Description...................................................................................................................................................1943 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................1943 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................1943 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................1943 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1943 B2623 INSIDE KEY ANTENNA 3........................................................................................................................................1945 Description...................................................................................................................................................1945 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................1945 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................1945 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................1945 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1945 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................1947 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................1947 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................1947 BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................1947 BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................1947 DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................................1949 Description...................................................................................................................................................1949 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1949 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1949 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1951 DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................1952 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................1952 DRIVER SIDE : Description.................................................................................................................................1952 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................1952 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................1952 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................1952 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..............................................................................................................................1952 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check.................................................................................................................1952 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................1952 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR................................................................................................................................................1954 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................1954 DRIVER SIDE : Description.................................................................................................................................1954 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................1954 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................1954 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................1954 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..............................................................................................................................1955 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check.................................................................................................................1955 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................1955 REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................................1955 REAR LH : Description.....................................................................................................................................1955 REAR LH : Component Function Check........................................................................................................................1956 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................1956 REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................................1956 REAR RH : Description.....................................................................................................................................1956 REAR RH : Component Function Check........................................................................................................................1956 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................1957 FUEL LID LOCK ACTUATOR............................................................................................................................................1958 Description...................................................................................................................................................1958 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1958 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1958 BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH OPERATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................1959 Description...................................................................................................................................................1959 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1959 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1959 KEY CYLINDER SWITCH...............................................................................................................................................1961 Description...................................................................................................................................................1961 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1961 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1961 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1962 COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................1962 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER.....................................................................................................................................1963 Description...................................................................................................................................................1963 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1963 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1963 BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH...........................................................................................................................................1966 Description...................................................................................................................................................1966 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1966 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1966 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1967 DOOR REQUEST SWITCH...............................................................................................................................................1968 Description...................................................................................................................................................1968 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1968 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1968 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1969 BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................1970 Description...................................................................................................................................................1970 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1970 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1970 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1971 UNLOCK SENSOR.....................................................................................................................................................1972 Description...................................................................................................................................................1972 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1972 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1972 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1973 OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA...............................................................................................................................................1974 Description...................................................................................................................................................1974 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1974 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1974 INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER....................................................................................................................................1977 Description...................................................................................................................................................1977 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1977 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1977 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1978 INTELLIGENT KEY...................................................................................................................................................1979 Description...................................................................................................................................................1979 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1979 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1979 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1979 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................1980 KEY SLOT..........................................................................................................................................................1981 Description...................................................................................................................................................1981 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1981 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1981 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1982 KEY SLOT ILLUMINATION.............................................................................................................................................1983 Description...................................................................................................................................................1983 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1983 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1983 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1984 HORN FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................................................1985 Description...................................................................................................................................................1985 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1985 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1985 COMBINATION METER DISPLAY FUNCTION................................................................................................................................1987 Description...................................................................................................................................................1987 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1987 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1987 BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)........................................................................................................................................1988 Description...................................................................................................................................................1988 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1988 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1988 KEY WARNING LAMP..................................................................................................................................................1989 Description...................................................................................................................................................1989 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1989 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1989 HAZARD FUNCTION...................................................................................................................................................1990 Description...................................................................................................................................................1990 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1990 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1990 OPEN SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................................1991 Description...................................................................................................................................................1991 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1991 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1992 COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................1992 CLOSE SWITCH......................................................................................................................................................1993 Description...................................................................................................................................................1993 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1993 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1994 COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................1994 HALF LATCH SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................1995 Description...................................................................................................................................................1995 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1995 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................1996 COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................1996 BACK DOOR CLOSURE MOTOR...........................................................................................................................................1997 Description...................................................................................................................................................1997 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1997 INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER...................................................................................................................................1998 Description...................................................................................................................................................1998 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................1998 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1998 POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................2000 Wiring Diagram - POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................................2000 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................2013 Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................................2013 INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER SYSTEM............................................................................................................................2028 Wiring Diagram - INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................2028 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................2030 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................2030 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................2030 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................2030 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................2035 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................2035 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................2054 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................2060 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................2060 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................2062 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................2062 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................2062 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................2063 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................2063 BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................2066 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................2066 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................2066 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................2066 Wiring Diagram -BACK DOOR AUTO CLOSURE SYSTEM -...............................................................................................................2067 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................2074 DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH........................................................................................................2074 ALL DOOR......................................................................................................................................................2074 ALL DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................................2074 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................2074 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................2074 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................2074 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................2075 REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................................2075 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................2075 REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................................2075 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................2075 DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR KEY CYLINDER OPERATION........................................................................................................2076 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2076 DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR REQUEST SWITCH................................................................................................................2077 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................2077 DRIVER SIDE : Description.................................................................................................................................2077 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..........................................................................................................2077 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................2077 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................2077 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..............................................................................................................................2077 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..........................................................................................................2078 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................2078 BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................................2078 BACK DOOR : Description...................................................................................................................................2078 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..........................................................................................................2078 BACK DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2079 DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH INTELLIGENT KEY....................................................................................................................2080 Description...................................................................................................................................................2080 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2080 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2080 SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE WITH DOOR REQUEST SWITCH...............................................................................................2081 Description...................................................................................................................................................2081 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2081 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2081 SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE WITH INTELLIGENT KEY...................................................................................................2082 Description...................................................................................................................................................2082 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2082 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2082 VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE........................................................................................................2083 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2083 IGN OFF INTERLOCK DOOR UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE...........................................................................................................2084 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2084 P RANGE INTERLOCK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE......................................................................................................2085 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2085 AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE.........................................................................................................................2086 Description...................................................................................................................................................2086 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2086 WELCOME LIGHT FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE...........................................................................................................................2087 Description...................................................................................................................................................2087 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATION CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2087 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2087 PANIC ALARM FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE.............................................................................................................................2088 Description...................................................................................................................................................2088 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATION CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2088 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2088 HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER DOES NOT OPERATE.........................................................................................................................2089 Description...................................................................................................................................................2089 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATION CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2089 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2089 HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER DOES NOT OPERATE.......................................................................................................................2090 Description...................................................................................................................................................2090 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2090 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2090 KEY REMINDER FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................................................................................2091 Description...................................................................................................................................................2091 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2091 KEY WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE......................................................................................................................................2092 Description...................................................................................................................................................2092 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2092 OFF POSITION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE.............................................................................................................................2093 Description...................................................................................................................................................2093 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2093 P POSITION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE...............................................................................................................................2094 Description...................................................................................................................................................2094 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2094 ACC WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE......................................................................................................................................2096 Description...................................................................................................................................................2096 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2096 TAKE AWAY WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................................................................................................................................2097 DOOR IS OPEN..................................................................................................................................................2097 DOOR IS OPEN : Description................................................................................................................................2097 DOOR IS OPEN : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................2097 ANY DOOR OPEN TO ALL DOORS CLOSED.............................................................................................................................2098 ANY DOOR OPEN TO ALL DOORS CLOSED : Description...........................................................................................................2098 ANY DOOR OPEN TO ALL DOORS CLOSED : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................2098 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION.........................................................................................................................2098 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION : Description.......................................................................................................2099 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION : Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................2099 INTELLIGENT KEY IS REMOVED FROM KEY SLOT......................................................................................................................2099 INTELLIGENT KEY IS REMOVED FROM KEY SLOT : Description....................................................................................................2099 INTELLIGENT KEY IS REMOVED FROM KEY SLOT : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................2100 INTELLIGENT KEY LOW BATTERY WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................2101 Description...................................................................................................................................................2101 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2101 DOOR LOCK OPERATION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE WITH DOOR REQUEST SWITCH.............................................................................................2102 Description...................................................................................................................................................2102 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2102 KEY ID WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE...................................................................................................................................2103 Description...................................................................................................................................................2103 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2103 INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER DOES NOT OPERATE..................................................................................................................2104 Description...................................................................................................................................................2104 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2104 BACK DOOR DOES NOT OPERATE........................................................................................................................................2105 OPEN/CLOSURE FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................................2105 OPEN/CLOSURE FUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................2105 OPEN FUNCTION.................................................................................................................................................2105 OPEN FUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................2105 CLOSURE FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................2105 CLOSURE FUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................2105 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................2107 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................2107 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................2107 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................2107 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................2108 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................2108 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................2108 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................2109 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................2109 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................2109 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................2109 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................2109 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................2109 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................2110 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................2110 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................2110 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................2111 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................2113 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................2113 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................2113 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................2113 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................2113 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................2113 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................2114 Work..........................................................................................................................................................2114 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................2115 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2115 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................2115 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................2115 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2116 HOOD..............................................................................................................................................................2116 HOOD ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................................2116 HOOD ASSEMBLY : Exploded View.............................................................................................................................2116 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2116 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................2116 HOOD ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................2117 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2117 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2118 HOOD ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................................................................................................................................2118 HOOD HINGE....................................................................................................................................................2119 HOOD HINGE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2120 HOOD HINGE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2120 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2120 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2120 HOOD STAY.....................................................................................................................................................2121 HOOD STAY : Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2121 HOOD STAY : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2121 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2121 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2122 RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT.............................................................................................................................................2123 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2123 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2123 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2123 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2124 FRONT FENDER......................................................................................................................................................2125 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2125 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2125 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2125 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2126 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................2126 FRONT DOOR........................................................................................................................................................2127 DOOR ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................................2127 DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View.............................................................................................................................2127 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2127 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................2127 DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................2128 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2128 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2128 DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................................................................................................................................2129 DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................................2129 DOOR STRIKER..................................................................................................................................................2129 DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View..............................................................................................................................2130 DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................2130 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2130 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2130 DOOR HINGE....................................................................................................................................................2130 DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2131 DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2131 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2131 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2131 DOOR CHECK LINK...............................................................................................................................................2131 DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View...........................................................................................................................2132 DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................2132 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2132 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2132 REAR DOOR.........................................................................................................................................................2133 DOOR ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................................2133 DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View.............................................................................................................................2133 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2133 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................2133 DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................2134 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2134 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2134 DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................................................................................................................................2135 DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................................2135 DOOR STRIKER..................................................................................................................................................2135 DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View..............................................................................................................................2136 DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................2136 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2136 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2136 DOOR HINGE....................................................................................................................................................2136 DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2137 DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2137 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2137 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2137 DOOR CHECK LINK...............................................................................................................................................2137 DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View...........................................................................................................................2138 DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................2138 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2138 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2138 BACK DOOR.........................................................................................................................................................2139 BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................................2139 BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View........................................................................................................................2139 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2139 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................2139 BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................2140 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2140 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2141 BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment...........................................................................................................................2141 BACK DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT..........................................................................................................................2141 BACK DOOR STRIKER.............................................................................................................................................2141 BACK DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View.........................................................................................................................2142 BACK DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................2142 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2142 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2142 BACK DOOR HINGE...............................................................................................................................................2142 BACK DOOR HINGE : Exploded View...........................................................................................................................2143 BACK DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................2143 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2143 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2143 BACK DOOR STAY................................................................................................................................................2144 BACK DOOR STAY : Exploded View............................................................................................................................2144 BACK DOOR STAY : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................2144 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2144 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2145 BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP.......................................................................................................................................2145 BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Exploded View...................................................................................................................2145 BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................2146 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2146 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2146 HOOD LOCK.........................................................................................................................................................2147 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2147 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2147 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2147 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2148 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................2148 FRONT DOOR LOCK...................................................................................................................................................2149 DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................................2149 DOOR LOCK : Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2149 DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2149 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2149 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2149 INSIDE HANDLE.................................................................................................................................................2150 INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View.............................................................................................................................2150 INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................2150 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2150 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2150 OUTSIDE HANDLE................................................................................................................................................2150 OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View............................................................................................................................2151 OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................2151 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2151 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2152 REAR DOOR LOCK....................................................................................................................................................2153 DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................................2153 DOOR LOCK : Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2153 DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2153 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2153 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2153 INSIDE HANDLE.................................................................................................................................................2153 INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View.............................................................................................................................2154 INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................2154 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2154 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2154 OUTSIDE HANDLE................................................................................................................................................2154 OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View............................................................................................................................2155 OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................2155 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2155 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2156 BACK DOOR LOCK....................................................................................................................................................2157 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2157 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2157 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2157 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2157 FUEL FILLER LID OPENER............................................................................................................................................2158 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2158 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2158 REMOVAL ..................................................................................................................................................2158 INSTALLATION .............................................................................................................................................2159 DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................................2160 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2160 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2160 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2160 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2160 INSIDE KEY ANTENNA................................................................................................................................................2161 INSTRUMENT CENTER.............................................................................................................................................2161 INSTRUMENT CENTER : Exploded View.........................................................................................................................2161 INSTRUMENT CENTER : Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................2161 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2161 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2161 CONSOLE.......................................................................................................................................................2161 CONSOLE : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2161 CONSOLE : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2161 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2161 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2162 LUGGAGE ROOM..................................................................................................................................................2162 LUGGAGE ROOM : Exploded View..............................................................................................................................2162 LUGGAGE ROOM : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................2162 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2162 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2162 OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA...............................................................................................................................................2163 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................2163 DRIVER SIDE : Exploded View...............................................................................................................................2163 DRIVER SIDE : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................................2163 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2163 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2163 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................2163 PASSENGER SIDE : Exploded View............................................................................................................................2163 PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................2163 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2163 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2163 BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................................2163 BACK DOOR : Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2163 BACK DOOR : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2163 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2163 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2163 INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER....................................................................................................................................2164 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2164 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2164 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2164 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2164 BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................2165 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2165 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2165 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2165 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2165 KEY SLOT..........................................................................................................................................................2166 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2166 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2166 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2166 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2166 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER.....................................................................................................................................2167 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2167 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2167 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2167 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2167 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY...........................................................................................................................................2168 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2168 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 DLN...........................................................................................................................................................................2169 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................2169 TRANSFER: ETX13C......................................................................................................................................................2175 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................2175 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................2175 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................2175 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................2175 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2176 AWD SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................................2176 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2176 CONTROL DIAGRAM.......................................................................................................................................2176 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................2176 System Description........................................................................................................................................2178 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................2178 OPERATION PRINCIPLE...................................................................................................................................2178 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2179 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2179 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AWD CONTROL UNIT)...........................................................................................................................2180 CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)...................................................................................................................2180 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................2180 ECU IDENTIFICATION....................................................................................................................................2180 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................2180 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................2180 How to Erase Self-Diagnostic Results..............................................................................................................2180 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................2180 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................2180 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................2180 Description.......................................................................................................................................2180 Test Item.........................................................................................................................................2181 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................2182 C1201 AWD CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................2182 Description...............................................................................................................................................2182 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2182 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2182 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2182 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2182 C1203 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)...........................................................................................................2183 Description...............................................................................................................................................2183 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2183 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2183 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2183 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2183 C1204 AWD SOLENOID............................................................................................................................................2184 Description...............................................................................................................................................2184 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2184 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2184 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2184 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2184 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2185 C1205 AWD ACTUATOR RELAY......................................................................................................................................2186 Description...............................................................................................................................................2186 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2186 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2186 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2186 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2186 C1210 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................2187 Description...............................................................................................................................................2187 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2187 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2187 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2187 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2187 P1804 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................2188 Description...............................................................................................................................................2188 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2188 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2188 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2188 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2188 P1809 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................2189 Description...............................................................................................................................................2189 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2189 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2189 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2189 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2189 P1826 TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE..............................................................................................................................2190 Description...............................................................................................................................................2190 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2190 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2190 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2190 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2190 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2192 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................2193 Description...............................................................................................................................................2193 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2193 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2193 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2193 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2193 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................2194 Description...............................................................................................................................................2194 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2194 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2194 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2194 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2194 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................2195 Description...............................................................................................................................................2195 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2195 AWD WARNING LAMP..............................................................................................................................................2198 Description...............................................................................................................................................2198 AWD WARNING LAMP INDICATION...........................................................................................................................2198 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2198 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2198 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................2200 AWD CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................2200 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................2200 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................2200 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................2200 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................2201 Wiring Diagram - AWD SYSTEM -.............................................................................................................................2202 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................2207 AWD system............................................................................................................................................2207 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................2208 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................2208 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2210 AWD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON.............................................................................................................................2210 Description...............................................................................................................................................2210 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2210 AWD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF............................................................................................................................2211 Description...............................................................................................................................................2211 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2211 HEAVY TIGHT-CORNER BRAKING SYMPTOM OCCURS.....................................................................................................................2212 Description...............................................................................................................................................2212 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2212 VEHICLE DOES NOT ENTER AWD MODE...............................................................................................................................2213 Description...............................................................................................................................................2213 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2213 AWD WARNING LAMP BLINKS QUICKLY...............................................................................................................................2214 Description...............................................................................................................................................2214 AWD WARNING LAMP BLINKS SLOWLY................................................................................................................................2215 Description...............................................................................................................................................2215 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2215 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2216 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2216 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................2217 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2217 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................2217 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................2217 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................2217 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................2217 Service Notice or Precautions for Transfer................................................................................................................2218 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2219 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2219 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2219 VQ35HR : Special Service Tools........................................................................................................................2219 VQ35HR : Commercial Service Tools.....................................................................................................................2220 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2221 VK50VE : Special Service Tools........................................................................................................................2221 VK50VE : Commercial Service Tools.....................................................................................................................2222 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2224 TRANSFER FLUID................................................................................................................................................2224 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2224 VQ35HR : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2224 FLUID LEAKAGE.....................................................................................................................................2224 FLUID LEVEL.......................................................................................................................................2224 VQ35HR : Draining.....................................................................................................................................2224 VQ35HR : Refilling....................................................................................................................................2224 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2224 VK50VE : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2225 FLUID LEAKAGE.....................................................................................................................................2225 FLUID LEVEL.......................................................................................................................................2225 VK50VE : Draining.....................................................................................................................................2225 VK50VE : Refilling....................................................................................................................................2225 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2226 AWD CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................2226 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2226 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2226 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2226 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2226 FRONT OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................................2227 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2227 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2227 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2227 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2227 REAR OIL SEAL.................................................................................................................................................2228 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2228 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2228 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2228 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2228 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2229 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2230 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2230 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2230 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2230 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2231 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................2233 TRANSFER ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................2233 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2233 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2233 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2233 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2233 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2233 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2234 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2235 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2235 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2235 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2235 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2237 FRONT CASE AND REAR CASE......................................................................................................................................2237 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2237 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2237 VQ35HR : Disassembly..................................................................................................................................2238 VQ35HR : Assembly.....................................................................................................................................2241 VQ35HR : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2245 CASES.............................................................................................................................................2245 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2245 SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................2245 GEARS AND CHAIN...................................................................................................................................2245 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2246 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2246 VK50VE : Disassembly..................................................................................................................................2247 VK50VE : Assembly.....................................................................................................................................2250 VK50VE : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2254 CASES.............................................................................................................................................2254 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2254 SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................2255 GEARS AND CHAIN...................................................................................................................................2255 MAIN SHAFT....................................................................................................................................................2256 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2256 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2256 VQ35HR : Disassembly..................................................................................................................................2257 VQ35HR : Assembly.....................................................................................................................................2258 VQ35HR : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2259 CASES.............................................................................................................................................2259 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2259 SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................2259 GEARS AND CHAIN...................................................................................................................................2259 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2260 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2260 VK50VE : Disassembly..................................................................................................................................2261 VK50VE : Assembly.....................................................................................................................................2262 VK50VE : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2263 CASES.............................................................................................................................................2263 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2263 SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................2263 GEARS AND CHAIN...................................................................................................................................2264 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT AND DRIVE CHAIN.............................................................................................................................2265 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2265 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2265 VQ35HR : Disassembly..................................................................................................................................2266 VQ35HR : Assembly.....................................................................................................................................2266 VQ35HR : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2267 CASES.............................................................................................................................................2267 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2267 SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................2267 GEARS AND CHAIN...................................................................................................................................2268 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2268 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2269 VK50VE : Disassembly..................................................................................................................................2270 VK50VE : Assembly.....................................................................................................................................2270 VK50VE : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2271 CASES.............................................................................................................................................2271 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2271 SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................2271 GEARS AND CHAIN...................................................................................................................................2272 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2273 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2273 General Specifications....................................................................................................................................2273 FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A..........................................................................................................................................2274 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2274 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2274 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2274 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2275 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2275 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2275 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2276 FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT.........................................................................................................................................2276 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2276 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................2276 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................2276 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................2276 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2277 FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT.........................................................................................................................................2277 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2277 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2277 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2277 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2277 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2278 VQ35HR : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2278 APPEARANCE........................................................................................................................................2278 PROPELLER SHAFT RUNOUT............................................................................................................................2278 JOURNAL AXIAL PLAY................................................................................................................................2278 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2279 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2279 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2279 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2279 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2280 VK50VE : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2280 APPEARANCE........................................................................................................................................2280 PROPELLER SHAFT RUNOUT............................................................................................................................2280 JOURNAL AXIAL PLAY................................................................................................................................2280 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2282 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2282 General Specifications....................................................................................................................................2282 Propeller Shaft Runout....................................................................................................................................2282 Journal Axial Play........................................................................................................................................2282 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R.........................................................................................................................................2283 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2283 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2283 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2283 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2284 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2284 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2284 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2285 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..........................................................................................................................................2285 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2285 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................2285 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................2285 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................2285 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2286 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..........................................................................................................................................2286 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2286 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2286 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2286 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2288 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2289 APPEARANCE............................................................................................................................................2289 PROPELLER SHAFT RUNOUT................................................................................................................................2289 JOURNAL AXIAL PLAY....................................................................................................................................2289 CENTER BEARING........................................................................................................................................2289 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2290 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2290 General Specifications....................................................................................................................................2290 Propeller Shaft Runout....................................................................................................................................2290 Journal Axial Play........................................................................................................................................2290 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107....................................................................................................................................2291 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2291 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2291 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2291 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2292 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2292 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2292 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2293 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..........................................................................................................................................2293 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2293 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................2293 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................2293 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................2293 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2294 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..........................................................................................................................................2294 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2294 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2294 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2294 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2295 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2297 APPEARANCE............................................................................................................................................2297 PROPELLER SHAFT RUNOUT................................................................................................................................2297 JOURNAL AXIAL PLAY....................................................................................................................................2297 CENTER BEARING........................................................................................................................................2297 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2298 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2298 General Specifications....................................................................................................................................2298 Propeller Shaft Runout....................................................................................................................................2298 Journal Axial Play........................................................................................................................................2298 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F-R-2VL107.....................................................................................................................................2299 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2299 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2299 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2299 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2300 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2300 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2300 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2301 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..........................................................................................................................................2301 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2301 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................2301 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................2301 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................2301 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2302 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..........................................................................................................................................2302 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2302 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2302 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2302 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2303 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2305 APPEARANCE............................................................................................................................................2305 PROPELLER SHAFT RUNOUT................................................................................................................................2305 CENTER BEARING........................................................................................................................................2305 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2307 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2307 General Specifications....................................................................................................................................2307 Propeller Shaft Runout....................................................................................................................................2307 FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A..............................................................................................................................................2308 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2308 FRONT FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................2308 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2308 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................2308 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2309 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2309 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2309 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................2310 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2310 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................2310 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................2310 Service Notice or Precautions for Front Final Drive.......................................................................................................2310 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2311 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2311 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................2311 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2313 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2314 FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL...................................................................................................................................2314 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2314 OIL LEAKAGE...........................................................................................................................................2314 OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................2314 Draining..................................................................................................................................................2314 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................2314 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2315 SIDE OIL SEAL.................................................................................................................................................2315 RIGHT SIDE................................................................................................................................................2315 RIGHT SIDE : Exploded View............................................................................................................................2315 RIGHT SIDE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................2316 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2316 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2316 LEFT SIDE.................................................................................................................................................2316 LEFT SIDE : Exploded View.............................................................................................................................2316 LEFT SIDE : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................2317 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2317 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2317 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................2318 FRONT FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................2318 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2318 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2318 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2318 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2318 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2318 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2319 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2319 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2319 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2319 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2320 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2321 SIDE SHAFT....................................................................................................................................................2321 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2321 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................2323 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................2324 Inspection After Disassembly..............................................................................................................................2324 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION...........................................................................................................................2324 BEARING...............................................................................................................................................2324 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR........................................................................................................................2324 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.................................................................................................2324 OIL SEAL..............................................................................................................................................2324 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.....................................................................................................................................2324 COMPANION FLANGE......................................................................................................................................2324 DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................2325 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2325 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................2327 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................2330 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................2335 TOTAL PRELOAD TORQUE..................................................................................................................................2335 SIDE BEARING PRELOAD..................................................................................................................................2335 DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT.....................................................................................................................................2337 TOOTH CONTACT.........................................................................................................................................2337 BACKLASH..............................................................................................................................................2339 Inspection After Disassembly..............................................................................................................................2339 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION...........................................................................................................................2339 BEARING...............................................................................................................................................2339 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR........................................................................................................................2339 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.................................................................................................2340 OIL SEAL..............................................................................................................................................2340 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.....................................................................................................................................2340 COMPANION FLANGE......................................................................................................................................2340 DRIVE PINION..................................................................................................................................................2341 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2341 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................2343 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................2345 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................2347 PINION GEAR HEIGHT....................................................................................................................................2347 PINION BEARING PRELOAD................................................................................................................................2347 COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT...............................................................................................................................2348 Inspection After Disassembly..............................................................................................................................2349 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION...........................................................................................................................2349 BEARING...............................................................................................................................................2349 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR........................................................................................................................2349 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.................................................................................................2349 OIL SEAL..............................................................................................................................................2349 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.....................................................................................................................................2349 COMPANION FLANGE......................................................................................................................................2349 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2350 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2350 General Specifications....................................................................................................................................2350 Drive Gear Runout.........................................................................................................................................2350 Differential Side Gear Clearance..........................................................................................................................2350 Preload Torque............................................................................................................................................2350 Backlash..................................................................................................................................................2350 Companion Flange Runout...................................................................................................................................2350 REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200................................................................................................................................................2351 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2351 REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2351 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2351 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................2351 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2353 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2353 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2353 2WD...................................................................................................................................................2353 AWD...................................................................................................................................................2353 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................2355 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2355 Service Notice or Precautions for Rear Final Drive........................................................................................................2355 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2356 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2356 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................2356 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2359 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2360 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL....................................................................................................................................2360 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2360 OIL LEAKAGE...........................................................................................................................................2360 OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................2360 Draining..................................................................................................................................................2360 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................2360 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2361 FRONT OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................................2361 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................2361 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2361 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2361 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2361 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2364 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................2365 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2366 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2366 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2366 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2368 SIDE OIL SEAL.................................................................................................................................................2371 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................2371 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2371 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2371 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2371 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2372 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................2372 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2373 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2373 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2373 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2374 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................2375 REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2375 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................2375 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2375 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2375 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2375 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2376 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................2376 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2377 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2377 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2377 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2377 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2379 DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................2379 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................2379 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2379 2WD : Disassembly.....................................................................................................................................2380 2WD : Assembly........................................................................................................................................2382 2WD : Adjustment......................................................................................................................................2387 TOTAL PRELOAD TORQUE..............................................................................................................................2387 SIDE BEARING PRELOAD..............................................................................................................................2387 DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT.................................................................................................................................2389 TOOTH CONTACT.....................................................................................................................................2389 BACKLASH..........................................................................................................................................2391 2WD : Inspection After Disassembly....................................................................................................................2391 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION.......................................................................................................................2391 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2391 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR....................................................................................................................2391 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.............................................................................................2391 OIL SEAL..........................................................................................................................................2391 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.................................................................................................................................2392 COMPANION FLANGE..................................................................................................................................2392 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................2392 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2392 AWD : Disassembly.....................................................................................................................................2393 AWD : Assembly........................................................................................................................................2395 AWD : Adjustment......................................................................................................................................2400 TOTAL PRELOAD TORQUE..............................................................................................................................2400 SIDE BEARING PRELOAD..............................................................................................................................2400 DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT.................................................................................................................................2402 TOOTH CONTACT.....................................................................................................................................2402 BACKLASH..........................................................................................................................................2404 AWD : Inspection After Disassembly....................................................................................................................2404 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION.......................................................................................................................2404 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2404 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR....................................................................................................................2404 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.............................................................................................2404 OIL SEAL..........................................................................................................................................2404 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.................................................................................................................................2405 COMPANION FLANGE..................................................................................................................................2405 DRIVE PINION..................................................................................................................................................2406 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................2406 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2406 2WD : Disassembly.....................................................................................................................................2407 2WD : Assembly........................................................................................................................................2408 2WD : Adjustment......................................................................................................................................2410 PINION GEAR HEIGHT................................................................................................................................2410 DRIVE PINION RUNOUT...............................................................................................................................2413 2WD : Inspection After Disassembly....................................................................................................................2413 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION.......................................................................................................................2413 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2413 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR....................................................................................................................2413 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.............................................................................................2413 OIL SEAL..........................................................................................................................................2414 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.................................................................................................................................2414 COMPANION FLANGE..................................................................................................................................2414 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................2414 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2414 AWD : Disassembly.....................................................................................................................................2415 AWD : Assembly........................................................................................................................................2417 AWD : Adjustment......................................................................................................................................2419 PINION GEAR HEIGHT................................................................................................................................2419 COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT...........................................................................................................................2422 AWD : Inspection After Disassembly....................................................................................................................2422 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION.......................................................................................................................2422 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2422 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR....................................................................................................................2422 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.............................................................................................2422 OIL SEAL..........................................................................................................................................2422 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.................................................................................................................................2422 COMPANION FLANGE..................................................................................................................................2423 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2424 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2424 General Specification.....................................................................................................................................2424 Drive Gear Runout.........................................................................................................................................2424 Differential Side Gear Clearance..........................................................................................................................2424 Preload Torque............................................................................................................................................2424 Backlash..................................................................................................................................................2424 Drive Pinion Runout (2WD).................................................................................................................................2424 Companion Flange Runout (AWD).............................................................................................................................2424 REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230................................................................................................................................................2426 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2426 REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2426 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2426 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................2426 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2427 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2427 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2427 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................2428 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2428 Service Notice or Precautions for Rear Final Drive........................................................................................................2428 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2429 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2429 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................2429 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................2431 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2433 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL....................................................................................................................................2433 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2433 OIL LEAKAGE...........................................................................................................................................2433 OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................2433 Draining..................................................................................................................................................2433 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................2433 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2434 FRONT OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................................2434 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2434 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2435 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2435 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2436 SIDE OIL SEAL.................................................................................................................................................2439 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2439 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2440 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2440 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2440 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................2441 REAR FINAL DRIVE..............................................................................................................................................2441 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2441 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2441 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2441 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2442 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2443 DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................2443 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2443 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................2444 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................2446 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................2450 TOTAL PRELOAD TORQUE..................................................................................................................................2450 SIDE BEARING PRELOAD..................................................................................................................................2451 DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT.....................................................................................................................................2452 TOOTH CONTACT.........................................................................................................................................2452 BACKLASH..............................................................................................................................................2454 Inspection After Disassembly..............................................................................................................................2454 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION...........................................................................................................................2454 BEARING...............................................................................................................................................2454 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR........................................................................................................................2454 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.................................................................................................2454 OIL SEAL..............................................................................................................................................2454 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.....................................................................................................................................2455 COMPANION FLANGE......................................................................................................................................2455 DRIVE PINION..................................................................................................................................................2456 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2456 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................2457 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................2458 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................2460 TOOTH CONTACT.........................................................................................................................................2460 COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT...............................................................................................................................2460 Inspection After Disassembly..............................................................................................................................2461 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION...........................................................................................................................2461 BEARING...............................................................................................................................................2461 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR........................................................................................................................2461 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.................................................................................................2461 OIL SEAL..............................................................................................................................................2461 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.....................................................................................................................................2461 COMPANION FLANGE......................................................................................................................................2461 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2462 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2462 General Specification.....................................................................................................................................2462 Drive Gear Runout.........................................................................................................................................2462 Side Gear Clearance.......................................................................................................................................2462 Preload Torque............................................................................................................................................2462 Backlash..................................................................................................................................................2462 Companion Flange Runout...................................................................................................................................2462 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 EC............................................................................................................................................................................2463 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................2463 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................................2478 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................2478 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................2478 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................2478 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................2478 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................2478 Diagnostic Work Sheet.....................................................................................................................................2481 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................2481 WORKSHEET SAMPLE......................................................................................................................................2481 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................2482 BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................2482 BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement.........................................................................................................2482 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................2485 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..........................................................................................2485 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...........................................................................2485 IDLE SPEED................................................................................................................................................2485 IDLE SPEED : Description..............................................................................................................................2486 IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................................................2486 IGNITION TIMING...........................................................................................................................................2486 IGNITION TIMING : Description.........................................................................................................................2486 IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement..........................................................................................................2486 VIN REGISTRATION..........................................................................................................................................2486 VIN REGISTRATION : Description........................................................................................................................2486 VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement.........................................................................................................2486 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING..............................................................................................................2487 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description............................................................................................2487 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement.............................................................................2487 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING...................................................................................................................2487 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description.................................................................................................2487 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement..................................................................................2487 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING..................................................................................................................................2487 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description................................................................................................................2487 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................2487 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARNING.....................................................................................................................2489 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARNING : Description...................................................................................................2489 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................2489 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR...................................................................................................................2490 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description.................................................................................................2490 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement..................................................................................2490 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2491 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................................2491 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2491 System Description........................................................................................................................................2492 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2493 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2499 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................2501 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2501 System Description........................................................................................................................................2501 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2501 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2502 VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION.................................................................................................2502 MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)..................................................................................................2502 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL...................................................................................................................2502 FUEL INJECTION TIMING.................................................................................................................................2503 FUEL SHUT-OFF.........................................................................................................................................2503 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2504 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2510 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................2512 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2512 System Description........................................................................................................................................2512 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2512 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2512 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2513 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2519 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL..................................................................................................................................2520 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2520 System Description........................................................................................................................................2520 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2520 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2520 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2521 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2527 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).........................................................................................................................2528 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2528 System Description........................................................................................................................................2528 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2528 BASIC ASCD SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................2528 SET OPERATION.........................................................................................................................................2528 ACCELERATE OPERATION..................................................................................................................................2528 CANCEL OPERATION......................................................................................................................................2528 COAST OPERATION.......................................................................................................................................2529 RESUME OPERATION......................................................................................................................................2529 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2530 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2536 CAN COMMUNICATION.............................................................................................................................................2537 System Description........................................................................................................................................2537 COOLING FAN CONTROL...........................................................................................................................................2538 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2538 System Description........................................................................................................................................2538 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2538 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2538 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2539 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2545 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................2546 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2546 System Description........................................................................................................................................2546 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2546 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2547 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING.....................................................................................................................2547 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2549 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2555 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL..................................................................................................................................2557 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2557 System Description........................................................................................................................................2557 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2557 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2557 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2558 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2564 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL...................................................................................................................................2565 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2565 System Description........................................................................................................................................2565 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2565 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2565 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2566 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2572 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................2573 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................2573 INTRODUCTION..........................................................................................................................................2573 TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC..............................................................................................................................2573 DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA.............................................................................................................................2573 DTC and 1st Trip DTC..............................................................................................................................2573 Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data..................................................................................................2574 How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC..................................................................................................................2574 How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC.................................................................................................................2575 SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE......................................................................................................................2575 SRT Item..........................................................................................................................................2576 SRT Set Timing....................................................................................................................................2576 SRT Service Procedure.............................................................................................................................2577 How to Display SRT Status.........................................................................................................................2578 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)......................................................................................................................2579 Description.......................................................................................................................................2579 On Board Diagnostic System Function...............................................................................................................2579 Diagnostic Test Mode I - Bulb Check...............................................................................................................2580 Diagnostic Test Mode I - Malfunction Warning......................................................................................................2580 Diagnostic Test Mode II - Self-diagnostic Results.................................................................................................2580 How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode................................................................................................................2581 OBD System Operation Chart............................................................................................................................2582 Relationship Between MIL, 1st Trip DTC, DTC, and Detectable Items.................................................................................2582 Summary Chart.....................................................................................................................................2582 Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”..........2582 Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”...........................................2583 Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”....2584 Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”....................................2586 CONSULT-III Function......................................................................................................................................2586 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................2586 WORK SUPPORT MODE.....................................................................................................................................2587 Work Item.........................................................................................................................................2587 SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE................................................................................................................................2587 Self Diagnostic Item..............................................................................................................................2587 Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data..................................................................................................2587 DATA MONITOR MODE.....................................................................................................................................2588 Monitored Item....................................................................................................................................2588 ACTIVE TEST MODE......................................................................................................................................2592 Test Item.........................................................................................................................................2592 DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE...........................................................................................................................2593 SRT STATUS Mode...................................................................................................................................2593 SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode.............................................................................................................................2593 DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode.............................................................................................................................2593 Diagnosis Tool Function...................................................................................................................................2594 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................2594 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................2594 INSPECTION PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................2595 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................2596 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE.......................................................................................................................2596 Description...............................................................................................................................................2596 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2596 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2597 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................2597 DETAILED PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................2598 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................2604 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2604 U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................2607 Description...............................................................................................................................................2607 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2607 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2607 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2607 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2607 U0164 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................2608 Description...............................................................................................................................................2608 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2608 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2608 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2608 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2608 U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................2609 Description...............................................................................................................................................2609 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2609 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2609 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2609 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2609 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL......................................................................................................................................2610 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2610 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2610 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2610 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2611 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2612 P0014, P0024 EVT CONTROL......................................................................................................................................2614 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2614 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2614 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2614 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2615 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2616 P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER................................................................................................................2618 Description...............................................................................................................................................2618 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2618 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2618 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2618 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2618 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2619 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2620 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER.......................................................................................................................2621 Description...............................................................................................................................................2621 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2621 OPERATION.............................................................................................................................................2621 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2621 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2621 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2621 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2622 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2623 P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................................2624 Description...............................................................................................................................................2624 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2624 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2624 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2624 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2624 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2625 P0078, P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER......................................................................................................................2627 Description...............................................................................................................................................2627 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2627 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2627 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2627 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2627 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2628 P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................2630 Description...............................................................................................................................................2630 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2630 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2630 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2630 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2632 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2632 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2634 P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR.........................................................................................................................2637 Description...............................................................................................................................................2637 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2637 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2637 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2637 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2638 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2639 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................2643 Description...............................................................................................................................................2643 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2643 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2643 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2643 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2644 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2644 P0116 ECT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................2646 Description...............................................................................................................................................2646 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2646 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2646 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2646 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2647 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2647 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................2648 Description...............................................................................................................................................2648 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2648 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2648 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2648 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2649 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2650 P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR..........................................................................................................................2651 Description...............................................................................................................................................2651 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2651 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2651 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2651 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2652 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2653 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................2653 P0125 ECT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................2655 Description...............................................................................................................................................2655 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2655 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2655 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2655 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2656 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2656 P0127 IAT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................2658 Description...............................................................................................................................................2658 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2658 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2658 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2658 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2659 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2659 P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................................2660 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2660 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2660 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2660 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2661 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2661 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................2662 Description...............................................................................................................................................2662 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2662 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2662 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2662 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2664 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2664 P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................2666 Description...............................................................................................................................................2666 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2666 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2666 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2666 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2667 P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................2669 Description...............................................................................................................................................2669 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2669 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2669 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2669 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2670 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................2672 Description...............................................................................................................................................2672 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2672 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2672 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2672 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2674 P0137, P0157 HO2S2............................................................................................................................................2677 Description...............................................................................................................................................2677 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2677 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2677 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2677 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2678 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2679 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2680 P0138, P0158 HO2S2............................................................................................................................................2683 Description...............................................................................................................................................2683 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2683 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2683 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2684 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2685 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2686 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2688 P0139, P0159 HO2S2............................................................................................................................................2691 Description...............................................................................................................................................2691 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2691 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2691 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2691 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2692 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2693 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2694 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION...................................................................................................................2697 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2697 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2697 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2697 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2698 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION...................................................................................................................2701 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2701 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2701 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2701 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2702 P0181 FTT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................2705 Description...............................................................................................................................................2705 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2705 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2705 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2705 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2706 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2707 P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................2708 Description...............................................................................................................................................2708 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2708 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2708 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2708 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2708 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2710 P0196 EOT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................2711 Description...............................................................................................................................................2711 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2711 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2711 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2711 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2712 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2713 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................2714 Description...............................................................................................................................................2714 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2714 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2714 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2714 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2715 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2715 P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR..........................................................................................................................2717 Description...............................................................................................................................................2717 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2717 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2717 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2717 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2718 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2719 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................2719 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE.......................................................................................................2721 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2721 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2721 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2721 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2722 P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS.................................................................................................................................2727 Description...............................................................................................................................................2727 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2727 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2727 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2727 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2727 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2728 P0335 CKP SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................2730 Description...............................................................................................................................................2730 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2730 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2730 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2730 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2731 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2733 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................2735 Description...............................................................................................................................................2735 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2735 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2735 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2736 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2737 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2739 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION......................................................................................................................2741 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2741 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2741 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2741 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2742 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2743 P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................2746 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2746 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2746 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2746 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2747 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2748 P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................2751 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2751 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2751 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2752 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2752 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2756 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................2757 Description...............................................................................................................................................2757 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2757 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2757 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2757 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2758 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2761 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE................................................................................................2762 Description...............................................................................................................................................2762 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2762 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2762 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2762 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2762 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2764 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE........................................................................................................................2765 Description...............................................................................................................................................2765 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2765 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2765 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2765 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2765 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2767 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE........................................................................................................................2769 Description...............................................................................................................................................2769 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2769 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2769 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2769 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2770 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2771 P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................2773 Description...............................................................................................................................................2773 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2773 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2773 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2773 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2774 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2775 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................2777 Description...............................................................................................................................................2777 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2777 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2777 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2777 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2778 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2781 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................2782 Description...............................................................................................................................................2782 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2782 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2782 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2782 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2783 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2786 P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................2788 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2788 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2788 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2788 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2790 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2792 P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................2794 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2794 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2794 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2795 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2796 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2796 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2800 P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................2801 Description...............................................................................................................................................2801 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2801 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2801 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2801 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2801 P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................2803 Description...............................................................................................................................................2803 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2803 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2803 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2803 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2803 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2804 P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR................................................................................................................................2805 Description...............................................................................................................................................2805 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2805 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2805 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2805 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2805 P0500 VSS.....................................................................................................................................................2807 Description...............................................................................................................................................2807 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2807 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2807 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2807 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2808 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2808 P0506 ISC SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................2809 Description...............................................................................................................................................2809 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2809 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2809 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2809 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2809 P0507 ISC SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................2811 Description...............................................................................................................................................2811 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2811 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2811 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2811 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2811 P0550 PSP SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................2813 Description...............................................................................................................................................2813 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2813 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2813 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2813 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2813 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2814 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY........................................................................................................................................2816 Description...............................................................................................................................................2816 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2816 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2816 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2816 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2816 P0605 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................2818 Description...............................................................................................................................................2818 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2818 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2818 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2818 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2819 P0607 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................2820 Description...............................................................................................................................................2820 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2820 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2820 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2820 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2820 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.....................................................................................................................................2821 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2821 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2821 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2821 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2821 P0850 PNP SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................2824 Description...............................................................................................................................................2824 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2824 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2824 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2824 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2825 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2825 P1078, P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR......................................................................................................................2827 Description...............................................................................................................................................2827 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2827 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2827 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2827 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2828 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2831 P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL..............................................................................................................................2832 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2832 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2832 P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................2833 Description...............................................................................................................................................2833 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2833 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2833 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2833 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2833 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE..................................................................................................................................2834 Description...............................................................................................................................................2834 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2834 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2834 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2834 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2834 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.................................................................................................................................2835 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2835 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2835 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2835 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2835 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2836 P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR........................................................................................................................................2839 Description...............................................................................................................................................2839 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2839 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2839 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2839 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2839 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................2840 P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR........................................................................................................................................2841 Description...............................................................................................................................................2841 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2841 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2841 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2841 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2841 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................2842 P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION...............................................................................................................2843 Description...............................................................................................................................................2843 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2843 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2843 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2843 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2843 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2846 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................2846 P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR...........................................................................................................................2847 Description...............................................................................................................................................2847 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2847 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2847 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2847 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2847 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2848 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................2849 P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR...............................................................................................................2850 Description...............................................................................................................................................2850 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2850 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2850 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2850 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2851 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................2851 P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR........................................................................................................................................2852 Description...............................................................................................................................................2852 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2852 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2852 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2852 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2852 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2854 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................2854 P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY..............................................................................................................2855 Description...............................................................................................................................................2855 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2855 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2855 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2855 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2855 P1421 COLD START CONTROL......................................................................................................................................2857 Description...............................................................................................................................................2857 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2857 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2857 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2857 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2857 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................2859 Description...............................................................................................................................................2859 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2859 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2859 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2859 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2860 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2862 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR...........................................................................................................................2863 Description...............................................................................................................................................2863 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2863 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2863 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2863 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2864 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2866 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................2868 Description...............................................................................................................................................2868 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2868 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2868 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2868 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2869 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2871 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................2872 Description...............................................................................................................................................2872 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2872 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2872 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2872 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2872 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2873 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2875 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH....................................................................................................................................2877 Description...............................................................................................................................................2877 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2877 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2877 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2877 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2877 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2879 P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................2880 Description...............................................................................................................................................2880 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2880 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2880 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2880 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2880 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2882 P1568 ICC FUNCTION............................................................................................................................................2883 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2883 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2883 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2883 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2883 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................2884 Description...............................................................................................................................................2884 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2884 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2884 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2884 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2885 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)..................................................................................................................2888 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................2888 P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH........................................................................................................................................2890 Description...............................................................................................................................................2890 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2890 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2890 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2890 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2891 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)...................................................................................................................2895 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................2895 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay)...............................................................................................................2896 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR...............................................................................................................................2897 Description...............................................................................................................................................2897 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2897 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2897 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2897 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2897 P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR................................................................................................................................2899 Description...............................................................................................................................................2899 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2899 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2899 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2899 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2899 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH............................................................................................................................................2901 Description...............................................................................................................................................2901 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2901 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2901 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2901 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2901 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................2902 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................2904 Description...............................................................................................................................................2904 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2904 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2904 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2904 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2904 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2906 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................2907 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................2908 Description...............................................................................................................................................2908 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2908 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2908 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2908 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2909 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2911 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................2912 P2138 APP SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................2913 Description...............................................................................................................................................2913 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2913 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2913 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2913 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2914 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2917 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................2917 P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................2918 Description...............................................................................................................................................2918 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2918 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2918 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2918 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2919 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.............................................................................................................................................2922 Description...............................................................................................................................................2922 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2922 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2922 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)..................................................................................................................2923 ASCD INDICATOR................................................................................................................................................2925 Description...............................................................................................................................................2925 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2925 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2925 COOLING FAN...................................................................................................................................................2926 Description...............................................................................................................................................2926 COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE............................................................................................................................2926 COOLING FAN MOTOR.....................................................................................................................................2926 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2926 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2926 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)..................................................................................................................2928 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)..................................................................................................................2929 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL........................................................................................................................................2930 Description...............................................................................................................................................2930 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2930 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2930 FUEL INJECTOR.................................................................................................................................................2932 Description...............................................................................................................................................2932 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2932 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2932 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2934 FUEL PUMP.....................................................................................................................................................2935 Description...............................................................................................................................................2935 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2935 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2935 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2937 ICC BRAKE SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................2938 Description...............................................................................................................................................2938 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2938 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2938 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)...................................................................................................................2941 IGNITION SIGNAL...............................................................................................................................................2942 Description...............................................................................................................................................2942 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2942 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2942 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)................................................................................................2945 Component Inspection (Condenser)..........................................................................................................................2946 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)....................................................................................................................................2947 Description...............................................................................................................................................2947 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2947 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2947 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP....................................................................................................................................2948 Description...............................................................................................................................................2948 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2948 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2948 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)......................................................................................................................2949 Description...............................................................................................................................................2949 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2949 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2949 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2952 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION................................................................................................................................2954 Description...............................................................................................................................................2954 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2954 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................2956 Description...............................................................................................................................................2956 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2956 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2956 SNOW MODE SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................2958 Description...............................................................................................................................................2958 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2958 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2958 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2960 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................2961 ECM...........................................................................................................................................................2961 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................2961 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................2961 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................2965 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................2965 Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -..................................................................................................................2979 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................2999 NON DTC RELATED ITEM..................................................................................................................................2999 DTC RELATED ITEM......................................................................................................................................3000 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................3001 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................3003 How to Set SRT Code.......................................................................................................................................3007 DRIVING PATTERN.......................................................................................................................................3008 Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models...............................................................................................3009 Test Value and Test Limit.................................................................................................................................3009 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................3016 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................................................................................................................................3016 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................3016 SYSTEM - BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM..................................................................................................................3016 SYSTEM - ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER....................................................................................................................3017 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................3020 Description...............................................................................................................................................3020 FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)...................................................................................................3020 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................3021 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3021 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3021 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................3021 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................3021 Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service....................................................................................................................3021 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T........................................................................................................3022 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................3022 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................3026 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3026 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................3026 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................3026 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................3028 FUEL PRESSURE.................................................................................................................................................3028 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3028 FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE.................................................................................................................................3028 With CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................3028 Without CONSULT-III...............................................................................................................................3028 FUEL PRESSURE CHECK...................................................................................................................................3028 EVAP LEAK CHECK...............................................................................................................................................3029 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3029 WITH CONSULT-III......................................................................................................................................3029 WITHOUT CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................3029 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3031 EVAP CANISTER.................................................................................................................................................3031 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3031 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3031 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3031 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3031 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3031 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3032 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3032 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................3033 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3033 Idle Speed................................................................................................................................................3033 Ignition Timing...........................................................................................................................................3033 Calculated Load Value.....................................................................................................................................3033 Mass Air Flow Sensor......................................................................................................................................3033 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................................3034 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................3034 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................3034 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................3034 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................3034 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................3034 Diagnostic Work Sheet.....................................................................................................................................3037 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................3037 WORKSHEET SAMPLE......................................................................................................................................3037 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................3038 BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................3038 BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement.........................................................................................................3038 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM)......................................................................................................3041 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Description....................................................................................3041 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement.....................................................................3041 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE)......................................................................................3041 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Description....................................................................3041 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Special Repair Requirement.....................................................3041 IDLE SPEED................................................................................................................................................3042 IDLE SPEED : Description..............................................................................................................................3042 IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................................................3042 IGNITION TIMING...........................................................................................................................................3042 IGNITION TIMING : Description.........................................................................................................................3042 IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement..........................................................................................................3042 VIN REGISTRATION..........................................................................................................................................3042 VIN REGISTRATION : Description........................................................................................................................3042 VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement.........................................................................................................3043 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING..............................................................................................................3043 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description............................................................................................3043 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement.............................................................................3043 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING...................................................................................................................3043 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description.................................................................................................3043 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement..................................................................................3043 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING..................................................................................................................................3043 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description................................................................................................................3044 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................3044 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................................................3045 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Description...........................................................................................3045 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement............................................................................3045 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR...................................................................................................................3047 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description.................................................................................................3047 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement..................................................................................3047 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................3049 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................................3049 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3049 System Description........................................................................................................................................3050 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3051 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3059 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................3061 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3061 System Description........................................................................................................................................3061 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3061 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3062 VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION.................................................................................................3062 MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)..................................................................................................3062 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL...................................................................................................................3062 FUEL INJECTION TIMING.................................................................................................................................3063 FUEL SHUT-OFF.........................................................................................................................................3063 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3064 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3072 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................3073 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3073 System Description........................................................................................................................................3073 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3073 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3073 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3074 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3082 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL..................................................................................................................................3083 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3083 System Description........................................................................................................................................3083 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3083 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3083 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3084 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3092 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).........................................................................................................................3093 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3093 System Description........................................................................................................................................3093 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3093 BASIC ASCD SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3093 SET OPERATION.........................................................................................................................................3093 ACCELERATE OPERATION..................................................................................................................................3093 CANCEL OPERATION......................................................................................................................................3093 COAST OPERATION.......................................................................................................................................3094 RESUME OPERATION......................................................................................................................................3094 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3095 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3103 CAN COMMUNICATION.............................................................................................................................................3104 System Description........................................................................................................................................3104 COOLING FAN CONTROL...........................................................................................................................................3105 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3105 System Description........................................................................................................................................3105 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3105 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3105 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3106 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3114 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................3115 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3115 System Description........................................................................................................................................3115 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3115 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3116 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING.....................................................................................................................3116 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3118 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3126 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL..................................................................................................................................3127 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3127 System Description........................................................................................................................................3127 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3127 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3127 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3128 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3136 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE......................................................................................................................................3137 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3137 System Description........................................................................................................................................3137 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3137 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3137 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3138 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3146 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL...................................................................................................................................3147 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3147 System Description........................................................................................................................................3147 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3147 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3147 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3148 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3156 VVEL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................3157 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3157 System Description........................................................................................................................................3157 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3157 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3157 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3158 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3166 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................3167 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................3167 INTRODUCTION..........................................................................................................................................3167 TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC..............................................................................................................................3167 DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA.............................................................................................................................3167 DTC and 1st Trip DTC..............................................................................................................................3167 Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data..................................................................................................3168 How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC..................................................................................................................3168 How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC.................................................................................................................3169 SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE......................................................................................................................3169 SRT Item..........................................................................................................................................3170 SRT Set Timing....................................................................................................................................3170 SRT Service Procedure.............................................................................................................................3171 How to Display SRT Status.........................................................................................................................3172 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)......................................................................................................................3173 Description.......................................................................................................................................3173 On Board Diagnostic System Function...............................................................................................................3173 Diagnostic Test Mode I - Bulb Check...............................................................................................................3174 Diagnostic Test Mode I - Malfunction Warning......................................................................................................3174 Diagnostic Test Mode II - Self-diagnostic Results.................................................................................................3174 How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode................................................................................................................3175 OBD System Operation Chart............................................................................................................................3176 Relationship Between MIL, 1st Trip DTC, DTC, and Detectable Items.................................................................................3176 Summary Chart.....................................................................................................................................3176 Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”..........3176 Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”...........................................3177 Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”....3178 Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”....................................3180 CONSULT-III Function......................................................................................................................................3180 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................3180 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE...........................................................................................................................3181 Self Diagnostic Item..............................................................................................................................3181 Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data..................................................................................................3181 DATA MONITOR MODE.....................................................................................................................................3181 Monitored Item....................................................................................................................................3181 ACTIVE TEST MODE......................................................................................................................................3186 Test Item.........................................................................................................................................3186 WORK SUPPORT MODE.....................................................................................................................................3187 Work Item.........................................................................................................................................3187 DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE...........................................................................................................................3187 SRT STATUS Mode...................................................................................................................................3187 SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode.............................................................................................................................3187 DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode.............................................................................................................................3187 Diagnosis Tool Function...................................................................................................................................3188 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................3188 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................3188 INSPECTION PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3189 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................3190 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE.......................................................................................................................3190 Description...............................................................................................................................................3190 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3190 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3191 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................3191 DETAILED PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................3192 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................3198 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3198 U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................3201 Description...............................................................................................................................................3201 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3201 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3201 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3201 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3201 U0113, U1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................3202 Description...............................................................................................................................................3202 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3202 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3202 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3202 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3202 U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................3204 Description...............................................................................................................................................3204 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3204 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3204 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3204 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3204 U1024 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................3205 Description...............................................................................................................................................3205 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3205 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3205 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3205 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3205 P006A, P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR................................................................................................................................3207 Description...............................................................................................................................................3207 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3207 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3207 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3207 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3208 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3210 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL......................................................................................................................................3214 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3214 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3214 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3214 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3215 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3216 P0014, P0024 EVT CONTROL......................................................................................................................................3218 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3218 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3218 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3218 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3219 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3220 P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER................................................................................................................3222 Description...............................................................................................................................................3222 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3222 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3222 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3222 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3222 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3222 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3224 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER.......................................................................................................................3225 Description...............................................................................................................................................3225 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3225 OPERATION.............................................................................................................................................3225 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3225 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3225 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3225 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3226 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3227 P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................................3228 Description...............................................................................................................................................3228 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3228 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3228 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3228 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3228 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3229 P0078, P0084 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................................3231 Description...............................................................................................................................................3231 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3231 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3231 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3231 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3231 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3232 P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR.........................................................................................................................3234 Description...............................................................................................................................................3234 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3234 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3234 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3234 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3235 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3236 P0106 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................3240 Description...............................................................................................................................................3240 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3240 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3240 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3240 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3241 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3242 P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................3244 Description...............................................................................................................................................3244 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3244 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3244 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3244 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3245 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3247 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3249 Description...............................................................................................................................................3249 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3249 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3249 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3249 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3250 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3250 P0116 ECT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3252 Description...............................................................................................................................................3252 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3252 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3252 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3252 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3253 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3253 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3254 Description...............................................................................................................................................3254 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3254 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3254 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3254 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3255 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3255 P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR..........................................................................................................................3257 Description...............................................................................................................................................3257 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3257 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3257 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3257 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3257 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3259 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3259 P0125 ECT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3260 Description...............................................................................................................................................3260 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3260 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3260 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3260 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3261 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3261 P0127 IAT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3263 Description...............................................................................................................................................3263 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3263 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3263 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3263 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3264 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3264 P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................................3265 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3265 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3265 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3265 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3266 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3266 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3267 Description...............................................................................................................................................3267 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3267 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3267 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3267 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3269 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3269 P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3271 Description...............................................................................................................................................3271 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3271 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3271 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3271 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3272 P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3274 Description...............................................................................................................................................3274 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3274 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3274 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3274 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3275 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3277 Description...............................................................................................................................................3277 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3277 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3277 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3277 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3279 P0137, P0157 HO2S2............................................................................................................................................3282 Description...............................................................................................................................................3282 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3282 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3282 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3282 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3283 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3284 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3285 P0138, P0158 HO2S2............................................................................................................................................3288 Description...............................................................................................................................................3288 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3288 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3288 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3289 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3290 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3291 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3294 P0139, P0159 HO2S2............................................................................................................................................3296 Description...............................................................................................................................................3296 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3296 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3296 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3296 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3297 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3298 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3299 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3302 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3302 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3302 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3302 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3303 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3306 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3306 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3306 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3306 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3307 P0181 FTT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3310 Description...............................................................................................................................................3310 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3310 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3310 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3310 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3311 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3312 P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3313 Description...............................................................................................................................................3313 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3313 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3313 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3313 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3313 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3315 P0196 EOT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3316 Description...............................................................................................................................................3316 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3316 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3316 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3316 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3317 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3318 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3319 Description...............................................................................................................................................3319 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3319 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3319 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3319 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3320 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3320 P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR..........................................................................................................................3322 Description...............................................................................................................................................3322 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3322 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3322 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3322 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3322 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3324 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3324 P0225 TP SENSOR...............................................................................................................................................3325 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3325 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3325 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE.........................................................................................3326 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3326 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3326 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3326 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3327 P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS.................................................................................................................................3332 Description...............................................................................................................................................3332 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3332 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3332 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3332 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3332 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3333 P0335 CKP SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3335 Description...............................................................................................................................................3335 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3335 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3335 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3335 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3336 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3338 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3339 Description...............................................................................................................................................3339 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3339 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3339 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3340 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3341 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3343 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION......................................................................................................................3345 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3345 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3345 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3345 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3346 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3347 P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3350 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3350 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3350 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3350 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3351 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3352 P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3355 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3355 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3355 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3356 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3356 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3360 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................3361 Description...............................................................................................................................................3361 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3361 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3361 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3361 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3362 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3365 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE................................................................................................3366 Description...............................................................................................................................................3366 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3366 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3366 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3366 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3366 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3368 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE........................................................................................................................3369 Description...............................................................................................................................................3369 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3369 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3369 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3369 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3369 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3371 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE........................................................................................................................3373 Description...............................................................................................................................................3373 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3373 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3373 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3373 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3374 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3375 P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................3377 Description...............................................................................................................................................3377 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3377 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3377 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3377 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3378 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3379 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................3380 Description...............................................................................................................................................3380 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3380 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3380 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3380 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3381 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3384 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................3385 Description...............................................................................................................................................3385 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3385 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3385 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3385 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3386 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3389 P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3391 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3391 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3391 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3391 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3393 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3395 P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3397 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3397 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3397 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3398 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3399 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3399 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3403 P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3404 Description...............................................................................................................................................3404 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3404 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3404 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3404 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3404 P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3406 Description...............................................................................................................................................3406 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3406 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3406 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3406 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3406 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3407 P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR................................................................................................................................3408 Description...............................................................................................................................................3408 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3408 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3408 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3408 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3408 P0500 VSS.....................................................................................................................................................3410 Description...............................................................................................................................................3410 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3410 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3410 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3410 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3411 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3411 P0506 ISC SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................3412 Description...............................................................................................................................................3412 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3412 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3412 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3412 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3412 P0507 ISC SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................3414 Description...............................................................................................................................................3414 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3414 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3414 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3414 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3414 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.....................................................................................................................................3416 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3416 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3416 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3416 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3417 P0550 PSP SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3419 Description...............................................................................................................................................3419 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3419 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3419 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3419 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3419 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3420 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY........................................................................................................................................3422 Description...............................................................................................................................................3422 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3422 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3422 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3422 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3422 P0605 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................3424 Description...............................................................................................................................................3424 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3424 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3424 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3424 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3425 P0607 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................3426 Description...............................................................................................................................................3426 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3426 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3426 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3426 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3426 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.....................................................................................................................................3427 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3427 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3427 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3427 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3427 P0850 PNP SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................3430 Description...............................................................................................................................................3430 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3430 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3430 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3430 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3431 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3431 P100A, P100B VVEL SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................3433 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3433 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3433 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3433 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3433 Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)................................................................................................................3435 Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY).........................................................................................................3435 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3436 P1078, P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR......................................................................................................................3437 Description...............................................................................................................................................3437 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3437 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3437 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3437 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3438 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3440 P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................3442 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3442 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3442 P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR...............................................................................................................3443 Description...............................................................................................................................................3443 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3443 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3443 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3443 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3443 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3445 P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR..............................................................................................................................3447 Description...............................................................................................................................................3447 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3447 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3447 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3447 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3447 Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)................................................................................................................3449 Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY).........................................................................................................3449 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3450 P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY...............................................................................................................................3451 Description...............................................................................................................................................3451 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3451 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3451 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3451 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3451 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3453 P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL..............................................................................................................................3454 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3454 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3454 P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................3455 Description...............................................................................................................................................3455 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3455 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3455 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3455 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3455 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE..................................................................................................................................3456 Description...............................................................................................................................................3456 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3456 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3456 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3456 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3456 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.................................................................................................................................3457 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3457 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3457 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3457 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3457 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3458 P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM).........................................................................................................................3461 Description...............................................................................................................................................3461 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3461 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3461 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3461 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3461 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3463 P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR........................................................................................................................................3464 Description...............................................................................................................................................3464 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3464 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3464 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3464 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3464 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3465 P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR........................................................................................................................................3466 Description...............................................................................................................................................3466 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3466 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3466 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3466 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3466 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3467 P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION...............................................................................................................3468 Description...............................................................................................................................................3468 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3468 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3468 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3468 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3468 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3471 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3471 P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR...........................................................................................................................3472 Description...............................................................................................................................................3472 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3472 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3472 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3472 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3472 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3473 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3474 P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR...............................................................................................................3475 Description...............................................................................................................................................3475 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3475 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3475 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3475 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3476 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3476 P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR........................................................................................................................................3477 Description...............................................................................................................................................3477 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3477 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3477 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3477 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3477 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3479 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3479 P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY..............................................................................................................3480 Description...............................................................................................................................................3480 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3480 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3480 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3480 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3480 P1421 COLD START CONTROL......................................................................................................................................3482 Description...............................................................................................................................................3482 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3482 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3482 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3482 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3482 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................3484 Description...............................................................................................................................................3484 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3484 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3484 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3484 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3485 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3487 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR...........................................................................................................................3488 Description...............................................................................................................................................3488 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3488 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3488 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3488 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3489 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3491 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................3493 Description...............................................................................................................................................3493 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3493 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3493 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3493 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3494 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3496 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................3498 Description...............................................................................................................................................3498 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3498 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3498 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3498 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3498 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3499 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3501 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH....................................................................................................................................3503 Description...............................................................................................................................................3503 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3503 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3503 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3503 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3503 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3505 P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................3506 Description...............................................................................................................................................3506 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3506 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3506 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3506 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3506 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3508 P1568 ICC FUNCTION............................................................................................................................................3509 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3509 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3509 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3509 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3509 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................3510 Description...............................................................................................................................................3510 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3510 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3510 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3510 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3511 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)..................................................................................................................3514 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................3514 P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH........................................................................................................................................3515 Description...............................................................................................................................................3515 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3515 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3515 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3515 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3516 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)...................................................................................................................3519 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................3520 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR...............................................................................................................................3521 Description...............................................................................................................................................3521 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3521 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3521 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3521 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3521 P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR................................................................................................................................3523 Description...............................................................................................................................................3523 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3523 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3523 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3523 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3523 P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE.....................................................................................................................................3525 Description...............................................................................................................................................3525 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3525 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3525 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3525 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3525 P1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULE.....................................................................................................................................3527 Description...............................................................................................................................................3527 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3527 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3527 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3527 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3527 P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY................................................................................................................................3529 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3529 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3529 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3529 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3529 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3530 P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR......................................................................................................................................3532 Description...............................................................................................................................................3532 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3532 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3532 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3532 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH............................................................................................................................................3533 Description...............................................................................................................................................3533 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3533 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3533 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3533 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3533 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................3534 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3536 Description...............................................................................................................................................3536 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3536 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3536 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3536 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3536 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3538 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3539 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3540 Description...............................................................................................................................................3540 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3540 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3540 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3540 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3541 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3543 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3544 P2138 APP SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3545 Description...............................................................................................................................................3545 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3545 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3545 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3545 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3546 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3549 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3549 P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3550 Description...............................................................................................................................................3550 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3550 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3550 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3550 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3551 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.............................................................................................................................................3554 Description...............................................................................................................................................3554 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3554 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3554 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)..................................................................................................................3555 ASCD INDICATOR................................................................................................................................................3557 Description...............................................................................................................................................3557 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3557 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3557 COOLING FAN...................................................................................................................................................3558 Description...............................................................................................................................................3558 COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE............................................................................................................................3558 COOLING FAN MOTOR.....................................................................................................................................3558 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3558 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3558 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)..................................................................................................................3561 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)..................................................................................................................3562 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL........................................................................................................................................3563 Description...............................................................................................................................................3563 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3563 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3563 FUEL INJECTOR.................................................................................................................................................3565 Description...............................................................................................................................................3565 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3565 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3565 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3567 FUEL PUMP.....................................................................................................................................................3568 Description...............................................................................................................................................3568 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3568 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3568 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3570 ICC BRAKE SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................3571 Description...............................................................................................................................................3571 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3571 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3571 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)...................................................................................................................3574 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay)...............................................................................................................3574 IGNITION SIGNAL...............................................................................................................................................3576 Description...............................................................................................................................................3576 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3576 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3576 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)................................................................................................3579 Component Inspection (Condenser)..........................................................................................................................3580 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)....................................................................................................................................3581 Description...............................................................................................................................................3581 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3581 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3581 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP....................................................................................................................................3582 Description...............................................................................................................................................3582 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3582 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3582 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)......................................................................................................................3583 Description...............................................................................................................................................3583 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3583 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3583 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3586 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION................................................................................................................................3587 Description...............................................................................................................................................3587 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3587 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................3589 Description...............................................................................................................................................3589 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3589 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3589 SNOW MODE SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................3591 Description...............................................................................................................................................3591 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3591 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3591 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3593 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................3594 ECM...........................................................................................................................................................3594 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................3594 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................3594 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................3599 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................3599 Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -..................................................................................................................3612 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................3637 NON DTC RELATED ITEM..................................................................................................................................3637 DTC RELATED ITEM......................................................................................................................................3638 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................3640 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................3641 How to Set SRT Code.......................................................................................................................................3646 DRIVING PATTERN.......................................................................................................................................3647 Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models...............................................................................................3648 Test Value and Test Limit.................................................................................................................................3648 VVEL CONTROL MODULE...........................................................................................................................................3655 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................3655 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................3655 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................3655 Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -..................................................................................................................3659 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................3685 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................................................................................................................................3685 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................3685 SYSTEM - BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM..................................................................................................................3685 SYSTEM - ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER....................................................................................................................3687 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................3690 Description...............................................................................................................................................3690 FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)...................................................................................................3690 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................3691 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3691 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3691 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................3691 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................3691 Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service....................................................................................................................3691 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T........................................................................................................3692 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................3692 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................3696 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3696 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................3696 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................3696 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................3698 FUEL PRESSURE.................................................................................................................................................3698 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3698 FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE.................................................................................................................................3698 With CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................3698 Without CONSULT-III...............................................................................................................................3698 FUEL PRESSURE CHECK...................................................................................................................................3698 EVAP LEAK CHECK...............................................................................................................................................3699 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3699 WITH CONSULT-III......................................................................................................................................3699 WITHOUT CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................3699 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3701 EVAP CANISTER.................................................................................................................................................3701 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3701 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3701 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3701 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3701 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3701 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3702 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3702 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................3703 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3703 Idle Speed................................................................................................................................................3703 Ignition Timing...........................................................................................................................................3703 Calculated Load Value.....................................................................................................................................3703 Mass Air Flow Sensor......................................................................................................................................3703 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 EM............................................................................................................................................................................3704 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................3704 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................................3708 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................3708 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................3708 NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise........................................................................................................................3708 Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom.............................................................................................3708 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................3710 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3710 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................3710 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3710 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................3710 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................3710 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................3711 Draining Engine Coolant...................................................................................................................................3711 Disconnecting Fuel Piping.................................................................................................................................3711 Removal and Disassembly...................................................................................................................................3711 Inspection, Repair and Replacement........................................................................................................................3711 Assembly and Installation.................................................................................................................................3711 Parts Requiring Angle Tightening..........................................................................................................................3712 Liquid Gasket.............................................................................................................................................3712 REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING......................................................................................................................3712 LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................3712 Definitions of Bank Names.................................................................................................................................3713 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................3714 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3714 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................3714 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................3715 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................3718 DRIVE BELT ...................................................................................................................................................3718 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3718 Checking..................................................................................................................................................3718 Tension Adjustment........................................................................................................................................3718 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3718 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3718 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3719 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3719 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3719 AIR CLEANER FILTER............................................................................................................................................3720 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3720 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3720 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3720 SPARK PLUG....................................................................................................................................................3721 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3721 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3721 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3721 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3722 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3722 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3722 CAMSHAFT VALVE CLEARANCE......................................................................................................................................3723 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................3723 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................3723 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................3726 COMPRESSION PRESSURE..........................................................................................................................................3728 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3728 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3730 ENGINE COVER..................................................................................................................................................3730 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3730 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3730 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3730 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3730 DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER AND IDLER PULLEY....................................................................................................................3731 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3731 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3731 Removal...............................................................................................................................................3731 Installation..........................................................................................................................................3731 AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT......................................................................................................................................3732 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3732 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3732 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3732 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3732 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3733 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3733 INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR.....................................................................................................................................3734 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3734 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3734 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3734 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3735 INTAKE MANIFOLD...............................................................................................................................................3737 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3737 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3737 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3737 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3737 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3738 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3738 Surface Distortion................................................................................................................................3738 EXHAUST MANIFOLD..............................................................................................................................................3739 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3739 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3739 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3739 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3740 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1, HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2...................................................................................................3741 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3741 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3741 Surface Distortion................................................................................................................................3741 FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE...................................................................................................................................3743 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3743 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3743 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3743 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3745 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3748 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3748 Check on Fuel Leakage.............................................................................................................................3748 OIL PAN (LOWER) AND OIL STRAINER..............................................................................................................................3749 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3749 2WD models............................................................................................................................................3749 AWD...................................................................................................................................................3749 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3750 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3750 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3751 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3752 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3752 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3752 IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER....................................................................................................................3753 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3753 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3753 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3753 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3754 TIMING CHAIN..................................................................................................................................................3756 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3756 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3757 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3757 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3762 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3771 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3771 Timing Chain......................................................................................................................................3771 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3772 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................3772 CAMSHAFT......................................................................................................................................................3773 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3773 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3773 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3773 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3774 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3777 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3777 Camshaft Runout...................................................................................................................................3777 Camshaft Cam Height...............................................................................................................................3778 Camshaft Journal Oil Clearance....................................................................................................................3778 Camshaft End Play.................................................................................................................................3779 Camshaft Sprocket Runout..........................................................................................................................3779 Valve Lifter .....................................................................................................................................3779 Valve Lifter Clearance............................................................................................................................3780 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3780 Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove..................................................................................................3780 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................3781 OIL SEAL......................................................................................................................................................3782 VALVE OIL SEAL............................................................................................................................................3782 VALVE OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................3782 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3782 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3782 FRONT OIL SEAL............................................................................................................................................3782 FRONT OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................3782 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3782 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3783 REAR OIL SEAL.............................................................................................................................................3783 REAR OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................3783 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3783 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3784 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................3785 ENGINE ASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................3785 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................3785 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................3785 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................3785 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3786 Outline.......................................................................................................................................3786 Preparation...................................................................................................................................3786 Engine Room LH................................................................................................................................3786 Engine Room RH................................................................................................................................3786 Vehicle Inside................................................................................................................................3786 Vehicle Underbody.............................................................................................................................3786 Removal Work..................................................................................................................................3787 Separation Work...............................................................................................................................3787 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3788 2WD : Inspection......................................................................................................................................3789 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................3789 Inspection for Leakage........................................................................................................................3789 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................3789 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................3790 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................3790 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3790 Outline.......................................................................................................................................3791 Preparation...................................................................................................................................3791 Engine Room LH................................................................................................................................3791 Engine Room RH................................................................................................................................3791 Vehicle Inside................................................................................................................................3791 Vehicle Underbody.............................................................................................................................3791 Removal Work..................................................................................................................................3792 Separation Work...............................................................................................................................3792 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3793 AWD : Inspection......................................................................................................................................3794 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................3794 Inspection for Leakage........................................................................................................................3794 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................3795 ENGINE STAND SETTING..........................................................................................................................................3795 Setting...................................................................................................................................................3795 ENGINE UNIT...................................................................................................................................................3797 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................3797 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................3797 REAR TIMING CHAIN CASE........................................................................................................................................3798 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3798 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................3799 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................3800 OIL PAN (UPPER)...............................................................................................................................................3803 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................3803 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................3803 2WD : Disassembly and Assembly........................................................................................................................3803 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3803 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3804 2WD : Inspection......................................................................................................................................3805 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................3805 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................3805 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................3805 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................3806 AWD : Disassembly and Assembly........................................................................................................................3806 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3806 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3807 AWD : Inspection......................................................................................................................................3809 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................3809 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................3809 CYLINDER HEAD.................................................................................................................................................3810 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3810 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3810 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3810 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3812 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3817 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3817 Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter................................................................................................................3817 Cylinder Head Distortion..........................................................................................................................3817 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................3817 Valve Dimensions..................................................................................................................................3817 Valve Guide Clearance.............................................................................................................................3817 Valve Seat Contact................................................................................................................................3818 Valve Spring Squareness...........................................................................................................................3818 Valve Spring Dimensions and Valve Spring Pressure Load............................................................................................3818 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3818 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................3818 CYLINDER BLOCK................................................................................................................................................3820 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3820 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3821 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3821 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3823 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3829 CRANKSHAFT END PLAY...................................................................................................................................3829 CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE.........................................................................................................................3829 PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE....................................................................................................................3830 Piston Pin Hole Diameter..........................................................................................................................3830 Piston Pin Outer Diameter.........................................................................................................................3830 Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance................................................................................................................3830 PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE............................................................................................................................3830 PISTON RING END GAP...................................................................................................................................3831 CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION.......................................................................................................................3831 CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER.......................................................................................................................3831 CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE..................................................................................................................3832 Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter.............................................................................................................3832 Piston Pin Outer Diameter.........................................................................................................................3832 Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance..............................................................................................................3832 CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION.............................................................................................................................3833 MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER...................................................................................................................3833 PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE.....................................................................................................................3833 Cylinder Bore inner Diameter .....................................................................................................................3833 Piston Skirt Diameter.............................................................................................................................3834 Piston-to-Cylinder Bore Clearance.................................................................................................................3834 Re-boring Cylinder Bore...........................................................................................................................3834 CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER......................................................................................................................3835 CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER.......................................................................................................................3835 CRANKSHAFT OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER.....................................................................................................................3835 CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT ....................................................................................................................................3835 CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE..................................................................................................................3835 Method by Calculation.............................................................................................................................3835 Method of Using Plastigage........................................................................................................................3836 MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE............................................................................................................................3836 Method by Calculation.............................................................................................................................3836 Method of Using Plastigage........................................................................................................................3836 MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT.............................................................................................................................3837 CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT...................................................................................................................3837 LOWER CYLINDER BLOCK BOLT OUTER DIAMETER..............................................................................................................3837 CONNECTING ROD BOLT OUTER DIAMETER....................................................................................................................3837 DRIVE PLATE...........................................................................................................................................3838 OIL JET...............................................................................................................................................3838 OIL JET RELIEF VALVE..................................................................................................................................3838 HOW TO SELECT PISTON AND BEARING..............................................................................................................................3839 Description...............................................................................................................................................3839 Piston....................................................................................................................................................3839 WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK IS USED.......................................................................................................................3839 WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK IS REUSED.....................................................................................................................3839 PISTON SELECTION TABLE................................................................................................................................3840 Connecting Rod Bearing....................................................................................................................................3840 WHEN NEW CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED.......................................................................................................3840 WHEN CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED.........................................................................................................3841 CONNECTING ROD BEARING SELECTION TABLE................................................................................................................3841 CONNECTING ROD BEARING GRADE TABLE....................................................................................................................3841 UNDERSIZE BEARING USAGE GUIDE.........................................................................................................................3841 Main Bearing..............................................................................................................................................3842 WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED.......................................................................................................3842 WHEN CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED.........................................................................................................3843 MAIN BEARING SELECTION TABLE..........................................................................................................................3843 MAIN BEARING GRADE TABLE (ALL JOURNALS)...............................................................................................................3843 UNDERSIZE BEARING USAGE GUIDE.........................................................................................................................3843 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................3845 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3845 General Specification.....................................................................................................................................3845 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS................................................................................................................................3845 Drive Belt................................................................................................................................................3845 DRIVE BELT............................................................................................................................................3845 Spark Plug................................................................................................................................................3846 SPARK PLUG............................................................................................................................................3846 Intake Manifold ..........................................................................................................................................3846 INTAKE MANIFOLD.......................................................................................................................................3846 Exhaust Manifold..........................................................................................................................................3846 EXHAUST MANIFOLD......................................................................................................................................3846 Camshaft..................................................................................................................................................3846 CAMSHAFT..............................................................................................................................................3846 VALVE LIFTER..........................................................................................................................................3847 VALVE CLEARANCE.......................................................................................................................................3847 AVAILABLE VALVE LIFTER................................................................................................................................3847 Cylinder Head.............................................................................................................................................3848 CYLINDER HEAD.........................................................................................................................................3848 VALVE DIMENSIONS......................................................................................................................................3848 VALVE GUIDE...........................................................................................................................................3849 VALVE SEAT............................................................................................................................................3849 VALVE SPRING..........................................................................................................................................3850 Cylinder Block............................................................................................................................................3850 CYLINDER BLOCK........................................................................................................................................3850 AVAILABLE PISTON......................................................................................................................................3851 PISTON RING...........................................................................................................................................3852 PISTON PIN............................................................................................................................................3852 CONNECTING ROD........................................................................................................................................3852 CRANKSHAFT............................................................................................................................................3852 Main Bearing..............................................................................................................................................3854 MAIN BEARING..........................................................................................................................................3854 UNDERSIZE.............................................................................................................................................3854 MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE............................................................................................................................3855 Connecting Rod Bearing....................................................................................................................................3855 CONNECTING ROD BEARING................................................................................................................................3855 UNDERSIZE.........................................................................................................................................3855 CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE..............................................................................................................3855 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................................3856 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................3856 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................3856 NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise........................................................................................................................3856 Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom.............................................................................................3856 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................3858 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3858 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................3858 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3858 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................3858 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................3858 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................3859 Precaution for Drain Engine Coolant and Engine Oil........................................................................................................3859 Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping..................................................................................................................3859 Precaution for Removal and Disassembly....................................................................................................................3859 Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement.........................................................................................................3859 Precaution for Assembly and Installation..................................................................................................................3859 Parts Requiring Angle Tightening..........................................................................................................................3860 Precaution for Liquid Gasket..............................................................................................................................3860 REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING......................................................................................................................3860 LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................3860 Definitions of Bank Names.................................................................................................................................3861 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................3862 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3862 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................3862 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3863 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................3866 DRIVE BELTS...................................................................................................................................................3866 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3866 Checking..................................................................................................................................................3866 Tension Adjustment........................................................................................................................................3867 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3867 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3867 Alternator, Water Pump and A/C Compressor Belt....................................................................................................3867 Power Steering Oil Pump Belt......................................................................................................................3867 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3867 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3867 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3867 AIR CLEANER FILTER............................................................................................................................................3869 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3869 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3869 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3869 SPARK PLUG....................................................................................................................................................3870 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3870 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3870 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3870 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3871 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3871 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3871 CAMSHAFT VALVE CLEARANCE......................................................................................................................................3872 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3872 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................3872 Check valve clearance if applicable to the following cases:.......................................................................................3872 COMPRESSION PRESSURE..........................................................................................................................................3876 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3876 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3877 ENGINE ROOM COVER.............................................................................................................................................3877 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3877 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3878 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3878 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3878 DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER AND IDLER PULLEY....................................................................................................................3879 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3879 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3879 Removal...............................................................................................................................................3879 Installation..........................................................................................................................................3879 AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT......................................................................................................................................3880 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3880 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3880 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3880 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3881 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3881 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3881 INTAKE MANIFOLD...............................................................................................................................................3882 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3882 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3883 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3883 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3884 Intake Manifold...................................................................................................................................3884 Electric Throttle Control Actuator................................................................................................................3884 Water Hose........................................................................................................................................3884 Vacuum Hose.......................................................................................................................................3884 FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE...................................................................................................................................3885 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3885 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3885 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3885 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3887 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3890 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3890 Check for Fuel Leakage............................................................................................................................3890 OIL PAN (LOWER) AND OIL STRAINER..............................................................................................................................3891 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3891 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3892 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3892 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3892 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3893 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................3893 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3893 IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER....................................................................................................................3894 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3894 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3894 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3894 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3895 OIL SEAL......................................................................................................................................................3897 FRONT OIL SEAL............................................................................................................................................3897 FRONT OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................3897 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3897 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3897 REAR OIL SEAL.............................................................................................................................................3897 REAR OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................3898 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................3898 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................3898 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................3899 ENGINE ASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................3899 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3899 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3899 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3900 Outline...........................................................................................................................................3900 Preparation.......................................................................................................................................3900 Engine Room LH....................................................................................................................................3900 Engine Room RH....................................................................................................................................3900 Vehicle Inside....................................................................................................................................3901 Vehicle Underbody.................................................................................................................................3901 Removal Work......................................................................................................................................3901 Separation Work...................................................................................................................................3902 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3902 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3903 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................3903 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................3903 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................3905 ENGINE STAND SETTING..........................................................................................................................................3905 Setting...................................................................................................................................................3905 ENGINE UNIT...................................................................................................................................................3907 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................3907 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................3907 EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST.......................................................................................................................3908 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3908 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3908 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3908 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3909 Exhaust Manifold Gasket...........................................................................................................................3909 Exhaust Manifold..................................................................................................................................3909 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1, Heated Oxygen Sensor 2...................................................................................................3910 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3910 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................3910 Surface Distortion................................................................................................................................3910 OIL PAN (UPPER)...............................................................................................................................................3911 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3911 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3912 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3912 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3912 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3913 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................3913 INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................3913 TIMING CHAIN..................................................................................................................................................3915 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3915 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3916 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3916 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3920 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3928 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................3928 Timing Chain......................................................................................................................................3928 INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................3928 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................3928 CAMSHAFT......................................................................................................................................................3930 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3930 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3931 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3931 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3933 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3939 CAMSHAFT (EXH) VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................................................3939 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY (EXHAUST SIDE)...........................................................................................................3940 Camshaft (EXH) Runout.............................................................................................................................3940 Camshaft (EXH) Cam Height.........................................................................................................................3940 Camshaft (EXH) Journal Oil Clearance..............................................................................................................3941 Camshaft (EXH) End Play...........................................................................................................................3941 Camshaft Sprocket (EXH) Runout....................................................................................................................3942 Valve Lifter (EXH)................................................................................................................................3942 Valve Lifter Clearance (EXH)......................................................................................................................3942 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY (INTAKE SIDE)............................................................................................................3943 Drive Shaft End Play..............................................................................................................................3943 Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Runout....................................................................................................................3944 Valve Lifter (INT)................................................................................................................................3944 Valve Lifter Clearance (INT)......................................................................................................................3944 VVEL Ladder Assembly..............................................................................................................................3945 INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................3946 Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove..................................................................................................3946 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................3946 CYLINDER HEAD.................................................................................................................................................3948 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3948 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3949 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3949 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3950 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3954 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................3954 Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter................................................................................................................3954 Cylinder Head Distortion..........................................................................................................................3954 Valve Dimensions..................................................................................................................................3955 Valve Guide Clearance.............................................................................................................................3955 Valve Seat Contact................................................................................................................................3955 Valve Spring (with valve spring seat) Squareness..................................................................................................3956 Valve Spring Dimensions and Valve Spring Pressure Load............................................................................................3956 INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................3956 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................3956 CYLINDER BLOCK................................................................................................................................................3958 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3958 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................3959 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3959 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3961 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3968 CRANKSHAFT END PLAY...................................................................................................................................3968 CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE.........................................................................................................................3968 PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE....................................................................................................................3968 Piston Pin Hole Diameter..........................................................................................................................3968 Piston Pin Outer Diameter.........................................................................................................................3968 Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance................................................................................................................3968 PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE............................................................................................................................3969 PISTON RING END GAP...................................................................................................................................3969 CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION.......................................................................................................................3969 CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER.......................................................................................................................3969 CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE..................................................................................................................3970 Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter.............................................................................................................3970 Piston Pin Outer Diameter.........................................................................................................................3970 Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance..............................................................................................................3970 CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION.............................................................................................................................3970 MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER...................................................................................................................3971 PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE.....................................................................................................................3971 Cylinder Bore inner Diameter .....................................................................................................................3971 Piston Skirt Diameter.............................................................................................................................3971 Piston-to-Cylinder Bore Clearance.................................................................................................................3972 Re-boring Cylinder Bore...........................................................................................................................3972 CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER......................................................................................................................3972 CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER.......................................................................................................................3972 CRANKSHAFT OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER.....................................................................................................................3973 CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT ....................................................................................................................................3973 CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE..................................................................................................................3973 Method by Calculation.............................................................................................................................3973 Method of Using Plastigage........................................................................................................................3974 MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE............................................................................................................................3974 Method by Calculation.............................................................................................................................3974 Method of Using Plastigage........................................................................................................................3974 MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT.............................................................................................................................3975 CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT...................................................................................................................3975 MAIN BEARING CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER..................................................................................................................3975 MAIN BEARING CAP SUB BOLT OUTER DIAMETER..............................................................................................................3975 CONNECTING ROD BOLT OUTER DIAMETER....................................................................................................................3976 DRIVE PLATE...........................................................................................................................................3976 OIL JET...............................................................................................................................................3976 HOW TO SELECT PISTON AND BEARING..............................................................................................................................3977 Description...............................................................................................................................................3977 Piston....................................................................................................................................................3977 WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK IS USED.......................................................................................................................3977 WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK IS REUSED.....................................................................................................................3977 PISTON SELECTION TABLE................................................................................................................................3978 Connecting Rod Bearing....................................................................................................................................3978 WHEN NEW CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED.......................................................................................................3978 WHEN CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED.........................................................................................................3979 CONNECTING ROD BEARING SELECTION TABLE................................................................................................................3979 CONNECTING ROD BEARING GRADE TABLE....................................................................................................................3980 UNDERSIZE BEARING USAGE GUIDE.........................................................................................................................3980 Main Bearing..............................................................................................................................................3980 WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED.......................................................................................................3980 WHEN CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED.........................................................................................................3981 MAIN BEARING SELECTION TABLE (No. 1 and 5 Journal)....................................................................................................3982 MAIN BEARING SELECTION TABLE (No. 2, 3 and 4 Journal).................................................................................................3983 MAIN BEARING GRADE TABLE (ALL JOURNALS)...............................................................................................................3983 UNDERSIZE BEARING USAGE GUIDE.........................................................................................................................3983 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................3985 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3985 General Specification.....................................................................................................................................3985 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS................................................................................................................................3985 Drive Belts...............................................................................................................................................3985 DRIVE BELT............................................................................................................................................3985 Spark Plug................................................................................................................................................3985 SPARK PLUG............................................................................................................................................3985 Exhaust Manifold..........................................................................................................................................3986 EXHAUST MANIFOLD......................................................................................................................................3986 Camshaft..................................................................................................................................................3986 CAMSHAFT (EXH)........................................................................................................................................3986 CAMSHAFT (INT)........................................................................................................................................3986 VALVE LIFTER..........................................................................................................................................3986 VALVE CLEARANCE.......................................................................................................................................3987 AVAILABLE VALVE LIFTER................................................................................................................................3987 Cylinder Head.............................................................................................................................................3988 CYLINDER HEAD.........................................................................................................................................3988 VALVE DIMENSIONS......................................................................................................................................3988 VALVE GUIDE...........................................................................................................................................3988 VALVE SEAT............................................................................................................................................3989 VALVE SPRING..........................................................................................................................................3990 Cylinder Block............................................................................................................................................3990 CYLINDER BLOCK........................................................................................................................................3990 AVAILABLE PISTON......................................................................................................................................3991 PISTON RING...........................................................................................................................................3991 PISTON PIN............................................................................................................................................3992 CONNECTING ROD........................................................................................................................................3992 CRANKSHAFT............................................................................................................................................3992 Main Bearing..............................................................................................................................................3994 MAIN BEARING..........................................................................................................................................3994 UNDERSIZE.............................................................................................................................................3995 MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE............................................................................................................................3995 Connecting Rod Bearing....................................................................................................................................3995 CONNECTING ROD BEARING................................................................................................................................3995 UNDERSIZE.........................................................................................................................................3996 CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE..............................................................................................................3996 EX............................................................................................................................................................................3997 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................3997 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................................3998 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................3998 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3998 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3998 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................3999 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3999 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................3999 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4000 EXHAUST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................4000 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4000 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4001 EXHAUST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................4001 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4001 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4001 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4001 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4002 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4002 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4002 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................................4003 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4003 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4003 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4003 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4004 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4004 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4004 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4005 EXHAUST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................4005 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4005 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4006 EXHAUST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................4006 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4006 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4006 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4006 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4007 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4007 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4007 EXL...........................................................................................................................................................................4008 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4008 XENON TYPE............................................................................................................................................................4012 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................4012 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................4012 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................4012 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................4012 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................4012 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................4014 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................4014 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..........................................................................................4014 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...........................................................................4014 LEVELIZER ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................................................4014 LEVELIZER ADJUSTMENT : Description....................................................................................................................4014 LEVELIZER ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement.....................................................................................................4014 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................4015 HEADLAMP SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................................4015 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4015 System Description........................................................................................................................................4015 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4015 HEADLAMP BASIC OPERATION .............................................................................................................................4015 HEADLAMP HI/LO SWITCHING OPERATION....................................................................................................................4015 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4017 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4017 AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................4019 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4019 System Description........................................................................................................................................4019 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4019 AUTO LIGHT FUNCTION...................................................................................................................................4019 DELAY TIMER FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................4019 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4020 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4021 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................4022 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4022 System Description........................................................................................................................................4022 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4022 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION ......................................................................................................................4022 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4023 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4023 ACTIVE ADAPTIVE FRONT-LIGHTING SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................4025 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4025 System Description........................................................................................................................................4025 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4025 AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT-LIGHTING SYSTEM)..................................................................................................................4025 AFS Control Description...........................................................................................................................4025 Swivel Actuator Initialization....................................................................................................................4025 Swivel Operation..................................................................................................................................4026 AFS OFF Indicator Lamp............................................................................................................................4026 HEADLAMP AUTO AIMING..................................................................................................................................4026 Headlamp Auto Aiming Control Description..........................................................................................................4026 Headlamp Auto Aiming Operation....................................................................................................................4026 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4027 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4027 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................................4029 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4029 System Description........................................................................................................................................4029 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4029 FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION .............................................................................................................................4029 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4030 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4030 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM....................................................................................................................4032 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4032 System Description........................................................................................................................................4032 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4032 TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION............................................................................................................................4032 HAZARD WARNING LAMP OPERATION.........................................................................................................................4032 TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LAMP AND TURN SIGNAL SOUND OPERATION............................................................................................4032 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION (FAIL-SAFE)....................................................................................................................4032 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4033 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4033 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEM..................................................................................................................4034 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4034 System Description........................................................................................................................................4034 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4034 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, SIDE MARKER AND TAIL LAMPS OPERATION..........................................................................................4034 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4035 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4036 EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM............................................................................................................................4037 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4037 System Description........................................................................................................................................4037 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4037 EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER ACTIVATION................................................................................................................4037 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4038 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4038 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)........................................................................................................................................4039 COMMON ITEM...............................................................................................................................................4039 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................................................................................................4039 APPLICATION ITEM..................................................................................................................................4039 SYSTEM APPLICATION................................................................................................................................4039 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...........................................................................................................................4039 HEADLAMP..................................................................................................................................................4040 HEADLAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP).....................................................................................................4040 WORK SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................4040 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................4041 ACTIVE TEST.......................................................................................................................................4042 FLASHER...................................................................................................................................................4042 FLASHER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - FLASHER)........................................................................................................4042 WORK SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................4042 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................4042 ACTIVE TEST.......................................................................................................................................4043 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)...................................................................................................................................4044 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................4044 AUTO ACTIVE TEST......................................................................................................................................4044 Description.......................................................................................................................................4044 Operation Procedure...............................................................................................................................4044 Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode...............................................................................................................4044 Concept of auto active test.......................................................................................................................4045 Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode..........................................................................................................4045 CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)...........................................................................................................................4046 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................4046 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................4046 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................4046 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................4047 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AFS)........................................................................................................................................4049 CONSULT-III Function (ADAPTIVE LIGHT).....................................................................................................................4049 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................4049 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................4049 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................4049 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................4049 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................4051 B2503, B2504 SWIVEL ACTUATOR..................................................................................................................................4051 Description...............................................................................................................................................4051 SWIVEL ACTUATOR.......................................................................................................................................4051 SWIVEL MOTOR..........................................................................................................................................4051 SWIVEL POSITION SENSOR................................................................................................................................4051 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4051 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4051 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................4051 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4052 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4055 B2514 HEIGHT SENSOR UNUSUAL [RR]..............................................................................................................................4057 Description...............................................................................................................................................4057 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4057 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4057 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................4057 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4057 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4059 B2516 SHIFT SIGNAL [P, R].....................................................................................................................................4060 Description...............................................................................................................................................4060 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4060 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4060 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................4060 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4060 B2517 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL....................................................................................................................................4061 Description...............................................................................................................................................4061 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4061 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4061 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................4061 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4061 B2519 LEVELIZER CALIBRATION...................................................................................................................................4062 Description...............................................................................................................................................4062 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4062 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4062 B2521 ECU CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................4063 Description...............................................................................................................................................4063 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4063 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4063 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................4063 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4063 C0126 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL............................................................................................................................4066 Description...............................................................................................................................................4066 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4066 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4066 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................4066 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4066 C0428 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CALIBRATION.......................................................................................................................4067 Description...............................................................................................................................................4067 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4067 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4067 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................4068 Description...............................................................................................................................................4068 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4068 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4068 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4068 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................4069 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4069 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4069 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4069 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................4070 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).................................................................................................................................4070 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................4070 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..............................................................................................4070 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................4070 AFS CONTROL UNIT..........................................................................................................................................4071 AFS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................4071 EXTERIOR LAMP FUSE............................................................................................................................................4073 Description...............................................................................................................................................4073 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4073 HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................................4074 Description...............................................................................................................................................4074 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4074 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4074 HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................................4077 Description...............................................................................................................................................4077 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4077 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4077 XENON HEADLAMP................................................................................................................................................4079 Description...............................................................................................................................................4079 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4079 ILLUMINATION PRINCIPLE................................................................................................................................4079 PRECAUTIONS FOR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................4079 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4079 HEADLAMP LEVELIZER CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................4081 Description...............................................................................................................................................4081 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4081 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4081 FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................4083 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4083 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4083 PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................................4085 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4085 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4085 TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................4087 Description...............................................................................................................................................4087 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4087 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4087 OPTICAL SENSOR................................................................................................................................................4090 Description...............................................................................................................................................4090 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4090 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4090 HAZARD SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................4093 Description...............................................................................................................................................4093 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4093 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4093 TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................4095 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4095 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4095 LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................4097 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4097 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4097 HEADLAMP SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................................4098 Wiring Diagram - HEADLAMP -...............................................................................................................................4098 AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................4104 Wiring Diagram - AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM -......................................................................................................................4104 HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (MANUAL).......................................................................................................................4112 Description...............................................................................................................................................4112 Wiring Diagram - HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (MANUAL) -................................................................................................4112 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4114 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................4116 Wiring Diagram - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM -...................................................................................................................4116 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................................4123 Wiring Diagram - FRONT FOG LAMP -.........................................................................................................................4123 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM....................................................................................................................4129 Wiring Diagram - TURN AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS -..........................................................................................................4129 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEM..................................................................................................................4138 Wiring Diagram - PARKING LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS -...................................................................................................4138 STOP LAMP.....................................................................................................................................................4146 Wiring Diagram - STOP LAMP -..............................................................................................................................4146 BACK-UP LAMP..................................................................................................................................................4153 Wiring Diagram - BACK-UP LAMP -...........................................................................................................................4153 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................4157 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................4157 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................4157 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................4157 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................4162 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................4162 Wiring Diagram - BCM -....................................................................................................................................4181 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................4187 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................4187 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................................................................................................................................4189 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................................4189 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...........................................................................................................................4189 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................4190 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................4190 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................4193 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................4193 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................4193 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................4195 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................4195 Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...............................................................................................................................4200 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................4203 CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL.............................................................................................................................4203 If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM.....................................................................................................4203 If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM.....................................................................................................4204 IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION.........................................................................................................4204 FRONT WIPER CONTROL...................................................................................................................................4204 STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................4205 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................4205 AFS CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................4206 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................4206 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................4206 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................4206 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................4206 Wiring Diagram - ACTIVE AFS -.............................................................................................................................4209 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................4219 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................4219 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................4220 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4221 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.............................................................................................................................4221 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................4221 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................4224 Description...............................................................................................................................................4224 XENON HEADLAMP........................................................................................................................................4224 AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................4224 BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS DO NOT SWITCH TO HIGH BEAM................................................................................................................4225 Description...............................................................................................................................................4225 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4225 BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT TURNED ON....................................................................................................................4226 Description...............................................................................................................................................4226 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4226 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON.......................................................................................................4227 Description...............................................................................................................................................4227 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4227 BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON...................................................................................................................4228 Description...............................................................................................................................................4228 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4228 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4229 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4229 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4229 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4229 Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service....................................................................................................................4229 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4230 HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................................4230 Description...............................................................................................................................................4230 PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING..........................................................................................................................4230 AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW...............................................................................................................................4230 Aiming Adjustment Procedure...............................................................................................................................4231 FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT..............................................................................................................................4232 Description...............................................................................................................................................4232 PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING..........................................................................................................................4232 AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW...............................................................................................................................4232 Aiming Adjustment Procedure...............................................................................................................................4232 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4234 FRONT COMBINATION LAMP........................................................................................................................................4234 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4234 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4234 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4234 Without AFS.......................................................................................................................................4234 With AFS..........................................................................................................................................4234 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4235 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4235 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4235 Replacement...............................................................................................................................................4235 HEADLAMP BULB.........................................................................................................................................4236 PARKING LAMP BULB.....................................................................................................................................4236 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB...........................................................................................................................4236 FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP BULB...........................................................................................................................4236 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4236 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4236 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4237 FRONT FOG LAMP................................................................................................................................................4238 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4238 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4238 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4238 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4238 Replacement...............................................................................................................................................4238 FRONT FOG LAMP BULB...................................................................................................................................4238 OPTICAL SENSOR................................................................................................................................................4240 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4240 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4240 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4240 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4240 LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH.................................................................................................................................4241 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4241 HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH........................................................................................................................................4242 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4242 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4242 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4242 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4242 HAZARD SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................4243 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4243 AFS CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................4244 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4244 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4244 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4244 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4244 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR.........................................................................................................................................4245 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4245 HEIGHT SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................4246 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4246 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4246 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4246 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4246 REAR COMBINATION LAMP.........................................................................................................................................4247 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4247 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4247 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4247 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4247 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4247 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4247 Replacement...............................................................................................................................................4248 STOP/TAIL LAMP........................................................................................................................................4248 REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP BULB............................................................................................................................4248 REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB............................................................................................................................4248 HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP........................................................................................................................................4249 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4249 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4249 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4249 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4249 BACK-UP LAMP..................................................................................................................................................4250 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4250 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4250 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4250 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4250 Replacement...............................................................................................................................................4250 BACK-UP LAMP BULB.....................................................................................................................................4250 LICENSE PLATE LAMP............................................................................................................................................4252 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4252 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4252 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4252 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4252 Replacement...............................................................................................................................................4252 LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB...............................................................................................................................4252 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4253 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4253 Bulb Specifications.......................................................................................................................................4253 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.................................................................................................................................. 156 EXT...........................................................................................................................................................................4254 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4254 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................4256 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................4256 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................4256 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................4256 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................4256 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................4257 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................4257 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................4257 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................4258 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................4258 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................4258 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................4258 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................4258 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................4258 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................4259 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................4259 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................4259 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................4260 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................4262 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................4262 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................4262 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................4262 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................4262 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................4262 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................4263 Precaution for Work...........................................................................................................................................4263 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................4264 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4264 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................4264 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................4264 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4265 FRONT BUMPER......................................................................................................................................................4265 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4265 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4266 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4266 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4268 REAR BUMPER.......................................................................................................................................................4269 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4269 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4270 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4270 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4271 FRONT GRILLE......................................................................................................................................................4273 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4273 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4273 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4273 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4274 COWL TOP..........................................................................................................................................................4275 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4275 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4276 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4276 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4276 FENDER PROTECTOR..................................................................................................................................................4278 FENDER PROTECTOR..............................................................................................................................................4278 FENDER PROTECTOR : Exploded View..........................................................................................................................4278 FENDER PROTECTOR : Removal and Installation...............................................................................................................4278 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4278 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4279 REAR WHEEL HOUSE PROTECTOR....................................................................................................................................4279 REAR WHEEL HOUSE PROTECTOR : Exploded View................................................................................................................4280 REAR WHEEL HOUSE PROTECTOR : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................4280 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4280 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4281 CENTER MUD GUARD..................................................................................................................................................4282 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4282 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4282 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4282 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4283 FLOOR SIDE FAIRING................................................................................................................................................4284 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4284 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4284 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4284 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4284 FILLET MOLDING....................................................................................................................................................4285 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4285 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4285 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4285 FRONT FILLET MOLDING..................................................................................................................................4285 REAR FILLET MOLDING...................................................................................................................................4286 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4286 ROOF RAIL.........................................................................................................................................................4287 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4287 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4287 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4287 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4289 ROOF SIDE MOLDING.................................................................................................................................................4290 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4290 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4290 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4290 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4290 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF ROOF SIDE MOLDING CLIP........................................................................................................4291 Removal...............................................................................................................................................4291 Installation..........................................................................................................................................4291 DOOR SASH MOLDING.................................................................................................................................................4292 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4292 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4292 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4292 FRONT DOOR SASH MOLDING...............................................................................................................................4292 REAR DOOR SASH MOLDING................................................................................................................................4293 FRONT DOOR SASH OUTER COVER...........................................................................................................................4294 REAR DOOR SASH OUTER COVER FRONT......................................................................................................................4294 REAR DOOR SASH OUTER COVER REAR.......................................................................................................................4294 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4295 DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING..............................................................................................................................................4296 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4296 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4296 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4296 FRONT DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING............................................................................................................................4296 REAR DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING.............................................................................................................................4297 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4297 DOOR OUTSIDE LOWER MOLDING........................................................................................................................................4298 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4298 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4298 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4298 FRONT DOOR OUTSIDE LOWER MOLDING......................................................................................................................4298 REAR DOOR OUTSIDE LOWER MOLDING.......................................................................................................................4299 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4299 DOOR PARTING SEAL.................................................................................................................................................4300 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4300 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4300 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4300 FRONT DOOR PARTING SEAL...............................................................................................................................4300 REAR DOOR PARTING SEAL (LOWER)........................................................................................................................4301 REAR DOOR PARTING SEAL (FRONT)........................................................................................................................4301 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4301 BACK DOOR FINISHER................................................................................................................................................4302 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4302 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4302 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4302 BACK DOOR FINISHER UPPER..............................................................................................................................4302 BACK DOOR FINISHER LOWER..............................................................................................................................4303 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4303 BACK PILLAR FINISHER..............................................................................................................................................4304 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4304 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4304 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4304 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4305 FAX...........................................................................................................................................................................4306 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4306 2WD...................................................................................................................................................................4308 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4308 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................4308 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................4308 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4309 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4309 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4309 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4310 FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE...................................................................................................................................4310 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4310 MOUNTING INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................4310 WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................4310 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4311 FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE...................................................................................................................................4311 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4311 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4311 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4311 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4311 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4312 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4312 Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................4312 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4312 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4313 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4313 Wheel Bearing.............................................................................................................................................4313 AWD...................................................................................................................................................................4314 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4314 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................4314 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................4314 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4315 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4315 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4315 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4315 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................4315 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................4315 Precautions for Drive Shaft...............................................................................................................................4316 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4317 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4317 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................4317 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4318 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4319 FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE...................................................................................................................................4319 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4319 MOUNTING INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................4319 WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................4319 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................4320 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4320 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4321 FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE...................................................................................................................................4321 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4321 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4321 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4321 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4322 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4322 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4322 Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................4322 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4322 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT BOOT........................................................................................................................................4323 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4323 LEFT SIDE.............................................................................................................................................4323 RIGHT SIDE............................................................................................................................................4324 WHEEL SIDE................................................................................................................................................4324 WHEEL SIDE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................4324 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4324 Left Side.....................................................................................................................................4324 Right Side....................................................................................................................................4325 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4326 Left Side.....................................................................................................................................4326 Right Side....................................................................................................................................4328 FINAL DRIVE SIDE..........................................................................................................................................4329 FINAL DRIVE SIDE : Removal and Installation...........................................................................................................4329 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4329 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4329 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................4331 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4331 LEFT SIDE.............................................................................................................................................4331 RIGHT SIDE............................................................................................................................................4332 LEFT SIDE.................................................................................................................................................4332 LEFT SIDE : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................4332 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4332 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4333 RIGHT SIDE................................................................................................................................................4333 RIGHT SIDE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................4333 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4333 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4334 WHEEL SIDE................................................................................................................................................4334 WHEEL SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly.................................................................................................................4334 DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................4334 ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................4334 FINAL DRIVE SIDE..........................................................................................................................................4336 FINAL DRIVE SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly...........................................................................................................4336 DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................4336 ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................4337 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4339 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4339 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................4339 Shaft.............................................................................................................................................4339 Joint Sub-Assembly (Wheel Side)...................................................................................................................4339 Housing and Spider assembly (Final Drive side)....................................................................................................4340 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4341 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4341 Wheel Bearing.............................................................................................................................................4341 Drive Shaft...............................................................................................................................................4341 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................4341 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................4341 FL............................................................................................................................................................................4342 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4342 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................4343 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................4343 General Precautions...........................................................................................................................................4343 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................4344 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4344 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................4344 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................4345 FUEL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................................4345 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................4345 Quick Connector...............................................................................................................................................4345 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4346 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................4346 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4346 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4346 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4346 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4349 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................4350 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................4350 FUEL TANK.........................................................................................................................................................4351 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4351 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4351 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4351 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4352 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................4353 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................4353 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................4354 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................4354 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4354 Disassembly...................................................................................................................................................4354 Assembly......................................................................................................................................................4354 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................4356 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4356 Fuel Tank.....................................................................................................................................................4356 Standard and Limit........................................................................................................................................4356 FSU...........................................................................................................................................................................4357 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4357 2WD...................................................................................................................................................................4359 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4359 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................4359 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................4359 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4360 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4360 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4360 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4360 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................4360 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................4360 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................4361 Precautions for Suspension................................................................................................................................4361 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4362 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4362 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................4362 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4362 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4363 FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................4363 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4363 MOUNTING INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................4363 BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY.............................................................................................................................4363 SHOCK ABSORBER........................................................................................................................................4363 WHEEL ALIGNMENT...............................................................................................................................................4364 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4364 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................4364 PRELIMINARY CHECK.....................................................................................................................................4364 GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS...............................................................................................................4364 ALIGNMENT PROCESS.....................................................................................................................................4364 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4365 FRONT COIL SPRING AND SHOCK ABSORBER..........................................................................................................................4365 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4365 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4365 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4365 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4365 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4365 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4365 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4366 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4368 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4368 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................4368 Shock Absorber....................................................................................................................................4368 Shock Absorber Mounting Bracket and Rubber Parts Inspection.......................................................................................4368 Coil Spring.......................................................................................................................................4368 Disposal..................................................................................................................................................4368 TRANSVERSE LINK...............................................................................................................................................4369 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4369 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4369 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4369 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4369 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4369 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4369 Appearance........................................................................................................................................4369 Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................4370 Swing Torque Inspection...........................................................................................................................4370 Rotating Torque Inspection........................................................................................................................4370 Axial End Play Inspection.........................................................................................................................4370 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4370 UPPER LINK....................................................................................................................................................4371 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4371 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4371 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4371 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4371 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4371 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4371 Appearance........................................................................................................................................4371 Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................4371 Swing Torque Inspection...........................................................................................................................4371 Axial End Play Inspection.........................................................................................................................4372 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4372 FRONT STABILIZER..............................................................................................................................................4373 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4373 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4373 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4373 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4373 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4373 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4373 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................4374 FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER.......................................................................................................................................4374 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4374 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4374 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4374 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4374 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4374 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4374 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4374 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4375 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4375 Wheel Alignment...........................................................................................................................................4375 Ball Joint................................................................................................................................................4375 Wheel Height..............................................................................................................................................4376 AWD...................................................................................................................................................................4377 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4377 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................4377 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................4377 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4378 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4378 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4378 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4378 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................4378 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................4378 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................4379 Precautions for Suspension................................................................................................................................4379 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4380 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4380 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................4380 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4380 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4381 FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................4381 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4381 MOUNTING INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................4381 BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY.............................................................................................................................4381 SHOCK ABSORBER........................................................................................................................................4381 WHEEL ALIGNMENT...............................................................................................................................................4382 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4382 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................4382 PRELIMINARY CHECK.....................................................................................................................................4382 GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS...............................................................................................................4382 ALIGNMENT PROCESS.....................................................................................................................................4382 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4383 FRONT COIL SPRING AND SHOCK ABSORBER..........................................................................................................................4383 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4383 WITHOUT CONTINUOUS DAMPING CONTROL....................................................................................................................4383 WITH CONTINUOUS DAMPING CONTROL.......................................................................................................................4383 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4384 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4384 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4384 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4384 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4384 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4385 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4386 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4386 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................4386 Shock Absorber....................................................................................................................................4386 Shock Absorber Mounting Bracket and Rubber Parts Inspection.......................................................................................4387 Coil Spring.......................................................................................................................................4387 Disposal..................................................................................................................................................4387 TRANSVERSE LINK...............................................................................................................................................4388 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4388 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4388 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4388 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4388 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4388 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4388 Appearance........................................................................................................................................4388 Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................4388 Swing Torque Inspection...........................................................................................................................4389 Rotating Torque Inspection........................................................................................................................4389 Axial End Play Inspection.........................................................................................................................4389 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4389 UPPER LINK....................................................................................................................................................4390 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4390 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4390 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4390 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4390 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4390 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4390 Appearance........................................................................................................................................4390 Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................4390 Swing Torque Inspection...........................................................................................................................4390 Axial End Play Inspection.........................................................................................................................4391 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4391 FRONT STABILIZER..............................................................................................................................................4392 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4392 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4392 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4392 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4392 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4392 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4392 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................4393 FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER.......................................................................................................................................4393 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4393 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4393 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4393 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4393 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4393 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4393 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4393 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4395 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4395 Wheel Alignment...........................................................................................................................................4395 Ball Joint................................................................................................................................................4395 Wheel Height..............................................................................................................................................4396 GI............................................................................................................................................................................4397 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4397 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL................................................................................................................................................4399 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL............................................................................................................................................4399 Description...................................................................................................................................................4399 Terms.........................................................................................................................................................4399 Units.........................................................................................................................................................4399 Contents......................................................................................................................................................4399 Relation between Illustrations and Descriptions...............................................................................................................4400 Components....................................................................................................................................................4400 SYMBOLS...................................................................................................................................................4401 HOW TO FOLLOW TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...................................................................................................................................4402 Description...................................................................................................................................................4402 How to Follow Test Groups in Trouble Diagnosis................................................................................................................4402 Key to Symbols Signifying Measurements or Procedures..........................................................................................................4403 HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS.......................................................................................................................................4405 Connector Symbols.............................................................................................................................................4405 Sample/Wiring Diagram -Example-...............................................................................................................................4406 SWITCH POSITIONS .........................................................................................................................................4407 MULTIPLE SWITCH...........................................................................................................................................4407 Connector Information.........................................................................................................................................4408 ABBREVIATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................4410 Abbreviation List.............................................................................................................................................4410 TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS...............................................................................................................................4411 Tightening Torque Table.......................................................................................................................................4411 RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS........................................................................................................................4412 Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants....................................................................................................................4412 VEHICLE INFORMATION...................................................................................................................................................4413 IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION........................................................................................................................................4413 Model Variation...............................................................................................................................................4413 Information About Identification or Model Code................................................................................................................4413 IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.....................................................................................................................................4413 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ARRANGEMENT.................................................................................................................4414 IDENTIFICATION PLATE .....................................................................................................................................4414 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER .....................................................................................................................................4415 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................4415 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................4415 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION NUMBER ............................................................................................................................4415 Dimensions....................................................................................................................................................4415 Wheels & Tires................................................................................................................................................4416 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................4417 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................4417 Description...................................................................................................................................................4417 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................4417 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................4417 Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service........................................................................................................................4417 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................4418 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................4418 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................4418 General Precautions...........................................................................................................................................4418 Three Way Catalyst............................................................................................................................................4420 Multiport Fuel Injection System or Engine Control System......................................................................................................4420 Hoses.........................................................................................................................................................4420 HOSE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................4420 HOSE CLAMPING.............................................................................................................................................4421 Engine Oils...................................................................................................................................................4421 HEALTH PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS ............................................................................................................................4421 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS .....................................................................................................................4421 Air Conditioning..............................................................................................................................................4422 Fuel..........................................................................................................................................................4422 VK50VE engine.............................................................................................................................................4422 VQ35HR engine.............................................................................................................................................4422 LIFTING POINT.....................................................................................................................................................4423 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................4423 Garage Jack and Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift..................................................................................................................4423 Board-On Lift.................................................................................................................................................4424 TOW TRUCK TOWING..................................................................................................................................................4425 Tow Truck Towing..............................................................................................................................................4425 2WD MODELS................................................................................................................................................4425 AWD MODELS................................................................................................................................................4426 Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle)....................................................................................................................4426 FRONT.....................................................................................................................................................4426 REAR......................................................................................................................................................4426 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION....................................................................................................................................4427 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................4428 SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT.......................................................................................................................4428 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................4428 WORK FLOW.................................................................................................................................................4428 Control Units and Electrical Parts............................................................................................................................4428 PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................4428 How to Check Terminal.........................................................................................................................................4429 CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN KIT............................................................................................................................4429 HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS...................................................................................................................................4430 Probing from Harness Side ............................................................................................................................4430 Probing from Terminal Side ...........................................................................................................................4430 How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal......................................................................................................4431 Waterproof Connector Inspection ......................................................................................................................4432 Terminal Lock Inspection .............................................................................................................................4432 Intermittent Incident.........................................................................................................................................4432 DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................................4432 VEHICLE VIBRATION.........................................................................................................................................4433 Connector & Harness...................................................................................................................................4433 Hint..................................................................................................................................................4433 Sensor & Relay........................................................................................................................................4433 Engine Compartment....................................................................................................................................4433 Behind the Instrument Panel...........................................................................................................................4433 Under Seating Areas...................................................................................................................................4433 HEAT SENSITIVE............................................................................................................................................4434 FREEZING .................................................................................................................................................4434 WATER INTRUSION...........................................................................................................................................4434 ELECTRICAL LOAD ..........................................................................................................................................4434 COLD OR HOT START UP .....................................................................................................................................4434 Circuit Inspection............................................................................................................................................4435 DESCRIPTION ..............................................................................................................................................4435 TESTING FOR “OPENS” IN THE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................4435 Continuity Check Method...............................................................................................................................4435 Voltage Check Method..................................................................................................................................4435 TESTING FOR “SHORTS” IN THE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................4436 Resistance Check Method...............................................................................................................................4436 Voltage Check Method..................................................................................................................................4436 GROUND INSPECTION ........................................................................................................................................4436 VOLTAGE DROP TESTS .......................................................................................................................................4437 Measuring Voltage Drop - Accumulated Method...........................................................................................................4437 Measuring Voltage Drop - Step-by-Step.................................................................................................................4438 CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT TEST ................................................................................................................................4438 CASE 1................................................................................................................................................4438 CASE 2................................................................................................................................................4439 CONSULT-III/GST CHECKING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................4440 Description...................................................................................................................................................4440 CONSULT-III Function and System Application*1.................................................................................................................4440 CONSULT-III/GST Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit.............................................................................................................4441 INSPECTION PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................................4441 Wiring Diagram - CONSULT-III/GST CHECKING SYSTEM -............................................................................................................4442 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................................4455 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL....................................................................................................4455 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Required Procedure After Battery Disconnection...............................................4455 GW............................................................................................................................................................................4457 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4457 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................4458 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................4458 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................4458 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................4458 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................4458 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................4459 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................4459 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................4459 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................4460 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................4460 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................4460 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................4460 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................4460 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................4460 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................4461 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................4461 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................4461 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................4462 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................4464 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................4464 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................4464 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................4464 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................4464 Handling for Adhesive and Primer..............................................................................................................................4464 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................4465 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4465 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................4465 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................4465 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4466 WINDSHIELD GLASS..................................................................................................................................................4466 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4466 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4467 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4467 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4467 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................4468 REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR WINDSHIELD....................................................................................................................4468 SIDE WINDOW GLASS.................................................................................................................................................4469 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4469 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4469 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4469 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4470 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................4470 REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR SIDE WINDOW GLASS.............................................................................................................4470 BACK DOOR WINDOW GLASS............................................................................................................................................4471 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4471 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4471 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4471 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4472 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................4472 REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR BACK DOOR WINDOW GLASS........................................................................................................4472 FRONT DOOR GLASS..................................................................................................................................................4474 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4474 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4474 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4474 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4475 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................4475 SYSTEM INITIALIZATION.....................................................................................................................................4475 Initialization........................................................................................................................................4475 INSPECT THE FUNCTION OF THE ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM.............................................................................................................4475 FITTING INSPECTION........................................................................................................................................4476 FRONT REGULATOR...................................................................................................................................................4477 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4477 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4477 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4477 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4478 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................4478 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................4478 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................4478 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................4478 Inspection after Removal..................................................................................................................................4478 SYSTEM INITIALIZATION.....................................................................................................................................4478 Initialization........................................................................................................................................4478 INSPECT THE FUNCTION OF THE ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM.............................................................................................................4479 FITTING INSPECTION........................................................................................................................................4479 REAR DOOR GLASS...................................................................................................................................................4480 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4480 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4480 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4480 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4481 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................4482 FITTING INSPECTION........................................................................................................................................4482 REAR REGULATOR....................................................................................................................................................4483 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4483 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4483 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4483 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4483 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................4484 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................4484 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................4484 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................4484 Inspection after Removal..................................................................................................................................4484 FITTING INSPECTION........................................................................................................................................4484 HA............................................................................................................................................................................4485 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4485 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................................4488 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................4488 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................4488 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................4488 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................4488 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................4489 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................4489 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4489 System Description........................................................................................................................................4489 REFRIGERANT CYCLE.....................................................................................................................................4489 Refrigerant Flow..................................................................................................................................4489 Freeze Protection.................................................................................................................................4489 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION.........................................................................................................................4489 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor.......................................................................................................................4489 Pressure Relief Valve.............................................................................................................................4489 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4490 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4491 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4492 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.................................................................................................................................4492 Trouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure....................................................................................................................4492 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................4492 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4495 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4495 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4495 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4495 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................4495 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................4495 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................4496 Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)............................................................................................................................4496 CONTAMINATED REFRIGERANT..............................................................................................................................4496 General Refrigerant Precaution............................................................................................................................4496 Refrigerant Connection....................................................................................................................................4497 ABOUT ONE-TOUCH JOINT.................................................................................................................................4497 Description.......................................................................................................................................4497 O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.....................................................................................................................4499 O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications............................................................................................................4499 Service Equipment.........................................................................................................................................4501 RECOVERY/RECYCLING RECHARGING EQUIPMENT...............................................................................................................4501 ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..............................................................................................................................4501 VACUUM PUMP...........................................................................................................................................4501 MANIFOLD GAUGE SET....................................................................................................................................4501 SERVICE HOSES.........................................................................................................................................4501 SERVICE COUPLERS......................................................................................................................................4501 REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..............................................................................................................................4502 CHARGING CYLINDER.....................................................................................................................................4502 COMPRESSOR....................................................................................................................................................4503 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................4503 LEAK DETECTION DYE............................................................................................................................................4504 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................4504 IDENTIFICATION........................................................................................................................................4504 IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE......................................................................................................................4504 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4505 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4505 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................4505 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4508 Sealant or/and Lubricant..................................................................................................................................4508 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4509 REFRIGERANT...................................................................................................................................................4509 Collection and Charge.....................................................................................................................................4509 SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT................................................................................................................4509 Discharging Refrigerant...........................................................................................................................4509 Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant........................................................................................................4509 Procedure.............................................................................................................................................4509 LUBRICANT.....................................................................................................................................................4513 Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity.........................................................................................................................4513 LUBRICANT.............................................................................................................................................4513 LUBRICANT RETURN OPERATION............................................................................................................................4513 Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Components Replacement Except Compressor................................................................................4513 Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Compressor Replacement..................................................................................................4514 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................4516 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4516 Performance Chart.........................................................................................................................................4516 TEST CONDITION........................................................................................................................................4516 TEST READING..........................................................................................................................................4516 Refrigerant Leakages......................................................................................................................................4517 FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.....................................................................................................................................4518 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4518 CHECKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKAGES USING THE FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR......................................................................................4518 DYE INJECTION.........................................................................................................................................4518 ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR......................................................................................................................................4519 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4519 PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR................................................................................................................4519 CHECKING PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................4519 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4522 COMPRESSOR....................................................................................................................................................4522 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4522 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4522 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4522 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4523 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4523 CHECK DISC TO PULLEY CLEARANCE........................................................................................................................4523 COOLER PIPE AND HOSE..........................................................................................................................................4524 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4524 LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE................................................................................................................................4524 LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................4524 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4524 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4525 HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE...............................................................................................................................4525 HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and Installation................................................................................................4525 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4525 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4526 HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1......................................................................................................................................4526 HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1 : Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................4526 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4526 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4527 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 2.......................................................................................................................................4527 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 2 : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................4527 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4527 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4528 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2..............................................................................................................4528 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2 : Removal and Installation...............................................................................4528 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4528 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4530 CONDENSER.....................................................................................................................................................4531 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4531 CONDENSER.................................................................................................................................................4531 CONDENSER : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................4531 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4531 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4532 CONDENSER PIPE ASSEMBLY...................................................................................................................................4532 CONDENSER PIPE ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................4532 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4532 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4533 LIQUID TANK...............................................................................................................................................4533 LIQUID TANK : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................4533 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4533 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4534 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................................4534 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation................................................................................................4534 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4534 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4534 HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................4535 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4535 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4535 HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................4537 HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY : .....................................................................................................................4537 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4537 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4538 HEATER CORE...............................................................................................................................................4539 HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................4539 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4539 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4539 EVAPORATOR................................................................................................................................................4539 EVAPORATOR : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................4539 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4539 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4539 EXPANSION VALVE...........................................................................................................................................4540 EXPANSION VALVE : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................4540 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4540 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4540 BLOWER UNIT...................................................................................................................................................4541 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4541 BLOWER UNIT...............................................................................................................................................4541 BLOWER UNIT : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................4541 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4541 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4542 BLOWER MOTOR..............................................................................................................................................4542 BLOWER MOTOR : Removal and Installation...............................................................................................................4542 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4542 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4542 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4543 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4543 Compressor................................................................................................................................................4543 Lubricant.................................................................................................................................................4543 Refrigerant...............................................................................................................................................4543 Engine Idling Speed.......................................................................................................................................4543 Belt Tension..............................................................................................................................................4543 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................................4544 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................4544 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................4544 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................4544 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................4544 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................4545 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................4545 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4545 System Description........................................................................................................................................4545 REFRIGERANT CYCLE.....................................................................................................................................4545 Refrigerant Flow..................................................................................................................................4545 Freeze Protection.................................................................................................................................4545 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION.........................................................................................................................4545 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor.......................................................................................................................4545 Pressure Relief Valve.............................................................................................................................4545 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4546 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4547 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4548 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.................................................................................................................................4548 Trouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure....................................................................................................................4548 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................4548 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4551 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4551 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4551 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4551 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................4551 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................4551 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................4552 Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)............................................................................................................................4552 CONTAMINATED REFRIGERANT..............................................................................................................................4552 General Refrigerant Precaution............................................................................................................................4552 Refrigerant Connection....................................................................................................................................4553 ABOUT ONE-TOUCH JOINT.................................................................................................................................4553 Description.......................................................................................................................................4553 O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.....................................................................................................................4555 O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications............................................................................................................4555 Service Equipment.........................................................................................................................................4556 RECOVERY/RECYCLING RECHARGING EQUIPMENT...............................................................................................................4556 ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..............................................................................................................................4557 VACUUM PUMP...........................................................................................................................................4557 MANIFOLD GAUGE SET....................................................................................................................................4557 SERVICE HOSES.........................................................................................................................................4557 SERVICE COUPLERS......................................................................................................................................4557 REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..............................................................................................................................4558 CHARGING CYLINDER.....................................................................................................................................4558 COMPRESSOR....................................................................................................................................................4559 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................4559 LEAK DETECTION DYE............................................................................................................................................4560 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................4560 IDENTIFICATION........................................................................................................................................4560 IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE......................................................................................................................4560 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4561 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4561 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................4561 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4564 Sealant or/and Lubricant..................................................................................................................................4564 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4565 REFRIGERANT...................................................................................................................................................4565 Collection and Charge.....................................................................................................................................4565 SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT................................................................................................................4565 Discharging Refrigerant...........................................................................................................................4565 Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant........................................................................................................4565 Procedure.............................................................................................................................................4565 LUBRICANT.....................................................................................................................................................4569 Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity.........................................................................................................................4569 LUBRICANT.............................................................................................................................................4569 LUBRICANT RETURN OPERATION............................................................................................................................4569 Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Components Replacement Except Compressor................................................................................4569 Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Compressor Replacement..................................................................................................4570 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................4572 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4572 Performance Chart.........................................................................................................................................4572 TEST CONDITION........................................................................................................................................4572 TEST READING..........................................................................................................................................4572 Refrigerant Leakages......................................................................................................................................4573 FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.....................................................................................................................................4574 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4574 CHECKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKAGES USING THE FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR......................................................................................4574 DYE INJECTION.........................................................................................................................................4574 ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR......................................................................................................................................4575 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4575 PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR................................................................................................................4575 CHECKING PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................4575 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4578 COMPRESSOR....................................................................................................................................................4578 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4578 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4578 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4578 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4579 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4579 CHECK DISC TO PULLEY CLEARANCE........................................................................................................................4579 COOLER PIPE AND HOSE..........................................................................................................................................4580 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4580 LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE................................................................................................................................4580 LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................4580 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4580 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4581 HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE...............................................................................................................................4581 HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and Installation................................................................................................4581 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4581 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4582 HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1......................................................................................................................................4582 HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1 : Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................4582 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4582 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4583 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 2.......................................................................................................................................4583 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 2 : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................4583 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4583 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4584 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 3.......................................................................................................................................4584 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 3 : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................4584 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4584 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4585 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2..............................................................................................................4585 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2 : Removal and Installation...............................................................................4585 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4585 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4587 CONDENSER.....................................................................................................................................................4588 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4588 CONDENSER.................................................................................................................................................4588 CONDENSER : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................4588 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4588 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4589 CONDENSER PIPE ASSEMBLY...................................................................................................................................4589 CONDENSER PIPE ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................4589 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4589 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4590 LIQUID TANK...............................................................................................................................................4590 LIQUID TANK : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................4590 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4590 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4591 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................................4591 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation................................................................................................4591 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4591 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4591 HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................4592 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4592 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4592 HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................4594 HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY : .....................................................................................................................4594 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4594 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4595 HEATER CORE...............................................................................................................................................4596 HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................4596 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4596 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4596 EVAPORATOR................................................................................................................................................4596 EVAPORATOR : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................4596 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4596 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4596 EXPANSION VALVE...........................................................................................................................................4597 EXPANSION VALVE : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................4597 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4597 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4597 BLOWER UNIT...................................................................................................................................................4598 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4598 BLOWER UNIT...............................................................................................................................................4598 BLOWER UNIT : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................4598 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4598 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4599 BLOWER MOTOR..............................................................................................................................................4599 BLOWER MOTOR : Removal and Installation...............................................................................................................4599 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4599 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4599 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4600 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4600 Compressor................................................................................................................................................4600 Lubricant.................................................................................................................................................4600 Refrigerant...............................................................................................................................................4600 Engine Idling Speed.......................................................................................................................................4600 Belt Tension..............................................................................................................................................4600 HAC...........................................................................................................................................................................4601 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4601 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER.............................................................................................................................................4604 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................4604 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................4604 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................4604 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................4604 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................4605 WITHOUT ACCS..............................................................................................................................................4605 WITHOUT ACCS : Description & Inspection...............................................................................................................4605 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4605 INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................4605 WITHOUT ACCS : Temperature Setting Trimmer............................................................................................................4606 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4606 WITHOUT ACCS : Foot Position Setting Trimmer..........................................................................................................4607 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4607 WITHOUT ACCS : Inlet Port Memory Function.............................................................................................................4608 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4608 WITH ACCS.................................................................................................................................................4608 WITH ACCS : Description & Inspection..................................................................................................................4608 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4608 INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................4608 WITH ACCS : Temperature Setting Trimmer...............................................................................................................4611 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4611 WITH ACCS : Foot Position Setting Trimmer.............................................................................................................4612 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4612 WITH ACCS : Inlet Port Memory Function................................................................................................................4613 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4613 WITH ACCS : Gas Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment Function................................................................................................4613 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4613 WITH ACCS : Auto Intake Interlocking Movement Change Function.........................................................................................4614 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4614 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................4615 COMPRESSOR CONTROL FUNCTION...................................................................................................................................4615 WITHOUT ACCS..............................................................................................................................................4615 WITHOUT ACCS : Description............................................................................................................................4615 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION............................................................................................................................4615 Functional circuit diagram....................................................................................................................4615 Functional initial inspection chart...........................................................................................................4615 WITHOUT ACCS : Fail-safe..............................................................................................................................4615 FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION................................................................................................................................4615 WITHOUT ACCS : Component Part Location................................................................................................................4616 ENGINE COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................................4616 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.............................................................................................................................4617 WITHOUT ACCS : Component’s role.......................................................................................................................4619 WITH ACCS.................................................................................................................................................4619 WITH ACCS : Description...............................................................................................................................4619 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION............................................................................................................................4619 Functional circuit diagram....................................................................................................................4619 Functional initial inspection chart...........................................................................................................4619 WITH ACCS : Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................4620 FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION................................................................................................................................4620 WITH ACCS : Component Part Location...................................................................................................................4620 ENGINE COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................................4620 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.............................................................................................................................4621 WITH ACCS : Component’s role..........................................................................................................................4622 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................4624 WITHOUT ACCS..............................................................................................................................................4624 WITHOUT ACCS : System Diagram.........................................................................................................................4624 CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................4624 WITHOUT ACCS : System Description.....................................................................................................................4624 CONTROL OPERATION.................................................................................................................................4624 Display Screen................................................................................................................................4624 Preset Switch.................................................................................................................................4625 MODE Switch...................................................................................................................................4625 Temperature Control Dial (Potentio Temperature Control) (Driver Side) ........................................................................4625 Temperature Control Dial (Potentio Temperature Control) (Passenger Side) .....................................................................4625 AUTO Switch ..................................................................................................................................4625 Defroster (DEF) Switch........................................................................................................................4625 A/C Switch....................................................................................................................................4625 FAN Switches..................................................................................................................................4625 OFF Switch....................................................................................................................................4625 Rear Window Defogger Switch...................................................................................................................4625 Intake Switch.................................................................................................................................4625 DUAL Switch...................................................................................................................................4625 DISCHARGE AIR FLOW................................................................................................................................4626 SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION...............................................................................................................4627 AIR CONDITIONER LAN CONTROL SYSTEM................................................................................................................4627 SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION...............................................................................................................................4628 Operation.....................................................................................................................................4628 Transmission Data and Transmission Order......................................................................................................4628 WITHOUT ACCS : Component Part Location................................................................................................................4629 ENGINE COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................................4629 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.............................................................................................................................4630 WITHOUT ACCS : Component Description..................................................................................................................4632 WITH ACCS.................................................................................................................................................4632 WITH ACCS : System Diagram............................................................................................................................4632 CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................4632 WITH ACCS : System Description........................................................................................................................4633 CONTROL OPERATION.................................................................................................................................4633 Display Screen................................................................................................................................4633 Preset Switch.................................................................................................................................4634 MODE Switch...................................................................................................................................4634 Temperature Control Dial (Potentio Temperature Control) (Driver Side) ........................................................................4634 Temperature Control Dial (Potentio Temperature Control) (Passenger Side) .....................................................................4634 AUTO Switch ..................................................................................................................................4634 Defroster (DEF) Switch........................................................................................................................4634 A/C Switch....................................................................................................................................4634 FAN Switches..................................................................................................................................4634 OFF Switch....................................................................................................................................4634 Rear Window Defogger Switch...................................................................................................................4634 Intake Switch.................................................................................................................................4634 DUAL Switch...................................................................................................................................4635 DISCHARGE AIR FLOW................................................................................................................................4635 SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION...............................................................................................................4636 AIR CONDITIONER LAN CONTROL SYSTEM................................................................................................................4636 SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION...............................................................................................................................4637 Operation.....................................................................................................................................4637 Transmission Data and Transmission Order......................................................................................................4637 WITH ACCS : Component Part Location...................................................................................................................4638 ENGINE COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................................4638 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.............................................................................................................................4639 WITH ACCS : Component Description.....................................................................................................................4640 PLASMACLUSTER SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................4642 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4642 System Description........................................................................................................................................4642 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................4642 Component Part Location...................................................................................................................................4643 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4644 CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................4645 System Description........................................................................................................................................4645 MODE DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................4646 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4646 System Description........................................................................................................................................4646 SYSTEM OPERATION......................................................................................................................................4646 Door Motor Circuit................................................................................................................................4646 Mode Door Control Specification...................................................................................................................4646 AIR MIX DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................4648 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4648 System Description........................................................................................................................................4648 SYSTEM OPERATION......................................................................................................................................4648 Door Motor Circuit................................................................................................................................4648 Air Mix Door Control Specification................................................................................................................4648 Potentio Temperature Control (PTC)................................................................................................................4649 INTAKE DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................4650 WITHOUT ACCS..............................................................................................................................................4650 WITHOUT ACCS : System Diagram.........................................................................................................................4650 WITHOUT ACCS : System Description.....................................................................................................................4650 SYSTEM OPERATION..................................................................................................................................4650 Door Motor Circuit............................................................................................................................4650 Intake Door Control Specification.............................................................................................................4650 WITH ACCS.................................................................................................................................................4651 WITH ACCS : System Diagram............................................................................................................................4651 WITH ACCS : System Description........................................................................................................................4651 SYSTEM OPERATION..................................................................................................................................4651 Door Motor Circuit............................................................................................................................4652 Intake Door Control Specification.............................................................................................................4652 Auto Intake Control System....................................................................................................................4652 BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................4653 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4653 System Description........................................................................................................................................4653 SYSTEM OPERATION......................................................................................................................................4653 Automatic Mode....................................................................................................................................4653 Starting Fan Speed Control........................................................................................................................4653 Blower Speed Compensation.........................................................................................................................4653 Fan Speed Control Specification...................................................................................................................4654 MAGNET CLUTCH CONTROL SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................4655 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4655 System Description........................................................................................................................................4655 SYSTEM OPERATION......................................................................................................................................4655 Compressor Protection Control.....................................................................................................................4655 Low Temperature Protection Control................................................................................................................4655 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER & A/C AMP.)...................................................................................................................4657 WITHOUT ACCS..............................................................................................................................................4657 WITHOUT ACCS : Diagnosis Description..................................................................................................................4657 SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................4657 SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION...........................................................................................................................4657 CONFORMATION METHOD...............................................................................................................................4658 WITHOUT ACCS : CONSULT-III Function...................................................................................................................4662 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.....................................................................................................................4662 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................4662 WITH ACCS.................................................................................................................................................4662 WITH ACCS : Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................4662 SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................4662 SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION...........................................................................................................................4662 CONFORMATION METHOD...............................................................................................................................4663 WITH ACCS : CONSULT-III Function......................................................................................................................4667 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.....................................................................................................................4667 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................4667 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................4668 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................4668 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.................................................................................................................................4668 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................4668 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.....................................................................................................................................4669 Description...............................................................................................................................................4669 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................4669 Unified Meter and A/C Amp. (Automatic Amplifier)..................................................................................................4669 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4669 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4669 MODE DOOR MOTOR...............................................................................................................................................4670 Description...............................................................................................................................................4670 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................4670 Mode Door Motor...................................................................................................................................4670 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4670 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4670 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (DRIVER SIDE)..............................................................................................................................4672 Description...............................................................................................................................................4672 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................4672 Air Mix Door Motor................................................................................................................................4672 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4672 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4672 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (PASSENGER SIDE)...........................................................................................................................4674 Description...............................................................................................................................................4674 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................4674 Air Mix Door Motor................................................................................................................................4674 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4674 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4674 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR.............................................................................................................................................4676 WITHOUT ACCS..............................................................................................................................................4676 WITHOUT ACCS : Description............................................................................................................................4676 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................4676 Intake Door Motor.............................................................................................................................4676 WITHOUT ACCS : Component Function Check...............................................................................................................4676 WITHOUT ACCS : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................4676 WITH ACCS.................................................................................................................................................4677 WITH ACCS : Description...............................................................................................................................4677 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................4677 Intake Door Motor.............................................................................................................................4677 WITH ACCS : Component Function Check..................................................................................................................4677 WITH ACCS : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................4678 BLOWER MOTOR..................................................................................................................................................4680 Description...............................................................................................................................................4680 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................4680 Brush-less Motor..................................................................................................................................4680 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4680 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4680 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4683 MAGNET CLUTCH.................................................................................................................................................4684 Description...............................................................................................................................................4684 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4684 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4684 ECV (ELECTRICAL CONTROL VALVE)................................................................................................................................4686 Description...............................................................................................................................................4686 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4686 AMBIENT SENSOR................................................................................................................................................4688 Description...............................................................................................................................................4688 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................4688 Ambient Sensor....................................................................................................................................4688 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE INPUT PROCESS.....................................................................................................................4688 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4688 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4688 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4689 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR.............................................................................................................................................4691 Description...............................................................................................................................................4691 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4691 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4691 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4692 SUNLOAD SENSOR................................................................................................................................................4694 Description...............................................................................................................................................4694 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................4694 Sunload Sensor....................................................................................................................................4694 SUNLOAD INPUT PROCESS.................................................................................................................................4694 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4694 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4694 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4695 INTAKE SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................4697 Description...............................................................................................................................................4697 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4697 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4697 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4698 GAS SENSOR....................................................................................................................................................4699 Description...............................................................................................................................................4699 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................4699 Gas Sensor........................................................................................................................................4699 SMELL OF EXHAUST GAS INPUT PROCESS....................................................................................................................4699 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4699 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4699 IONIZER.......................................................................................................................................................4702 Description...............................................................................................................................................4702 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4702 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4702 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................4704 ECM...........................................................................................................................................................4704 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................4704 VQ35HR : Reference Value..............................................................................................................................4704 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL......................................................................................................................4704 TERMINAL LAYOUT...................................................................................................................................4708 PHYSICAL VALUES...................................................................................................................................4708 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................4721 VK50VE : Reference Value..............................................................................................................................4721 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL......................................................................................................................4721 TERMINAL LAYOUT...................................................................................................................................4726 PHYSICAL VALUES...................................................................................................................................4726 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.....................................................................................................................................4739 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................4739 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................4739 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................4739 Wiring Diagram - AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM -.........................................................................................................4741 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................4752 FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION....................................................................................................................................4752 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4754 AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL.......................................................................................................................................4754 Diagnosis Chart By Symptom................................................................................................................................4754 INSUFFICIENT COOLING..........................................................................................................................................4755 Description...............................................................................................................................................4755 Inspection procedure......................................................................................................................................4755 INSUFFICIENT HEATING..........................................................................................................................................4757 Description...............................................................................................................................................4757 Inspection procedure......................................................................................................................................4757 NOISE.........................................................................................................................................................4759 Description...............................................................................................................................................4759 Inspection procedure......................................................................................................................................4759 SELF-DIAGNOSIS CANNOT BE PERFORMED............................................................................................................................4761 Description...............................................................................................................................................4761 Inspection procedure......................................................................................................................................4761 MEMORY FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................................4762 Description...............................................................................................................................................4762 Inspection procedure......................................................................................................................................4762 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4763 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4763 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4763 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4763 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................4763 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................4763 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................4764 Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)............................................................................................................................4764 CONTAMINATED REFRIGERANT..............................................................................................................................4764 General Refrigerant Precaution............................................................................................................................4764 Refrigerant Connection....................................................................................................................................4765 ABOUT ONE-TOUCH JOINT.................................................................................................................................4765 Description.......................................................................................................................................4765 O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.....................................................................................................................4767 O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications............................................................................................................4768 Service Equipment.........................................................................................................................................4769 RECOVERY/RECYCLING RECHARGING EQUIPMENT...............................................................................................................4769 ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..............................................................................................................................4769 VACUUM PUMP...........................................................................................................................................4769 MANIFOLD GAUGE SET....................................................................................................................................4770 SERVICE HOSES.........................................................................................................................................4770 SERVICE COUPLERS......................................................................................................................................4770 REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..............................................................................................................................4771 CHARGING CYLINDER.....................................................................................................................................4771 COMPRESSOR....................................................................................................................................................4772 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................4772 LEAK DETECTION DYE............................................................................................................................................4773 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................4773 IDENTIFICATION........................................................................................................................................4773 IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE......................................................................................................................4773 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4774 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4774 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................4774 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4777 Sealant or/and Lubricant..................................................................................................................................4777 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4778 PRESET SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................4778 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4778 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4778 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4778 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4778 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.....................................................................................................................................4779 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4779 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4779 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4779 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4779 AMBIENT SENSOR................................................................................................................................................4780 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4780 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4780 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4780 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4780 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR.............................................................................................................................................4781 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4781 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4781 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4781 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4781 SUNLOAD SENSOR................................................................................................................................................4782 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4782 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4782 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4782 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4782 INTAKE SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................4783 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4783 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4784 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4784 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4784 GAS SENSOR....................................................................................................................................................4785 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4785 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4785 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4785 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4785 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................4786 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4786 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4786 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4786 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4786 DOOR MOTOR....................................................................................................................................................4787 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4787 MODE DOOR MOTOR...........................................................................................................................................4787 MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................4787 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4787 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4788 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR........................................................................................................................................4788 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................4788 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4788 Driver Side...................................................................................................................................4788 Passenger Side................................................................................................................................4788 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4788 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR.........................................................................................................................................4788 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................4789 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4789 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4789 IONIZER.......................................................................................................................................................4790 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4790 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4790 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4790 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4790 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.................................................................................................................................. 156 HRN...........................................................................................................................................................................4791 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4791 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4792 HORN..............................................................................................................................................................4792 Wiring Diagram - HORN -.......................................................................................................................................4792 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................4796 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................4796 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................4796 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................4796 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4797 HORN..............................................................................................................................................................4797 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4797 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4797 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4797 Horn (LOW)............................................................................................................................................4797 Horn (HIGH)...........................................................................................................................................4797 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4797 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 INL...........................................................................................................................................................................4798 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4798 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................4801 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW....................................................................................................................................4801 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................4801 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................4801 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................4801 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................4803 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................4803 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................4803 System Description............................................................................................................................................4803 OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................................4803 Total Illumination Control Unit.......................................................................................................................4804 BCM...................................................................................................................................................4804 HOSPITALITY LIGHTING SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................4804 TOTAL ILLUMINATION CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................4806 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP TIMER CONTROL..........................................................................................................................4806 STEP LAMP CONTROL.........................................................................................................................................4806 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................4807 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................4808 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................4809 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................4809 System Description............................................................................................................................................4809 OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................................4809 Applicable lamps......................................................................................................................................4809 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER FUNCTION.................................................................................................................4809 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................4810 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................4811 ILLUMINATION CONTROL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................4812 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................4812 System Description............................................................................................................................................4812 OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................................4812 ILLUMINATION CONTROL......................................................................................................................................4812 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................4813 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................4814 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TOTAL ILLUMINATION CONTROL UNIT)................................................................................................................4815 CONSULT-III Function (TOTAL ILLUM C/U)........................................................................................................................4815 APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................................4815 WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................................4815 DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................................4815 ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................................4816 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................4818 COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................................4818 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)....................................................................................................4818 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................4818 SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................4818 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...............................................................................................................................4818 INT LAMP......................................................................................................................................................4819 INT LAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INT LAMP)..........................................................................................................4819 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................4819 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................4820 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................4821 BATTERY SAVER.................................................................................................................................................4821 BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER)................................................................................................4821 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................4821 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................4821 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................4822 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4823 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................4823 TOTAL ILLUMINATION CONTROL UNIT...............................................................................................................................4823 TOTAL ILLUMINATION CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................4823 BCM...........................................................................................................................................................4823 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................................................................................................4823 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................4825 Description...................................................................................................................................................4825 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4825 BATTERY SAVER SIGNAL CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................4827 Description...................................................................................................................................................4827 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4827 HOSPITALITY LIGHTING POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1.......................................................................................................................4828 Description...................................................................................................................................................4828 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4828 HOSPITALITY LIGHTING POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2.......................................................................................................................4831 Description...................................................................................................................................................4831 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4831 HOSPITALITY LIGHTING POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 3.......................................................................................................................4833 Description...................................................................................................................................................4833 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4833 MAP LAMP CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................................4835 Description...................................................................................................................................................4835 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4835 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4835 PERSONAL LAMP CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................4837 Description...................................................................................................................................................4837 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4837 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4837 CENTER CONSOLE INDIRECT ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................4839 Description...................................................................................................................................................4839 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4839 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4839 FOOT LAMP CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................................4841 Description...................................................................................................................................................4841 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4841 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4841 PUDDLE LAMP CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................................4844 Description...................................................................................................................................................4844 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4844 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4844 MOOD LAMP (FRONT DOOR ARMREST) CIRCUIT ...........................................................................................................................4846 Description...................................................................................................................................................4846 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4846 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4846 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................4848 Description...................................................................................................................................................4848 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4848 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4848 MOOD LAMP (REAR DOOR ARMREST) CIRCUIT ............................................................................................................................4850 Description...................................................................................................................................................4850 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4850 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4850 HOSPITALITY ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................4852 Description...................................................................................................................................................4852 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4852 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4852 STEP LAMP CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................................4855 Description...................................................................................................................................................4855 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4855 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4855 TAIL LAMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................................4857 Description...................................................................................................................................................4857 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4857 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4857 ILLUMINATION CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................4859 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4859 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4859 MAP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................................4861 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4861 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4861 DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................................4863 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4863 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4863 ROOM LAMP REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................4867 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................4867 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4867 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................4868 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................4869 Wiring Diagram - INTERIOR ROOM LAMP -.........................................................................................................................4869 ILLUMINATION......................................................................................................................................................4886 Wiring Diagram - ILLUMINATION -...............................................................................................................................4886 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................4901 TOTAL ILLUMINATION CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................4901 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................4901 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................4901 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................4902 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................4902 Wiring Diagram - INTERIOR ROOM LAMP -.........................................................................................................................4909 Wiring Diagram - ILLUMINATION -...............................................................................................................................4926 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................4941 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................4941 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................4941 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................4946 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................4946 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................4965 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................4971 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................4971 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................4973 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................4973 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................4973 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................4974 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................4974 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................4977 INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.................................................................................................................................4977 Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................................4977 SYMPTOMS BY ITEM..........................................................................................................................................4977 SYMPTOMS BY FUNCTION......................................................................................................................................4978 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................4979 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................4979 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................4979 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................4979 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4980 MAP LAMP..........................................................................................................................................................4980 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4980 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4980 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................4980 MAP LAMP BULB.............................................................................................................................................4980 VANITY MIRROR LAMP................................................................................................................................................4981 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4981 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................4981 VANITY MIRROR LAMP BULB...................................................................................................................................4981 ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION..............................................................................................................................................4982 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4982 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................4982 ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION BULB.................................................................................................................................4982 GLOVE BOX LAMP....................................................................................................................................................4983 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4983 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................4983 GLOVE BOX LAMP BULB.......................................................................................................................................4983 TOTAL ILLUMINATION CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................4984 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4984 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4984 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4984 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4984 FOOT LAMP.........................................................................................................................................................4985 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................4985 DRIVER SIDE : Exploded View...............................................................................................................................4985 DRIVER SIDE : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................................4985 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4985 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4985 DRIVER SIDE : Replacement.................................................................................................................................4985 FOOT LAMP BULB (DRIVER SIDE)..........................................................................................................................4985 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................4985 PASSENGER SIDE : Exploded View............................................................................................................................4986 PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................4986 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4986 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4986 PASSENGER SIDE : Replacement..............................................................................................................................4986 FOOT LAMP BULB (PASSENGER SIDE).......................................................................................................................4986 MOOD LAMP.........................................................................................................................................................4987 FRONT DOOR ARMREST............................................................................................................................................4987 FRONT DOOR ARMREST : Exploded View........................................................................................................................4987 FRONT DOOR ARMREST : Replacement..........................................................................................................................4987 MOOD LAMP (FRONT DOOR ARMREST)........................................................................................................................4987 REAR DOOR ARMREST.............................................................................................................................................4987 REAR DOOR ARMREST : Exploded View.........................................................................................................................4987 REAR DOOR ARMREST : Replacement...........................................................................................................................4988 MOOD LAMP (REAR DOOR ARMREST).........................................................................................................................4988 STEP LAMP.........................................................................................................................................................4989 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4989 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4989 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4989 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4989 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................4989 STEP LAMP BULB............................................................................................................................................4989 PERSONAL LAMP.....................................................................................................................................................4990 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4990 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4990 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4990 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4990 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................4991 PERSONAL LAMP BULB........................................................................................................................................4991 PUDDLE LAMP.......................................................................................................................................................4992 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4992 LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP.................................................................................................................................................4993 LUGGAGE SIDE..................................................................................................................................................4993 LUGGAGE SIDE : Exploded View..............................................................................................................................4993 LUGGAGE SIDE : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................4993 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4993 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4993 LUGGAGE SIDE : Replacement................................................................................................................................4993 LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP (LUGGAGE SIDE) BULB.................................................................................................................4993 BACK DOOR SIDE................................................................................................................................................4993 BACK DOOR SIDE : Exploded View............................................................................................................................4994 BACK DOOR SIDE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................4994 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4994 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4994 BACK DOOR SIDE : Replacement..............................................................................................................................4994 LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP BULB................................................................................................................................4994 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................4995 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4995 Bulb Specifications...........................................................................................................................................4995 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 INT...........................................................................................................................................................................4996 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4996 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................4997 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................4997 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................4997 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................4997 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................4997 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................4998 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................4998 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................4998 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................4999 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................4999 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................4999 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................4999 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................4999 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................4999 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................5000 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................5000 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................5000 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................5001 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................5003 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................5003 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................5003 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................5003 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................5003 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................5003 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................5004 Precaution for Work...........................................................................................................................................5004 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................5005 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5005 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................5005 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................5005 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5006 FRONT DOOR FINISHER...............................................................................................................................................5006 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5006 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5006 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5006 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5008 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................5008 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................5008 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................5008 REAR DOOR FINISHER................................................................................................................................................5009 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5009 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5009 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5009 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5011 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................5011 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................5011 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................5011 BODY SIDE TRIM....................................................................................................................................................5012 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5012 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5012 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5012 FRONT PILLAR GARNISH..................................................................................................................................5012 FRONT KICKING PLATE INNER.............................................................................................................................5013 FRONT KICKING PLATE OUTER.............................................................................................................................5013 DASH SIDE FINISHER....................................................................................................................................5013 REAR KICKING PLATE INNER .............................................................................................................................5014 REAR KICKING PLATE OUTER..............................................................................................................................5014 CENTER PILLAR LOWER GARNISH...........................................................................................................................5014 CENTER PILLAR UPPER GARNISH...........................................................................................................................5014 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5015 FLOOR TRIM........................................................................................................................................................5016 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5016 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5016 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5016 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5017 HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................................5018 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5018 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5019 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5019 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5022 LUGGAGE FLOOR TRIM................................................................................................................................................5023 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5023 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5024 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5024 LUGGAGE REAR PLATE....................................................................................................................................5024 LUGGAGE FLOOR SPACER..................................................................................................................................5024 LUGGAGE SIDE FINISHER LOWER ..........................................................................................................................5025 LUGGAGE SIDE FINISHER UPPER...........................................................................................................................5026 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5026 BACK DOOR TRIM....................................................................................................................................................5027 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5027 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5027 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5027 BACK DOOR FINISHER INNER..............................................................................................................................5027 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5029 IP............................................................................................................................................................................5030 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5030 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................5031 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................5031 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................5031 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................5031 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................5031 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................5032 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................5032 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................5032 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................5033 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................5033 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................5033 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................5033 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................5033 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................5033 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................5034 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................5034 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................5034 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................5035 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................5037 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................5037 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................5037 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................5037 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................5037 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................5037 Precaution....................................................................................................................................................5038 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................5039 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5039 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................5039 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................5039 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5040 INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................5040 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5040 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5041 WORK STEP.................................................................................................................................................5041 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5042 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5050 CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................5051 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5051 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5051 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5051 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5053 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................5053 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................5053 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................5055 LAN...........................................................................................................................................................................5056 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5056 CAN FUNDAMENTAL.......................................................................................................................................................5064 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5064 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5064 Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis.........................................................................................................................5064 Precautions for Harness Repair............................................................................................................................5064 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5065 CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................5065 System Description........................................................................................................................................5065 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5065 CAN Communication Control Circuit.........................................................................................................................5066 DIAG ON CAN...................................................................................................................................................5067 Description...............................................................................................................................................5067 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5067 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5068 Condition of Error Detection..............................................................................................................................5068 CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ERROR........................................................................................................................5068 WHEN DTC OF CAN COMMUNICATION IS INDICATED EVEN THOUGH CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IS NORMAL.............................................................5068 Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication System.....................................................................................................5068 ERROR EXAMPLE.........................................................................................................................................5068 Example: TCM branch line open circuit.............................................................................................................5069 Example: Data link connector branch line open circuit.............................................................................................5069 Example: Main Line Between Data Link Connector and ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) Open Circuit.....................................5070 Example: CAN-H, CAN-L Harness Short Circuit.......................................................................................................5071 CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III............................................................................................................................5071 Self-Diagnosis............................................................................................................................................5072 CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor............................................................................................................................5072 MONITOR ITEM (CONSULT-III)............................................................................................................................5072 Without PAST......................................................................................................................................5072 With PAST.........................................................................................................................................5073 MONITOR ITEM (ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS).....................................................................................................................5073 How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart.................................................................................................................5074 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................5075 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................5075 Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart..............................................................................................................................5075 Trouble Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................5075 INTERVIEW WITH CUSTOMER...............................................................................................................................5075 INSPECTION OF VEHICLE CONDITION.......................................................................................................................5076 CHECK OF CAN SYSTEM TYPE (HOW TO USE CAN SYSTEM TYPE SPECIFICATION CHART).............................................................................5076 CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style A).....................................................................................................5076 CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style B).....................................................................................................5077 CREATE INTERVIEW SHEET................................................................................................................................5078 Interview Sheet (Example).........................................................................................................................5079 DETECT THE ROOT CAUSE.................................................................................................................................5079 CAN...................................................................................................................................................................5080 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL............................................................................................................................................5080 HOW TO USE THIS SECTION.......................................................................................................................................5080 Caution...................................................................................................................................................5080 Abbreviation List.........................................................................................................................................5080 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5081 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5081 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................5081 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................5081 Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis.........................................................................................................................5081 Precautions for Harness Repair............................................................................................................................5081 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................5083 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................5083 Interview Sheet...........................................................................................................................................5083 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5084 CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................5084 CAN System Specification Chart............................................................................................................................5084 VEHICLE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION..........................................................................................................5084 CAN Communication Signal Chart............................................................................................................................5085 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5090 CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................5090 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................5090 Wiring Diagram - CAN SYSTEM (WITH ACTIVE AFS) -...........................................................................................................5091 Wiring Diagram - CAN SYSTEM (WITHOUT ACTIVE AFS) -........................................................................................................5104 MALFUNCTION AREA CHART........................................................................................................................................5113 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5113 CAN Communication Circuit.................................................................................................................................5113 MAIN LINE.............................................................................................................................................5113 BRANCH LINE...........................................................................................................................................5113 SHORT CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................................5114 ITS Communication Circuit.................................................................................................................................5114 BRANCH LINE...........................................................................................................................................5114 SHORT CIRCUIT OR OPEN CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5114 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5115 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5115 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5116 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5116 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND CGW CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5117 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5117 MAIN LINE BETWEEN CGW AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5118 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5118 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5119 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5119 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5120 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5120 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5122 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5122 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5123 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5123 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5124 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5124 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5125 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5125 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5126 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5126 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5127 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5127 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5128 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5128 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5129 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5129 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5130 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5130 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5131 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5131 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5132 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5132 E-SUS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5133 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5133 RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5134 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5134 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1).........................................................................................................5135 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5135 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2).........................................................................................................5136 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5136 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5137 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5137 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5138 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5138 AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5139 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5139 ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5140 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5140 LANE BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5141 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5141 PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5142 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5142 APA BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5143 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5143 BCU BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5144 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5144 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5145 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5145 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1...................................................................................................................................5147 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5147 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2...................................................................................................................................5149 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5149 ITS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5151 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5151 CAN GATEWAY...........................................................................................................................................................5153 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................5153 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................5153 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (CAN GATEWAY)..............................................................................................5153 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (CAN GATEWAY) : Description...........................................................................5153 BEFORE REPLACEMENT................................................................................................................................5153 AFTER REPLACEMENT.................................................................................................................................5153 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (CAN GATEWAY) : Special Repair Requirement............................................................5153 CONFIGURATION (CAN GATEWAY)...............................................................................................................................5153 CONFIGURATION (CAN GATEWAY) : Description.............................................................................................................5153 CONFIGURATION (CAN GATEWAY) : Special Repair Requirement..............................................................................................5154 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5155 CAN GATEWAY SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................5155 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5155 System Description........................................................................................................................................5155 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................5155 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................5155 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (CAN GATEWAY)................................................................................................................................5157 CONSULT-III Function (CAN gateway)........................................................................................................................5157 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................5157 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................5157 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5158 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5158 Description...............................................................................................................................................5158 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5158 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5158 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5158 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................5159 Description...............................................................................................................................................5159 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5159 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5159 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5159 B2600 CONFIG ERROR............................................................................................................................................5160 Description...............................................................................................................................................5160 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5160 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5160 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5160 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................5161 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5161 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................5162 CAN GATEWAY...................................................................................................................................................5162 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................5162 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................5162 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................5162 Wiring Diagram - CAN GATEWAY SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................................5163 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................5164 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................5165 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5166 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5166 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................5166 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................5166 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5167 CAN GATEWAY...................................................................................................................................................5167 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5167 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5167 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5167 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5167 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)...................................................................................................................................................5168 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5168 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5168 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5168 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5169 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5169 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5170 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5170 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5171 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5171 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5172 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5172 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5173 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5173 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5174 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5174 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5175 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5175 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5176 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5176 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5177 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5177 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5178 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5178 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5179 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5179 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5180 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5180 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5181 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5181 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)...................................................................................................................................................5183 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5183 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5183 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5183 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5184 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5184 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5185 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5185 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5187 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5187 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5188 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5188 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5189 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5189 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5190 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5190 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5191 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5191 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5192 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5192 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5193 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5193 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5194 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5194 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5195 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5195 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5196 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5196 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5197 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5197 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5198 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5198 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5199 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5199 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)...................................................................................................................................................5201 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5201 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5201 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5201 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5202 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5202 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND CGW CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5203 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5203 MAIN LINE BETWEEN CGW AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5204 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5204 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5205 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5205 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5206 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5206 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5207 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5207 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5208 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5208 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5209 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5209 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5210 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5210 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5211 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5211 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5212 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5212 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5213 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5213 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5214 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5214 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1).........................................................................................................5215 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5215 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2).........................................................................................................5216 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5216 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5217 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5217 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5218 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5218 AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5219 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5219 ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5220 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5220 LANE BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5221 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5221 PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5222 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5222 APA BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5223 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5223 BCU BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5224 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5224 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1...................................................................................................................................5225 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5225 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2...................................................................................................................................5227 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5227 ITS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5229 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5229 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)...................................................................................................................................................5231 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5231 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5231 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5231 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5232 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5232 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5233 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5233 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5234 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5234 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5235 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5235 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5236 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5236 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5237 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5237 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5238 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5238 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5239 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5239 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5240 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5240 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5241 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5241 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5242 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5242 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5243 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5243 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5244 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5244 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5245 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5245 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)...................................................................................................................................................5247 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5247 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5247 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5247 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5248 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5248 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5249 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5249 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5251 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5251 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5252 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5252 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5253 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5253 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5254 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5254 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5255 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5255 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5256 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5256 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5257 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5257 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5258 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5258 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5259 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5259 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5260 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5260 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5261 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5261 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5262 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5262 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5263 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5263 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5264 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5264 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)...................................................................................................................................................5266 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5266 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5266 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5266 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5267 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5267 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND CGW CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5268 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5268 MAIN LINE BETWEEN CGW AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5269 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5269 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5270 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5270 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5271 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5271 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5272 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5272 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5273 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5273 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5274 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5274 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5275 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5275 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5276 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5276 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5277 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5277 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5278 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5278 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5279 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5279 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5280 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5280 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1).........................................................................................................5281 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5281 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2).........................................................................................................5282 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5282 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5283 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5283 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5284 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5284 AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5285 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5285 ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5286 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5286 LANE BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5287 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5287 PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5288 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5288 APA BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5289 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5289 BCU BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5290 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5290 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1...................................................................................................................................5291 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5291 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2...................................................................................................................................5293 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5293 ITS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5295 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5295 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)...................................................................................................................................................5297 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5297 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5297 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5297 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5298 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5298 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5299 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5299 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5301 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5301 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5302 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5302 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5303 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5303 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5304 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5304 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5305 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5305 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5306 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5306 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5307 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5307 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5308 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5308 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5309 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5309 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5310 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5310 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5311 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5311 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5312 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5312 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5313 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5313 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5314 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5314 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)...................................................................................................................................................5316 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5316 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5316 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5316 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5317 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5317 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5318 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5318 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5320 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5320 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5321 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5321 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5322 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5322 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5323 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5323 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5324 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5324 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5325 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5325 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5326 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5326 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5327 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5327 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5328 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5328 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5329 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5329 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5330 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5330 E-SUS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5331 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5331 RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5332 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5332 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5333 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5333 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5334 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5334 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5335 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5335 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)...................................................................................................................................................5337 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5337 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5337 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5337 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5338 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5338 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND CGW CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5339 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5339 MAIN LINE BETWEEN CGW AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5340 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5340 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5341 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5341 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5342 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5342 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5343 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5343 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5344 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5344 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5345 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5345 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5346 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5346 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5347 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5347 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5348 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5348 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5349 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5349 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5350 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5350 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5351 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5351 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1).........................................................................................................5352 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5352 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2).........................................................................................................5353 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5353 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5354 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5354 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5355 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5355 AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5356 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5356 ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5357 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5357 LANE BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5358 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5358 PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5359 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5359 APA BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5360 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5360 BCU BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5361 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5361 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1...................................................................................................................................5362 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5362 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2...................................................................................................................................5364 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5364 ITS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5366 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5366 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)..................................................................................................................................................5368 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5368 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5368 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5368 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5369 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5369 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND CGW CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5370 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5370 MAIN LINE BETWEEN CGW AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5371 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5371 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5372 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5372 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5373 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5373 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5374 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5374 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5375 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5375 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5376 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5376 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5377 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5377 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5378 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5378 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5379 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5379 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5380 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5380 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5381 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5381 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5382 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5382 E-SUS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5383 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5383 RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5384 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5384 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1).........................................................................................................5385 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5385 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2).........................................................................................................5386 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5386 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5387 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5387 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5388 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5388 AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5389 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5389 ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5390 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5390 LANE BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5391 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5391 PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5392 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5392 APA BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5393 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5393 BCU BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5394 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5394 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1...................................................................................................................................5395 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5395 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2...................................................................................................................................5397 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5397 ITS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5399 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5399 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 LU............................................................................................................................................................................5401 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5401 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................................5403 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5403 DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................................................5403 Engine Lubrication System.................................................................................................................................5403 Engine Lubrication System Schematic.......................................................................................................................5403 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5404 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5404 Liquid Gasket.............................................................................................................................................5404 LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................5404 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5405 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................5405 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................5405 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................5405 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................5406 ENGINE OIL....................................................................................................................................................5406 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5406 ENGINE OIL LEVEL......................................................................................................................................5406 ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE.................................................................................................................................5406 ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE....................................................................................................................................5406 OIL PRESSURE CHECK....................................................................................................................................5407 Draining..................................................................................................................................................5408 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................5408 OIL FILTER....................................................................................................................................................5409 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5409 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5409 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5409 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5410 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5410 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5411 OIL FILTER BRACKET (AWD)......................................................................................................................................5411 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5411 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5411 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5411 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5411 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5412 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5412 OIL COOLER....................................................................................................................................................5413 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5413 2WD models............................................................................................................................................5413 AWD models............................................................................................................................................5413 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5414 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5414 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5415 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5415 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................5415 Oil Cooler........................................................................................................................................5415 Relief Valve......................................................................................................................................5415 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5415 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................5417 OIL PUMP......................................................................................................................................................5417 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5417 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................5417 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................5417 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................5417 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5418 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................5418 Oil Pump Clearance................................................................................................................................5418 Regulator Valve Clearance.........................................................................................................................5418 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5419 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................5420 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................5420 Periodical Maintenance Specification......................................................................................................................5420 ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...................................................................................................................5420 Engine Oil Pressure.......................................................................................................................................5420 Oil Pump..................................................................................................................................................5420 Regulator Valve...........................................................................................................................................5420 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................................5421 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5421 DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................................................5421 Engine Lubrication System.................................................................................................................................5421 Engine Lubrication System Schematic.......................................................................................................................5422 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5423 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5423 Liquid Gasket.............................................................................................................................................5423 LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................5423 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5424 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................5424 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................5424 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................5424 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................5425 ENGINE OIL....................................................................................................................................................5425 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5425 ENGINE OIL LEVEL......................................................................................................................................5425 ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE.................................................................................................................................5425 ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE....................................................................................................................................5425 OIL PRESSURE CHECK....................................................................................................................................5425 Draining..................................................................................................................................................5426 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................5427 OIL FILTER....................................................................................................................................................5428 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5428 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5428 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5428 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5428 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5428 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5429 OIL COOLER....................................................................................................................................................5429 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5429 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5429 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5429 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5430 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5430 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................5430 Oil Cooler........................................................................................................................................5430 Relief Valve......................................................................................................................................5430 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5430 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................5431 OIL PUMP......................................................................................................................................................5431 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5431 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................5431 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................5431 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................5431 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5431 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5431 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................5433 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................5433 Periodical Maintenance Specification......................................................................................................................5433 ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...................................................................................................................5433 Engine Oil Pressure.......................................................................................................................................5433 MA............................................................................................................................................................................5434 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5434 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................5437 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5437 Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................................5437 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................5437 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................5438 GENERAL MAINTENANCE...............................................................................................................................................5438 Explanation of General Maintenance............................................................................................................................5438 OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE.......................................................................................................................................5438 INSIDE THE VEHICLE........................................................................................................................................5438 UNDER THE HOOD AND VEHICLE................................................................................................................................5439 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................5440 Introduction of Periodic Maintenance..........................................................................................................................5440 Schedule 1....................................................................................................................................................5440 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................5440 CHASSIS AND BODY..........................................................................................................................................5441 Schedule 2....................................................................................................................................................5442 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................5442 CHASSIS AND BODY..........................................................................................................................................5443 RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS.................................................................................................................................5445 Fluids and Lubricants.........................................................................................................................................5445 Engine Oil Recommendation.....................................................................................................................................5446 Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio.............................................................................................................................5446 ENGINE MAINTENANCE (VQ35HR).......................................................................................................................................5447 DRIVE BELT....................................................................................................................................................5447 DRIVE BELT : Exploded View................................................................................................................................5447 DRIVE BELT : Checking.....................................................................................................................................5447 DRIVE BELT : Tension Adjustment...........................................................................................................................5447 ENGINE COOLANT................................................................................................................................................5447 ENGINE COOLANT : Draining.................................................................................................................................5447 ENGINE COOLANT : Refilling................................................................................................................................5448 ENGINE COOLANT : Flushing.................................................................................................................................5449 FUEL LINES....................................................................................................................................................5450 FUEL LINES : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5450 AIR CLEANER FILTER............................................................................................................................................5450 AIR CLEANER FILTER : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................5451 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5451 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5451 ENGINE OIL....................................................................................................................................................5451 ENGINE OIL : Draining.....................................................................................................................................5451 ENGINE OIL : Refilling....................................................................................................................................5451 OIL FILTER....................................................................................................................................................5452 OIL FILTER : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................5452 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5452 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5452 OIL FILTER : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5453 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5453 SPARK PLUG....................................................................................................................................................5453 SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................5453 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5453 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5453 SPARK PLUG : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5454 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................5454 EVAP VAPOR LINES..............................................................................................................................................5454 EVAP VAPOR LINES : Inspection.............................................................................................................................5454 ENGINE MAINTENANCE (VK50VE).......................................................................................................................................5455 DRIVE BELTS...................................................................................................................................................5455 DRIVE BELTS : Exploded View...............................................................................................................................5455 DRIVE BELTS : Checking....................................................................................................................................5455 DRIVE BELTS : Tension Adjustment..........................................................................................................................5456 ENGINE COOLANT................................................................................................................................................5456 ENGINE COOLANT : Draining.................................................................................................................................5456 ENGINE COOLANT : Refilling................................................................................................................................5456 ENGINE COOLANT : Flushing.................................................................................................................................5458 FUEL LINES....................................................................................................................................................5458 FUEL LINES : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5459 AIR CLEANER FILTER............................................................................................................................................5459 AIR CLEANER FILTER : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................5459 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5459 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5459 ENGINE OIL....................................................................................................................................................5459 ENGINE OIL : Draining.....................................................................................................................................5459 ENGINE OIL : Refilling....................................................................................................................................5460 OIL FILTER....................................................................................................................................................5460 OIL FILTER : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................5460 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5460 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5460 OIL FILTER : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5461 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5461 SPARK PLUG....................................................................................................................................................5461 SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................5461 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5461 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5461 SPARK PLUG : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5461 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................5461 EVAP VAPOR LINES..............................................................................................................................................5462 EVAP VAPOR LINES : Inspection.............................................................................................................................5462 CHASSIS MAINTENANCE...............................................................................................................................................5463 EXHAUST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................5463 EXHAUST SYSTEM : Inspection...............................................................................................................................5463 TRANSFER FLUID................................................................................................................................................5463 TRANSFER FLUID : Inspection...............................................................................................................................5463 FLUID LEAKAGE.........................................................................................................................................5463 FLUID LEVEL...........................................................................................................................................5463 TRANSFER FLUID : Draining.................................................................................................................................5463 TRANSFER FLUID : Refilling................................................................................................................................5464 FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A..................................................................................................................................5464 FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A : Inspection.................................................................................................................5464 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................5464 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................5464 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................5464 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R.................................................................................................................................5464 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R : Inspection................................................................................................................5464 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................5464 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................5465 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................5465 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107............................................................................................................................5465 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107 : Inspection...........................................................................................................5465 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................5465 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................5465 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................5465 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F-R-2VL107.............................................................................................................................5466 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F-R-2VL107 : Inspection............................................................................................................5466 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................5466 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................5466 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................5466 FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A............................................................................................................................5466 FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A : Inspection...........................................................................................................5466 OIL LEAKAGE...........................................................................................................................................5466 OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................5466 FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A : Draining.............................................................................................................5467 FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A : Refilling............................................................................................................5467 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200..............................................................................................................................5467 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : Inspection.............................................................................................................5467 OIL LEAKAGE...........................................................................................................................................5467 OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................5467 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : Draining...............................................................................................................5468 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : Refilling..............................................................................................................5468 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R230..............................................................................................................................5468 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R230 : Inspection.............................................................................................................5468 OIL LEAKAGE...........................................................................................................................................5468 OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................5468 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R230 : Draining...............................................................................................................5469 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R230 : Refilling..............................................................................................................5469 WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)..................................................................................................................................5469 WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE) : Adjustment.................................................................................................................5469 BALANCING WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)................................................................................................................5469 Preparation Before Adjustment.....................................................................................................................5469 Wheel Balance Adjustment..........................................................................................................................5469 TIRE ROTATION.........................................................................................................................................5471 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKS...................................................................................................................................5471 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKS : Inspection..................................................................................................................5471 BRAKE LINES AND CABLES........................................................................................................................................5471 BRAKE LINES AND CABLES : Inspection.......................................................................................................................5471 BRAKE FLUID...................................................................................................................................................5471 BRAKE FLUID : Changing....................................................................................................................................5472 DISC BRAKE....................................................................................................................................................5472 DISC BRAKE : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5472 DISC ROTOR............................................................................................................................................5472 CALIPER...............................................................................................................................................5472 BRAKE PAD.............................................................................................................................................5472 DISC BRAKE : Front Disc Brake.............................................................................................................................5472 2 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................5472 4 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................5472 DISC BRAKE : Rear Disc Brake..............................................................................................................................5473 1 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................5473 2 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................5473 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE.....................................................................................................................................5473 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE : Inspection....................................................................................................................5473 STEERING GEAR.........................................................................................................................................5473 STEERING LINKAGE......................................................................................................................................5473 POWER STEERING FLUID AND LINES................................................................................................................................5473 POWER STEERING FLUID AND LINES : Inspection...............................................................................................................5474 AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTS.....................................................................................................................................5474 AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTS : Inspection....................................................................................................................5474 DRIVE SHAFT...................................................................................................................................................5474 DRIVE SHAFT : Inspection..................................................................................................................................5475 BODY MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................5476 LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH..................................................................................................................................5476 LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH : Lubricating................................................................................................................5476 SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERS.........................................................................................................5476 SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERS : Inspection........................................................................................5476 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................5477 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................5477 DRIVE BELT (VQ35HR)...........................................................................................................................................5477 DRIVE BELT (VQ35HR) : Drive Belt..........................................................................................................................5477 DRIVE BELT............................................................................................................................................5477 DRIVE BELTS (VK50VE)..........................................................................................................................................5477 DRIVE BELTS (VK50VE) : Drive Belts........................................................................................................................5477 DRIVE BELT............................................................................................................................................5477 ENGINE COOLANT (VQ35HR).......................................................................................................................................5477 ENGINE COOLANT (VQ35HR) : Periodical Maintenance Specification............................................................................................5477 ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...............................................................................................................5477 ENGINE COOLANT (VK50VE).......................................................................................................................................5477 ENGINE COOLANT (VK50VE) : Periodical Maintenance Specification............................................................................................5477 ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...............................................................................................................5477 ENGINE OIL (VQ35HR)...........................................................................................................................................5477 ENGINE OIL (VQ35HR) : Periodical Maintenance Specification................................................................................................5477 ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...................................................................................................................5477 ENGINE OIL (VK50VE)...........................................................................................................................................5477 ENGINE OIL (VK50VE) : Periodical Maintenance Specification................................................................................................5477 ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...................................................................................................................5477 SPARK PLUG (VQ35HR)...........................................................................................................................................5478 SPARK PLUG (VQ35HR) : Spark Plug..........................................................................................................................5478 SPARK PLUG............................................................................................................................................5478 SPARK PLUG (VK50VE)...........................................................................................................................................5478 SPARK PLUG (VK50VE) : Spark Plug..........................................................................................................................5478 SPARK PLUG............................................................................................................................................5478 ROAD WHEEL....................................................................................................................................................5478 ROAD WHEEL : Road Wheel...................................................................................................................................5478 ALUMINUM WHEEL (CONVENTIONAL).........................................................................................................................5478 STEEL WHEEL (FOR EMERGENCY USE).......................................................................................................................5478 MWI...........................................................................................................................................................................5479 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5479 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................5482 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................5482 Work flow.....................................................................................................................................................5482 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................5482 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................5482 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................5484 METER SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................................5484 METER SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................................5484 METER SYSTEM : System Diagram.............................................................................................................................5484 METER SYSTEM : System Description.........................................................................................................................5484 COMBINATION METER.....................................................................................................................................5484 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.............................................................................................................................5484 IPDM E/R..............................................................................................................................................5485 METER CONTROL FUNCTION LIST...........................................................................................................................5485 ARRANGEMENT OF COMBINATION METER......................................................................................................................5486 METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................5488 METER SYSTEM : Component Description......................................................................................................................5489 SPEEDOMETER...................................................................................................................................................5490 SPEEDOMETER : System Diagram..............................................................................................................................5490 SPEEDOMETER : System Description..........................................................................................................................5490 SPEEDOMETER : Component Parts Location....................................................................................................................5491 SPEEDOMETER : Component Description.......................................................................................................................5492 TACHOMETER....................................................................................................................................................5492 TACHOMETER : System Diagram...............................................................................................................................5492 TACHOMETER : System Description...........................................................................................................................5492 TACHOMETER : Component Parts Location.....................................................................................................................5493 TACHOMETER : Component Description........................................................................................................................5494 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE..............................................................................................................................5494 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System Diagram.........................................................................................................5494 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System Description.....................................................................................................5494 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Parts Location...............................................................................................5495 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Description..................................................................................................5496 FUEL GAUGE....................................................................................................................................................5496 FUEL GAUGE : System Diagram...............................................................................................................................5496 FUEL GAUGE : System Description...........................................................................................................................5496 CONTROL OUTLINE.......................................................................................................................................5496 REFUEL CONTROL........................................................................................................................................5496 FUEL GAUGE : Component Parts Location.....................................................................................................................5497 FUEL GAUGE : Component Description........................................................................................................................5498 ODO/TRIP METER................................................................................................................................................5498 ODO/TRIP METER : System Diagram...........................................................................................................................5498 ODO/TRIP METER : System Description.......................................................................................................................5498 ODO/TRIP METER : Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................5499 ODO/TRIP METER : Component Description....................................................................................................................5500 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR......................................................................................................................................5500 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System Diagram.................................................................................................................5500 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System Description.............................................................................................................5500 MANUAL MODE...........................................................................................................................................5500 When Operated with A/T Shift Selector.............................................................................................................5500 When Operated with Paddle Shifter.................................................................................................................5501 NON-MANUAL MODE.......................................................................................................................................5501 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component Parts Location.......................................................................................................5502 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component Description..........................................................................................................5503 WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS.................................................................................................................................5503 WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Diagram............................................................................................................5503 WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Description........................................................................................................5503 OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP.............................................................................................................................5503 WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Component Parts Location..................................................................................................5504 WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Component Description.....................................................................................................5505 METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL....................................................................................................................................5505 METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System Diagram...............................................................................................................5505 METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System Description...........................................................................................................5505 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................5505 Daytime Mode......................................................................................................................................5505 Nighttime Mode....................................................................................................................................5506 Driver Welcome Function...........................................................................................................................5506 METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component Parts Location.....................................................................................................5507 METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component Description........................................................................................................5508 METER EFFECT FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................................5508 METER EFFECT FUNCTION : System Diagram....................................................................................................................5508 METER EFFECT FUNCTION : System Description................................................................................................................5508 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................5508 Engine-start Effect function......................................................................................................................5508 Ignition Switch OFF Effect Function...............................................................................................................5509 METER EFFECT FUNCTION : Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................5510 METER EFFECT FUNCTION : Component Description.............................................................................................................5511 INFORMATION DISPLAY...........................................................................................................................................5511 INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Diagram......................................................................................................................5511 INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Description..................................................................................................................5511 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................5511 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING.........................................................................................................................5512 Warning Operation Condition.......................................................................................................................5512 LOW FUEL WARNING......................................................................................................................................5512 Warning Operation Condition.......................................................................................................................5512 LOW WASHER FLUID WARNING..............................................................................................................................5512 Warning Operation Condition.......................................................................................................................5512 LOW OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE WARNING.......................................................................................................................5512 DOOR OPEN WARNING.....................................................................................................................................5512 INSTANTANEOUS FUEL CONSUMPTION........................................................................................................................5512 AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION..............................................................................................................................5512 AVERAGE VEHICLE SPEED.................................................................................................................................5512 TRAVEL TIME...........................................................................................................................................5513 TRAVEL DISTANCE.......................................................................................................................................5513 POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCE.............................................................................................................................5513 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE...............................................................................................................................5513 SETTING...............................................................................................................................................5513 INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component Parts Location............................................................................................................5515 INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component Description...............................................................................................................5516 COMPASS...........................................................................................................................................................5517 Description...................................................................................................................................................5517 DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................................5517 ZONE VARIATION SETTING PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................5517 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE.....................................................................................................................................5518 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................5519 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................5519 CLOCK.............................................................................................................................................................5520 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................5520 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER)..........................................................................................................................................5521 Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................................5521 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE.......................................................................................................................................5521 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................5521 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.).....................................................................................................................5523 CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)..............................................................................................................................5523 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.............................................................................................................................5523 SELF DIAG RESULT..........................................................................................................................................5523 DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................................5523 Display Item List.....................................................................................................................................5523 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................5527 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................................5527 Description...................................................................................................................................................5527 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................5527 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................5527 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5527 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................................5528 Description...................................................................................................................................................5528 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................5528 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................5528 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5528 B2201 COMMUNICATION ERROR 1.......................................................................................................................................5529 Description...................................................................................................................................................5529 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................5529 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................5529 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5529 B2202 COMMUNICATION ERROR 2.......................................................................................................................................5531 Description...................................................................................................................................................5531 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................5531 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................5531 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5531 B2205 VEHICLE SPEED...............................................................................................................................................5533 Description...................................................................................................................................................5533 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................5533 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................5533 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5533 B2267 ENGINE SPEED................................................................................................................................................5534 Description...................................................................................................................................................5534 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................5534 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................5534 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5534 B2268 WATER TEMP..................................................................................................................................................5535 Description...................................................................................................................................................5535 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................5535 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................5535 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5535 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................5536 COMBINATION METER.............................................................................................................................................5536 COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................5536 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.....................................................................................................................................5536 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................5536 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................5537 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................5537 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................5539 Description...................................................................................................................................................5539 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5539 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5539 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................5540 METER CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................5542 Description...................................................................................................................................................5542 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5542 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................5543 TRIP A/B RESET SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................5544 Description...................................................................................................................................................5544 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5544 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................5544 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................5546 Description...................................................................................................................................................5546 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5546 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5546 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................5546 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................5547 Description...................................................................................................................................................5547 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5547 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................5547 WASHER LEVEL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................5549 Description...................................................................................................................................................5549 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5549 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................5549 COMPASS...........................................................................................................................................................5550 Wiring Diagram - COMPASS -....................................................................................................................................5550 CLOCK.............................................................................................................................................................5552 Wiring Diagram - CLOCK -......................................................................................................................................5552 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................5554 COMBINATION METER.................................................................................................................................................5554 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................5554 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................5554 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................5554 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................5554 Wiring Diagram - METER -......................................................................................................................................5557 Fail-Safe.....................................................................................................................................................5572 FAIL-SAFE.................................................................................................................................................5572 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................5573 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.........................................................................................................................................5574 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................5574 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................5574 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................5577 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................5578 Wiring Diagram - METER -......................................................................................................................................5581 Fail-Safe.....................................................................................................................................................5596 FAIL-SAFE.................................................................................................................................................5596 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................5597 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)......................................................................................................5599 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................5599 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................5599 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................5601 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................5601 Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...................................................................................................................................5606 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................5609 CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL.................................................................................................................................5609 If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM.........................................................................................................5609 If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM.........................................................................................................5610 IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION.............................................................................................................5610 FRONT WIPER CONTROL.......................................................................................................................................5610 STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................5611 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................5611 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................5612 THE FUEL GAUGE POINTER DOES NOT MOVE..............................................................................................................................5612 Description...................................................................................................................................................5612 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5612 THE METER CONTROL SWITCH IS INOPERATIVE...........................................................................................................................5613 Description...................................................................................................................................................5613 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5613 THE TRIP A/B RESET SWITCH IS INOPERATIVE..........................................................................................................................5614 Description...................................................................................................................................................5614 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5614 THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON....................................................................................................................5615 Description...................................................................................................................................................5615 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5615 THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF...................................................................................................................5616 Description...................................................................................................................................................5616 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5616 THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOT DISPLAY.......................................................................................5617 Description...................................................................................................................................................5617 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5617 THE LOW WASHER FLUID WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, or DOES NOT DISPLAY............................................................................................5618 Description...................................................................................................................................................5618 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5618 THE DOOR OPEN WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOT DISPLAY...................................................................................................5619 Description...................................................................................................................................................5619 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5619 THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY IS INCORRECT......................................................................................................................5620 Description...................................................................................................................................................5620 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5620 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................................5621 COMPASS.......................................................................................................................................................5621 COMPASS : Description.....................................................................................................................................5621 COMPASS...............................................................................................................................................5621 INFORMATION DISPLAY...........................................................................................................................................5621 INFORMATION DISPLAY : Description.........................................................................................................................5621 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE...............................................................................................................................5621 POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCE.............................................................................................................................5621 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................5622 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................5622 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................5622 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................5622 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................5623 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5623 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................5623 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5624 COMBINATION METER.................................................................................................................................................5624 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5624 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5624 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................5624 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5624 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5624 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5624 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................5624 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................5624 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................5624 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.........................................................................................................................................5625 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5625 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5625 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................5625 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5625 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5625 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5625 METER CONTROL SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................5626 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5626 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5626 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................5626 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5626 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5626 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5626 TRIP A/B RESET SWITCH.............................................................................................................................................5627 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5627 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5627 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5627 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5627 COMPASS...........................................................................................................................................................5628 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5628 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5628 CLOCK.............................................................................................................................................................5629 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5629 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5629 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................5629 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5629 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5629 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5629 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 PB............................................................................................................................................................................5630 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5630 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................5631 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5631 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................5631 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................5632 PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................5632 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................5632 INSPECTION................................................................................................................................................5632 Pedal Stroke..........................................................................................................................................5632 Inspect Components....................................................................................................................................5632 ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................................5632 PARKING BRAKE SHOE................................................................................................................................................5633 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................5633 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5634 PARKING BRAKE CONTROL.............................................................................................................................................5634 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5634 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5634 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5634 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5635 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................5635 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................5635 PARKING BRAKE SHOE................................................................................................................................................5636 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5636 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5636 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5636 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5636 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................5637 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................5637 Lining Thickness Inspection...........................................................................................................................5637 Drum Inner Diameter Inspection........................................................................................................................5637 Other Inspections.....................................................................................................................................5637 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................5637 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................5639 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................5639 Parking Drum Brake............................................................................................................................................5639 Parking Brake Control.........................................................................................................................................5639 PCS...........................................................................................................................................................................5640 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5640 IPDM E/R..............................................................................................................................................................5643 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5643 RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................5643 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5643 System Description........................................................................................................................................5643 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................5644 POWER CONTROL SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................5646 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5646 System Description........................................................................................................................................5646 COOLING FAN CONTROL...................................................................................................................................5646 ALTERNATOR CONTROL....................................................................................................................................5646 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................5646 SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................5647 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5647 System Description........................................................................................................................................5647 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................5647 POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................5648 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5648 System Description........................................................................................................................................5648 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................5648 SLEEP MODE ACTIVATION.................................................................................................................................5648 WAKE-UP OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................5648 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................5649 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)...................................................................................................................................5650 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................5650 AUTO ACTIVE TEST......................................................................................................................................5650 Description.......................................................................................................................................5650 Operation Procedure...............................................................................................................................5650 Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode...............................................................................................................5650 Concept of auto active test.......................................................................................................................5651 Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode..........................................................................................................5651 CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)...........................................................................................................................5652 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................5652 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................5652 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................5652 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................5653 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5655 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5655 Description...............................................................................................................................................5655 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5655 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5655 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5655 B2098 IGNITION RELAY ON STUCK.................................................................................................................................5656 Description...............................................................................................................................................5656 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5656 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5656 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5656 B2099 IGNITION RELAY OFF STUCK................................................................................................................................5657 Description...............................................................................................................................................5657 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5657 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5657 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5657 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................5658 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5658 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................5659 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................5659 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................5659 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................5659 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................5661 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................5661 Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...............................................................................................................................5666 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................5669 CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL.............................................................................................................................5669 If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM.....................................................................................................5669 If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM.....................................................................................................5670 IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION.........................................................................................................5670 FRONT WIPER CONTROL...................................................................................................................................5670 STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................5671 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................5671 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5672 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5672 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................5672 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................5672 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................5672 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5673 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................5673 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5673 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5673 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5673 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5674 POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................5675 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................5675 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................5675 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................5675 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................5675 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................5675 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5678 POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................5678 System Description........................................................................................................................................5678 BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................5678 Reset Condition of Battery Saver System...........................................................................................................5678 STEERING LOCK OPERATION...............................................................................................................................5678 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................5678 Operation Enable Condition........................................................................................................................5678 Operation Condition...............................................................................................................................5678 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................5679 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................5680 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)........................................................................................................................................5681 COMMON ITEM...............................................................................................................................................5681 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................................................................................................5681 APPLICATION ITEM..................................................................................................................................5681 SYSTEM APPLICATION................................................................................................................................5681 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...........................................................................................................................5681 INTELLIGENT KEY...........................................................................................................................................5682 INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)........................................................................................5682 WORK SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................5682 SELF-DIAG RESULT..................................................................................................................................5683 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................5683 ACTIVE TEST.......................................................................................................................................5684 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5686 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5686 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................5686 BCM : Description.....................................................................................................................................5686 BCM : DTC Logic.......................................................................................................................................5686 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................5686 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................5686 IPDM E/R..................................................................................................................................................5686 IPDM E/R : Description................................................................................................................................5686 IPDM E/R : DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................5686 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................5686 IPDM E/R : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................5686 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................5688 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................5688 BCM : DTC Logic.......................................................................................................................................5688 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................5688 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................5688 B2553 IGNITION RELAY..........................................................................................................................................5689 Description...............................................................................................................................................5689 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5689 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5689 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................5689 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5689 B260A IGNITION RELAY..........................................................................................................................................5691 Description...............................................................................................................................................5691 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5691 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5691 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................5691 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5691 B2614 ACC RELAY...............................................................................................................................................5693 Description...............................................................................................................................................5693 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5693 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5693 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................5693 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5693 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................5694 B2615 BLOWER RELAY CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5695 Description...............................................................................................................................................5695 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5695 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5695 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................5695 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5695 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................5696 B2616 IGNITION RELAY CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................5697 Description...............................................................................................................................................5697 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5697 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5697 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................5697 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5697 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................5698 B2618 BCM.....................................................................................................................................................5699 Description...............................................................................................................................................5699 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5699 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5699 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................5699 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5699 B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH.............................................................................................................................5700 Description...............................................................................................................................................5700 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5700 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5700 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................5700 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5700 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................5702 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................5702 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................5702 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH...................................................................................................................................5703 Description...............................................................................................................................................5703 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5703 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5703 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................5705 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR................................................................................................................5706 Description...............................................................................................................................................5706 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5706 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5706 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................5707 POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................5708 Wiring Diagram - PDS (POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM) -........................................................................................................5708 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................5719 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................5719 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................5719 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................5719 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................5724 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................5724 Wiring Diagram - BCM -....................................................................................................................................5743 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................5749 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................5749 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................................................................................................................................5751 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................................5751 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...........................................................................................................................5751 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................5752 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................5752 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................5755 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................5755 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................5755 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................5757 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................5757 Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...............................................................................................................................5762 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................5765 CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL.............................................................................................................................5765 If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM.....................................................................................................5765 If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM.....................................................................................................5766 IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION.........................................................................................................5766 FRONT WIPER CONTROL...................................................................................................................................5766 STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................5767 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................5767 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5768 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5768 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................5768 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................5768 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................5768 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................5768 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................5770 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE..................................................................................................................5770 Description...............................................................................................................................................5770 Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)..........................................................................................................5770 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5770 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE............................................................................................5771 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5771 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5772 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH...................................................................................................................................5772 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5772 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5772 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5772 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 PG............................................................................................................................................................................5773 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5773 POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................................5775 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................5775 BATTERY.......................................................................................................................................................5775 How to Handle Battery.....................................................................................................................................5775 METHODS OF PREVENTING OVER-DISCHARGE..................................................................................................................5775 CHECKING ELECTROLYTE LEVEL............................................................................................................................5775 Sulphation........................................................................................................................................5776 SPECIFIC GRAVITY CHECK................................................................................................................................5776 CHARGING THE BATTERY..................................................................................................................................5777 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................5777 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS WITH BATTERY SERVICE CENTER.........................................................................................................5777 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5778 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................5778 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -...................................................................................................................5778 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSIBLE LINK No. L -................................................................................................5797 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 6 -........................................................................................................5804 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 7 -........................................................................................................5808 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 10 -.......................................................................................................5810 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 11 -.......................................................................................................5814 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 34 -.......................................................................................................5819 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 50 -.......................................................................................................5825 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 53 -.......................................................................................................5835 Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY -.................................................................................................................5840 Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 19 -.....................................................................................................5846 Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -..................................................................................................................5853 Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 3 -.......................................................................................................5869 Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 4 -.......................................................................................................5879 Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 44 -......................................................................................................5882 Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 45 -......................................................................................................5890 Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 46 -......................................................................................................5897 Fuse......................................................................................................................................................5900 Fusible Link..............................................................................................................................................5900 Circuit Breaker...........................................................................................................................................5900 OPTION HARNESS................................................................................................................................................5901 Wiring Diagram - OPTION HARNESS -.........................................................................................................................5901 HARNESS LAYOUT................................................................................................................................................5906 How To Read Harness Layout................................................................................................................................5906 CONNECTOR SYMBOL......................................................................................................................................5906 Outline...................................................................................................................................................5907 Main Harness..............................................................................................................................................5908 Engine Room Harness.......................................................................................................................................5909 ENGINE COMPARTMENT....................................................................................................................................5909 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.................................................................................................................................5910 Engine Control Harness (VQ35HR)...........................................................................................................................5911 ENGINE COMPARTMENT....................................................................................................................................5911 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.................................................................................................................................5912 Engine Control Harness (VK50VE)...........................................................................................................................5913 ENGINE COMPARTMENT....................................................................................................................................5913 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.................................................................................................................................5914 Body Harness..............................................................................................................................................5915 Body No. 2 Harness........................................................................................................................................5916 Room Lamp Harness.........................................................................................................................................5917 Front Door Harness (LH Side)..............................................................................................................................5918 Front Door Harness (RH Side)..............................................................................................................................5919 Rear Door Harness (LH Side)...............................................................................................................................5920 Rear Door Harness (RH Side)...............................................................................................................................5921 Back Door Harness.........................................................................................................................................5922 HARNESS CONNECTOR.............................................................................................................................................5923 Description...............................................................................................................................................5923 HARNESS CONNECTOR (TAB-LOCKING TYPE)..................................................................................................................5923 HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING TYPE)................................................................................................................5923 HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE)................................................................................................................5924 STANDARDIZED RELAY............................................................................................................................................5926 Description...............................................................................................................................................5926 NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYS......................................................................................................5926 TYPE OF STANDARDIZED RELAYS...........................................................................................................................5926 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)...............................................................................................................................5928 Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement..................................................................................................................5928 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX..............................................................................................................................5929 Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement.........................................................................................................................5929 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................5930 Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement..................................................................................................................5930 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5931 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5931 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................5931 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................5931 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................5931 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5932 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................5932 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................5932 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5933 BATTERY.......................................................................................................................................................5933 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5933 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5933 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5933 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5933 BATTERY TERMINAL WITH FUSIBLE LINK............................................................................................................................5935 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5935 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5935 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5935 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5935 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................5936 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................5936 Battery...................................................................................................................................................5936 PWC...........................................................................................................................................................................5937 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5937 FRONT & REAR WINDOW ANTI-PINCH........................................................................................................................................5943 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................5943 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................5943 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................5943 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................5943 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................5944 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL................................................................................................5944 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description..............................................................................5944 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................5944 INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................5944 CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................5944 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................5944 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..........................................................................................5944 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...........................................................................5945 INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................5945 CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................5945 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5946 POWER WINDOW SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................................5946 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5946 System Description........................................................................................................................................5946 POWER WINDOW OPERATION................................................................................................................................5946 POWER WINDOW AUTO-OPERATION...........................................................................................................................5946 RETAINED POWER OPERATION .............................................................................................................................5946 POWER WINDOW LOCK FUNCTION............................................................................................................................5946 ANTI-PINCH OPERATION..................................................................................................................................5946 DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH OPERATION....................................................................................................................5947 KEYLESS POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTION....................................................................................................................5947 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................5948 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................5948 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)........................................................................................................................................5950 COMMON ITEM...............................................................................................................................................5950 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................................................................................................5950 APPLICATION ITEM..................................................................................................................................5950 SYSTEM APPLICATION................................................................................................................................5950 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD) AND IGN COUNTER...........................................................................................................5950 Freeze Frame Data.............................................................................................................................5950 IGN Counter...................................................................................................................................5951 RETAIND PWR...............................................................................................................................................5951 RETAIND PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)...............................................................................................5951 Data monitor......................................................................................................................................5951 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5952 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................5952 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................5952 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................5952 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH..................................................................................................................................5952 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................5952 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)................................................................................................................5953 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................5953 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH..................................................................................................................................5954 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................5954 POWER WINDOW MOTOR............................................................................................................................................5956 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................5956 DRIVER SIDE : Description.............................................................................................................................5956 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................................................................................................................5956 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................5956 DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection....................................................................................................................5957 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................5957 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................5957 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..........................................................................................................................5957 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check.............................................................................................................5957 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................5957 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection.................................................................................................................5958 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................5958 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................5959 REAR LH : Description.................................................................................................................................5959 REAR LH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................5959 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................5959 REAR LH : Component Inspection........................................................................................................................5960 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................5960 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................5960 REAR RH : Description.................................................................................................................................5960 REAR RH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................5960 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................5961 REAR RH : Component Inspection........................................................................................................................5962 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................5962 DOOR SWITCH...................................................................................................................................................5963 Description...............................................................................................................................................5963 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5963 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5963 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................5964 ENCODER.......................................................................................................................................................5965 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................5965 DRIVER SIDE : Description.............................................................................................................................5965 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................................................................................................................5965 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................5965 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................5967 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..........................................................................................................................5967 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check.............................................................................................................5967 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................5967 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................5969 REAR LH : Description.................................................................................................................................5969 REAR LH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................5969 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................5969 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................5971 REAR RH : Description.................................................................................................................................5971 REAR RH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................5971 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................5971 DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH......................................................................................................................................5974 Description...............................................................................................................................................5974 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5974 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5974 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................5975 COMPONENT INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................5975 POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK......................................................................................................................................5976 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH..................................................................................................................................5976 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Description................................................................................................................5976 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Component Function Check...................................................................................................5976 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................5976 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)................................................................................................................5977 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Description..............................................................................................5977 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Component Function Check.................................................................................5977 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................5978 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................5978 REAR LH : Description.................................................................................................................................5978 REAR LH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................5979 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................5979 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................5980 REAR RH : Description.................................................................................................................................5980 REAR RH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................5980 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................5980 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................5982 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................5982 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................5982 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................5982 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................5987 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................5987 Wiring Diagram - BCM -....................................................................................................................................6006 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6012 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................6012 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................................................................................................................................6014 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................................6014 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...........................................................................................................................6014 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................6015 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................6015 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6018 Reference Value ..........................................................................................................................................6018 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6018 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6018 Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................................6020 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6029 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL.....................................................................................................................................6029 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................6031 Reference Value ..........................................................................................................................................6031 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6031 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6031 Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................................6033 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6042 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL.....................................................................................................................................6042 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6044 Reference Value ..........................................................................................................................................6044 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6044 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6044 Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................................6046 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6055 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL.....................................................................................................................................6055 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6057 NONE OF THE POWER WINDOWS CAN BE OPERATED USING ANY SWITCH....................................................................................................6057 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6057 DRIVER SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE...............................................................................................................6058 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6058 FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................................................................6059 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED.................................................................................................................6059 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................6059 WHEN FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) IS OPERATED...............................................................................................6059 WHEN FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................6059 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ARE OPERATED.............................................................................6059 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ARE OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................6059 REAR LH SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................6060 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED.................................................................................................................6060 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................6060 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH IS OPERATED..............................................................................................................6060 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................6060 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ARE OPERATED...........................................................................6060 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ARE OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................6060 REAR RH SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................6061 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED.................................................................................................................6061 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................6061 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH IS OPERATED..............................................................................................................6061 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................6061 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ARE OPERATED...........................................................................6061 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ARE OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................6061 ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE..........................................................................................................................6062 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6062 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6062 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6062 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6062 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................6062 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6062 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................6063 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6063 AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE BUT MANUAL OPERATE NORMALLY...................................................................................................6064 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6064 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6064 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6064 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6064 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................6064 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6065 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................6065 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6065 POWER WINDOW RETAINED POWER OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY...............................................................................................6066 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6066 POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE WITH KEY CYLINDER OPERATION.......................................................................................6067 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6067 POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTION DOES NOT WORK WHEN OPERATING WITH INTELLIGENT KEY..................................................................................6068 Description...............................................................................................................................................6068 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6068 POWER WINDOW LOCK SWITCH DOES NOT FUNCTION....................................................................................................................6069 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6069 POWER WINDOW SWITCH DOES NOT ILLUMINATE.......................................................................................................................6070 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6070 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6070 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6070 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6070 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................6070 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6070 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................6070 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6070 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................6071 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................6071 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................6071 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................6071 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6072 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6072 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6072 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6072 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6072 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)....................................................................................................................6073 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6073 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6073 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6073 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6074 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6074 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6074 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6074 FRONT WINDOW ANTI-PINCH...............................................................................................................................................6075 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................6075 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................6075 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................6075 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................6075 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................6076 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL................................................................................................6076 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description..............................................................................6076 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................6076 INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................6076 CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................6076 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................6076 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..........................................................................................6076 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...........................................................................6077 INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................6077 CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................6077 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................6078 POWER WINDOW SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................................6078 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................6078 System Description........................................................................................................................................6078 POWER WINDOW OPERATION................................................................................................................................6078 POWER WINDOW AUTO-OPERATION (FRONT DRIVER SIDE & PASSENGER SIDE)......................................................................................6078 RETAINED POWER OPERATION .............................................................................................................................6078 POWER WINDOW LOCK FUNCTION............................................................................................................................6078 ANTI-PINCH OPERATION (FRONT DRIVER SIDE & PASSENGER SIDE).............................................................................................6079 DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH OPERATION....................................................................................................................6079 KEYLESS POWER WINDOW DOWN OPERATION (FRONT DRIVER SIDE & PASSENGER SIDE)..............................................................................6079 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................6080 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................6080 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)........................................................................................................................................6082 COMMON ITEM...............................................................................................................................................6082 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................................................................................................6082 APPLICATION ITEM..................................................................................................................................6082 SYSTEM APPLICATION................................................................................................................................6082 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD) AND IGN COUNTER...........................................................................................................6082 Freeze Frame Data.............................................................................................................................6082 IGN Counter...................................................................................................................................6083 RETAIND PWR...............................................................................................................................................6083 RETAIND PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)...............................................................................................6083 Data monitor......................................................................................................................................6083 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................6084 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................6084 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................6084 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................6084 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH..................................................................................................................................6084 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................6084 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)................................................................................................................6085 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................6085 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH..................................................................................................................................6086 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................6086 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH .....................................................................................................................................6088 Description...............................................................................................................................................6088 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6088 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6088 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6089 COMPONENT INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................6089 POWER WINDOW MOTOR............................................................................................................................................6090 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6090 DRIVER SIDE : Description.............................................................................................................................6090 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................................................................................................................6090 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6090 DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection....................................................................................................................6091 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................6091 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6091 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..........................................................................................................................6091 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check.............................................................................................................6091 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6091 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection.................................................................................................................6092 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................6092 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................6093 REAR LH : Description.................................................................................................................................6093 REAR LH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................6093 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6093 REAR LH : Component Inspection........................................................................................................................6094 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................6094 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................6094 REAR RH : Description.................................................................................................................................6094 REAR RH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................6094 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6095 REAR RH : Component Inspection........................................................................................................................6096 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................6096 DOOR SWITCH...................................................................................................................................................6097 Description...............................................................................................................................................6097 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6097 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6097 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6098 ENCODER.......................................................................................................................................................6099 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6099 DRIVER SIDE : Description.............................................................................................................................6099 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................................................................................................................6099 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6099 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6101 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..........................................................................................................................6101 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check.............................................................................................................6101 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6101 DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6104 Description...............................................................................................................................................6104 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6104 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6104 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6105 COMPONENT INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................6105 POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK......................................................................................................................................6106 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH..................................................................................................................................6106 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Description................................................................................................................6106 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Component Function Check...................................................................................................6106 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................6106 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)................................................................................................................6107 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Description..............................................................................................6107 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Component Function Check.................................................................................6107 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................6108 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................6109 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................6109 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................6109 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................6109 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6114 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6114 Wiring Diagram - BCM -....................................................................................................................................6133 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6139 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................6139 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................................................................................................................................6141 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................................6141 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...........................................................................................................................6141 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................6142 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................6142 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6145 Reference Value ..........................................................................................................................................6145 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6145 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6145 Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................................6147 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6156 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL.....................................................................................................................................6156 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................6158 Reference Value ..........................................................................................................................................6158 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6158 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6158 Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................................6160 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6169 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL.....................................................................................................................................6169 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6171 NONE OF THE POWER WINDOWS CAN BE OPERATED USING ANY SWITCH....................................................................................................6171 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6171 DRIVER SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE...............................................................................................................6172 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6172 FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................................................................6173 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED.................................................................................................................6173 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................6173 WHEN FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) IS OPERATED...............................................................................................6173 WHEN FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................6173 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ARE OPERATED.............................................................................6173 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ARE OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................6173 REAR LH SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................6175 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED.................................................................................................................6175 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................6175 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH IS OPERATED..............................................................................................................6175 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................6175 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ARE OPERATED...........................................................................6175 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ARE OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................6175 REAR RH SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................6176 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED.................................................................................................................6176 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................6176 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH IS OPERATED..............................................................................................................6176 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................6176 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ARE OPERATED...........................................................................6176 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ARE OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................6176 ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE..........................................................................................................................6177 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6177 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6177 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6177 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6177 AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE BUT MANUAL OPERATE NORMALLY...................................................................................................6178 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6178 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6178 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6178 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6178 POWER WINDOW RETAINED POWER OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY...............................................................................................6179 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6179 POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE WITH KEY CYLINDER OPERATION.......................................................................................6180 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6180 POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTION DOES NOT WORK WHEN OPERATING WITH INTELLIGENT KEY..................................................................................6181 Description...............................................................................................................................................6181 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6181 POWER WINDOW LOCK SWITCH DOES NOT FUNCTION....................................................................................................................6182 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6182 POWER WINDOW SWITCH DOES NOT ILLUMINATE.......................................................................................................................6183 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6183 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6183 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6183 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6183 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................6183 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6183 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................6183 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6183 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................6184 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................6184 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................6184 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................6184 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6185 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6185 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6185 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6185 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6185 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)....................................................................................................................6186 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6186 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6186 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6186 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6187 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6187 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6187 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6187 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 PWO...........................................................................................................................................................................6188 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6188 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6189 POWER SOCKET......................................................................................................................................................6189 Wiring Diagram - POWER SOCKET -...............................................................................................................................6189 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6197 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6197 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................6197 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................6197 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6198 POWER SOCKET......................................................................................................................................................6198 FRONT POWER SOCKET............................................................................................................................................6198 FRONT POWER SOCKET : Exploded View........................................................................................................................6198 FRONT POWER SOCKET : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................6198 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6198 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6198 CONSOLE POWER SOCKET..........................................................................................................................................6198 CONSOLE POWER SOCKET : Exploded View......................................................................................................................6199 CONSOLE POWER SOCKET : Removal and Installation...........................................................................................................6199 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6199 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6199 REAR POWER SOCKET.............................................................................................................................................6199 REAR POWER SOCKET : Exploded View.........................................................................................................................6199 REAR POWER SOCKET : Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................6199 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6199 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6200 LUGGAGE ROOM POWER SOCKET.....................................................................................................................................6200 LUGGAGE ROOM POWER SOCKET : Exploded View.................................................................................................................6200 LUGGAGE ROOM POWER SOCKET : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................6200 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6200 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6200 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 RAX...........................................................................................................................................................................6201 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6201 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................6202 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................................6202 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................................6202 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6203 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6203 Precautions for Drive Shaft...................................................................................................................................6203 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................6204 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................6204 Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................................6204 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................6204 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................6205 REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING........................................................................................................................................6205 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6205 MOUNTING INSPECTION.......................................................................................................................................6205 WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................6205 REAR DRIVE SHAFT..................................................................................................................................................6206 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6206 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6207 REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING........................................................................................................................................6207 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6207 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6207 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6207 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6208 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6209 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6209 Wheel Hub and Bearing Assembly........................................................................................................................6209 Axle Housing..........................................................................................................................................6209 Ball Joint Inspection.................................................................................................................................6209 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6209 REAR DRIVE SHAFT..................................................................................................................................................6210 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6210 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6210 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6210 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6211 WHEEL SIDE....................................................................................................................................................6211 WHEEL SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly.....................................................................................................................6211 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................6211 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................6212 FINAL DRIVE SIDE..............................................................................................................................................6213 FINAL DRIVE SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly...............................................................................................................6213 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................6213 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................6214 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6215 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6215 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................6216 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................6216 Wheel Bearing.................................................................................................................................................6216 Drive Shaft...................................................................................................................................................6216 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................6216 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................6216 RF............................................................................................................................................................................6217 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6217 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................6219 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................6219 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................6219 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................6219 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................................6220 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................6220 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..............................................................................................6220 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................6220 INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................6220 CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................6220 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................6221 SUNROOF SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................................6221 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................6221 SUNROOF...................................................................................................................................................6221 System Description............................................................................................................................................6221 SUNROOF OPERATION.........................................................................................................................................6221 AUTO OPERATION............................................................................................................................................6221 RETAINED POWER OPERATION .................................................................................................................................6221 RETAINED POWER FUNCTION CANCEL CONDITIONS.................................................................................................................6221 ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................................6221 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6222 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6222 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................6223 COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................................6223 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)....................................................................................................6223 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................6223 SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................6223 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...............................................................................................................................6223 RETAINED PWR..................................................................................................................................................6224 RETAINED PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)..................................................................................................6224 Data monitor..........................................................................................................................................6224 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6225 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................6225 SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................6225 SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY : Diagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................6225 SUNROOF SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................6226 Description...................................................................................................................................................6226 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6226 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6226 SUNROOF SWITCH............................................................................................................................................6226 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6227 SUNROOF SWITCH............................................................................................................................................6227 DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................................6228 Description...................................................................................................................................................6228 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6228 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6228 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6229 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................6230 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................6230 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................6230 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................6230 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................6235 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................6235 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................6254 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................6260 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................6260 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................6262 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................6262 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................6262 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................6263 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................6263 SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY ...........................................................................................................................................6266 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................6266 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................6266 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................6266 Wiring Diagram - SUNROOF -....................................................................................................................................6267 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................6275 SUNROOF DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY.................................................................................................................................6275 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6275 AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE...................................................................................................................................6276 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6276 RETAINED POWER OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY................................................................................................................6277 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6277 ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................................6278 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6278 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................6279 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................6279 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................6279 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................6279 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................6280 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................6280 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................6280 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................6281 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................6281 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................6281 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................6281 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................6281 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................6281 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................6282 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................6282 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................6282 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................6283 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6285 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6285 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................6285 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................6285 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................6285 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................6285 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................6287 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................6287 Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................................6287 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................6287 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6288 GLASS LID.........................................................................................................................................................6288 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6288 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6288 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6288 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6289 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................6289 LID WEATHER-STRIP OVERLAP ADJUSTMENT AND SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................6289 SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................................6291 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6291 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6291 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6291 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6292 SUNROOF UNIT ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................6293 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6293 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6293 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................6293 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6294 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6294 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6295 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................6295 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................6295 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................6295 SUNSHADE..........................................................................................................................................................6296 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6296 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6296 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6296 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6297 WIND DEFLECTOR....................................................................................................................................................6298 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6298 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6298 Removal...................................................................................................................................................6298 Installation..............................................................................................................................................6298 SUNROOF SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................6299 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6299 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6299 Removal...................................................................................................................................................6299 Installation..............................................................................................................................................6299 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 RSU...........................................................................................................................................................................6300 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6300 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................6301 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................................6301 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................................6301 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6302 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6302 Precautions for Suspension....................................................................................................................................6302 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................6303 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................6303 Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................................6303 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................6303 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................6304 REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................6304 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6304 MOUNTING INSPECTION.......................................................................................................................................6304 BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY.................................................................................................................................6304 SHOCK ABSORBER............................................................................................................................................6304 WHEEL ALIGNMENT...................................................................................................................................................6305 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6305 DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................................6305 PRELIMINARY CHECK.........................................................................................................................................6305 GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS...................................................................................................................6305 ALIGNMENT PROCESS.........................................................................................................................................6305 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................6305 CAMBER....................................................................................................................................................6305 TOE-IN....................................................................................................................................................6306 Without RAS...........................................................................................................................................6306 With RAS..............................................................................................................................................6306 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6307 REAR LOWER LINK & COIL SPRING.....................................................................................................................................6307 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6307 WITHOUT RAS...............................................................................................................................................6307 WITH RAS..................................................................................................................................................6307 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6308 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6308 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6308 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6308 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6308 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6308 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER...............................................................................................................................................6309 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6309 WITHOUT CONTINUOUS DAMPING CONTROL........................................................................................................................6309 WITH CONTINUOUS DAMPING CONTROL...........................................................................................................................6309 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6309 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6309 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6310 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................6310 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................6310 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................6310 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6310 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6310 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6310 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................6310 Bound Bumper and Bushing..............................................................................................................................6310 Shock Absorber........................................................................................................................................6310 INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................6310 Disposal......................................................................................................................................................6311 SUSPENSION ARM....................................................................................................................................................6312 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6312 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6312 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6312 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6312 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6312 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6312 Appearance............................................................................................................................................6313 Ball Joint Inspection.................................................................................................................................6313 Swing Torque Inspection...............................................................................................................................6313 Rotating Torque Inspection............................................................................................................................6313 Axial End Play Inspection.............................................................................................................................6313 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6313 RADIUS ROD........................................................................................................................................................6314 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6314 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6314 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6314 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6314 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6314 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6314 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6314 FRONT LOWER LINK..................................................................................................................................................6315 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6315 WITHOUT RAS...............................................................................................................................................6315 WITH RAS..................................................................................................................................................6315 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6315 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6315 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6316 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6316 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6316 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6316 REAR STABILIZER...................................................................................................................................................6317 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6317 STABILIZER CLAMP FIXING METHOD : NUT......................................................................................................................6317 STABILIZER CLAMP FIXING METHOD : BOLT.....................................................................................................................6317 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6317 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6317 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6318 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6318 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6318 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................................6319 REAR SUSPENSION MEMBER............................................................................................................................................6319 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6319 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6319 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6319 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6320 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6320 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6320 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6320 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................6322 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................6322 Wheel Alignment...............................................................................................................................................6322 Ball Joint....................................................................................................................................................6322 Wheel Height..................................................................................................................................................6322 SB............................................................................................................................................................................6323 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6323 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6324 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6324 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................6324 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................6324 Precaution for Seat Belt Service..............................................................................................................................6324 AFTER A COLLISION.........................................................................................................................................6324 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6326 FRONT SEAT BELT...................................................................................................................................................6326 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR...........................................................................................................................................6326 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection..........................................................................................................................6326 AFTER A COLLISION.....................................................................................................................................6326 PRELIMINARY CHECKS....................................................................................................................................6326 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK..................................................................................................................6327 Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR).........................................................................6327 ELR Function Stationary Check.....................................................................................................................6327 ALR Function Stationary Check.....................................................................................................................6327 ELR Function Moving Check.........................................................................................................................6327 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK.................................................................................................................6327 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View.......................................................................................................................6328 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................6328 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6328 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6328 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6329 SEAT BELT BUCKLE..............................................................................................................................................6329 SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection.............................................................................................................................6329 AFTER A COLLISION.....................................................................................................................................6329 PRELIMINARY CHECKS....................................................................................................................................6329 SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View..........................................................................................................................6330 SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation...............................................................................................................6330 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6330 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6330 REAR SEAT BELT....................................................................................................................................................6331 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR...........................................................................................................................................6331 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection..........................................................................................................................6331 AFTER A COLLISION.....................................................................................................................................6331 PRELIMINARY CHECKS....................................................................................................................................6331 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK..................................................................................................................6331 Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR).........................................................................6331 ELR Function Stationary Check.....................................................................................................................6331 ALR Function Stationary Check.....................................................................................................................6331 ELR Function Moving Check.........................................................................................................................6332 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK.................................................................................................................6332 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View.......................................................................................................................6333 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................6333 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6333 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6335 SEAT BELT BUCKLE..............................................................................................................................................6335 SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection.............................................................................................................................6335 AFTER A COLLISION.....................................................................................................................................6335 PRELIMINARY CHECKS....................................................................................................................................6336 SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View..........................................................................................................................6337 SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation...............................................................................................................6337 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6337 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6338 LATCH SYSTEM FOR CHILDREN.........................................................................................................................................6339 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6339 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6339 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6339 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6339 SBC...........................................................................................................................................................................6340 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6340 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................6343 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................6343 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................6343 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................6345 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................6345 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................6345 System Description............................................................................................................................................6345 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION......................................................................................................................................6345 OPERATION CONDITION.......................................................................................................................................6345 Comfort function..........................................................................................................................................6346 Operation Prohibition Condition...........................................................................................................................6346 MALFUNCTION WARNING.......................................................................................................................................6346 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6347 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6348 SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................6349 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................6349 System Description............................................................................................................................................6349 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6350 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6350 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT)............................................................................................................................6351 CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................................6351 APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................................6351 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS....................................................................................................................................6351 ERASING SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS............................................................................................................................6351 DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................................6352 WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................................6352 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6353 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................................6353 Description...................................................................................................................................................6353 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6353 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6353 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6353 B2451 SEAT BLT MTR DR CIRC........................................................................................................................................6354 Description...................................................................................................................................................6354 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6354 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6354 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6354 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6354 B2452 SEAT BLT MTR AS CIRC........................................................................................................................................6355 Description...................................................................................................................................................6355 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6355 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6355 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6355 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6355 B2453 BR STROKE SEN CIRC..........................................................................................................................................6356 Description...................................................................................................................................................6356 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6356 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6356 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6356 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6356 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6357 COMPONENT PARTS INSPECTION................................................................................................................................6357 B2454 SEAT BLT PWR DR CIRC........................................................................................................................................6359 Description...................................................................................................................................................6359 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6359 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6359 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6359 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6359 B2455 CONTROL UNIT DR.............................................................................................................................................6361 Description...................................................................................................................................................6361 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6361 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6361 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6361 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6361 B2456 SEAT BLT PWR AS.............................................................................................................................................6362 Description...................................................................................................................................................6362 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6362 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6362 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6362 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6362 B2457 CONTROL UNIT AS.............................................................................................................................................6364 Description...................................................................................................................................................6364 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6364 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6364 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6364 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6364 B2458 LOCAL COMM..................................................................................................................................................6365 Description...................................................................................................................................................6365 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6365 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6365 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6365 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6365 B2461 VHCL SPEED SIGNAL...........................................................................................................................................6367 Description...................................................................................................................................................6367 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6367 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6367 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6367 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6367 B2462 VHCL DISTANCE SIGNAL........................................................................................................................................6368 Description...................................................................................................................................................6368 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6368 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6368 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6368 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6368 B2466 DR/AS CONTROL UNIT..........................................................................................................................................6369 Description...................................................................................................................................................6369 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6369 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6369 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6369 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6369 B2470 SYS HEAT PROTC DR...........................................................................................................................................6370 Description...................................................................................................................................................6370 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6370 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6370 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6370 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6370 B2471 SYS HEAT PROTC AS...........................................................................................................................................6371 Description...................................................................................................................................................6371 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6371 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6371 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6371 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6371 U0126 ST ANG SEN SIG..............................................................................................................................................6372 Description...................................................................................................................................................6372 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6372 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6372 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6372 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6372 U0428 STRG ANGL CAL...............................................................................................................................................6373 Description...................................................................................................................................................6373 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6373 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6373 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6373 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6373 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................6374 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6374 SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE).............................................................................................................................6375 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................6375 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Description..................................................................................................................6375 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Component Function Check.....................................................................................................6375 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................6375 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Component Inspection (Belt Buckle Switch)....................................................................................6376 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................6376 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Description...............................................................................................................6376 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Component Function Check..................................................................................................6376 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................6377 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Component Inspection (Belt Buckle Switch).................................................................................6378 SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)..........................................................................................................................6379 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................6379 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Description..................................................................................................................6379 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Component Function Check.....................................................................................................6379 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................6379 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Component Inspection (Belt Buckle Switch)....................................................................................6380 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................6380 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Description...............................................................................................................6380 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Component Function Check..................................................................................................6380 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................6381 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Component Inspection (Belt Buckle Switch).................................................................................6382 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................6383 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6383 SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................6384 Wiring Diagram - SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM -...................................................................................................................6384 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................6390 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT..................................................................................................................................6390 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................6390 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................6390 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................6390 PHYSICAL VALUES (DRIVER SIDE).............................................................................................................................6390 PHYSICAL VALUES (PASSENGER SIDE)..........................................................................................................................6391 Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................................6392 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6392 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6393 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................6393 DISPLAY ITEM LIST (PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT)...................................................................................................................6393 Wiring Diagram - PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM -.................................................................................................................6395 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................6404 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT DOSE NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................................6404 BOTH SIDES....................................................................................................................................................6404 BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................................6404 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................6404 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6404 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................6404 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................6404 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF..........................................................................................................................6406 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6406 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON...........................................................................................................................6407 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6407 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6408 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6408 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................6408 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................6408 Precaution for Seat Belt Service..............................................................................................................................6408 AFTER A COLLISION.........................................................................................................................................6408 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................6410 PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSTIC.....................................................................................................................................6410 Description...................................................................................................................................................6410 BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR.........................................................................................................................................6411 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6411 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6411 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6411 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6411 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT..................................................................................................................................6412 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6412 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6412 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 SCS...........................................................................................................................................................................6413 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6413 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................6415 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW....................................................................................................................................6415 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................6415 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................6415 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................6415 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................6418 Continuous Damping Control SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................6418 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................6418 System Description............................................................................................................................................6418 Description...............................................................................................................................................6418 Operation principle.......................................................................................................................................6419 Operation characteristics.................................................................................................................................6419 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6420 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6421 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (E-SUS CONTROL UNIT).............................................................................................................................6422 CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................................6422 FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................................6422 ECU IDENTIFICATION........................................................................................................................................6422 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT....................................................................................................................................6422 Display Item List.....................................................................................................................................6422 DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................................6422 Display Item List.....................................................................................................................................6422 ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................................6422 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6424 C1D01 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL........................................................................................................................................6424 Description...................................................................................................................................................6424 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6424 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6424 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6424 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6424 C1D03 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................6426 Description...................................................................................................................................................6426 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6426 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6426 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6426 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6426 C1D05 TORQUE SIGNAL...............................................................................................................................................6428 Description...................................................................................................................................................6428 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6428 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6428 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6428 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6428 C1D07 STOP LAMP SWITCH............................................................................................................................................6430 Description...................................................................................................................................................6430 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6430 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6430 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6430 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6430 C1D09 BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SIGNAL.................................................................................................................................6432 Description...................................................................................................................................................6432 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6432 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6432 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6432 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6432 C1D0B FRONT WHEEL VERTICAL G SENSOR...............................................................................................................................6434 Description...................................................................................................................................................6434 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6434 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6434 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6434 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6434 C1D0C FRONT WHEEL VERTICAL G SENSOR...............................................................................................................................6436 Description...................................................................................................................................................6436 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6436 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6436 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6436 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6436 C1D0D FRONT BODY VERTICAL G SENSOR................................................................................................................................6438 Description...................................................................................................................................................6438 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6438 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6438 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6438 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6438 C1D10 FRONT BODY VERTICAL G SENSOR................................................................................................................................6440 Description...................................................................................................................................................6440 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6440 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6440 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6440 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6440 C1D11 REAR VERTICAL G SENSOR......................................................................................................................................6442 Description...................................................................................................................................................6442 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6442 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6442 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6442 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6442 C1D12 SHOCK ABSORBER ACTUATOR.....................................................................................................................................6444 Description...................................................................................................................................................6444 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6444 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6444 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6444 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6444 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6445 C1D13 SHOCK ABSORBER ACTUATOR.....................................................................................................................................6446 Description...................................................................................................................................................6446 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6446 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6446 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6446 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6446 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6447 C1D14 SHOCK ABSORBER ACTUATOR.....................................................................................................................................6448 Description...................................................................................................................................................6448 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6448 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6448 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6448 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6448 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6449 C1D15 SHOCK ABSORBER ACTUATOR.....................................................................................................................................6450 Description...................................................................................................................................................6450 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6450 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6450 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6450 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6450 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6451 C1D16 E-SUS CONTROL UNIT..........................................................................................................................................6452 Description...................................................................................................................................................6452 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6452 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6452 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6452 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6452 C1D18 IGN POWER SUPPLY............................................................................................................................................6453 Description...................................................................................................................................................6453 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6453 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6453 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6453 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6453 C1D23 E-SUS CONTROL UNIT..........................................................................................................................................6455 Description...................................................................................................................................................6455 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6455 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6455 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6455 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6455 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................................6456 Description...................................................................................................................................................6456 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6456 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6456 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6456 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6456 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................................6457 Description...................................................................................................................................................6457 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6457 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6457 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6457 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6457 MODE SELECT SWITCH (E-SUS MODE SELECT)............................................................................................................................6458 Description...................................................................................................................................................6458 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6458 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6458 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6459 SPORT MODE INDICATOR LAMP.........................................................................................................................................6460 Description...................................................................................................................................................6460 SPORT MODE INDICATOR LAMP.................................................................................................................................6460 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6460 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6460 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................6461 E-SUS CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................................................6461 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................6461 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................6461 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................6461 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................6462 Wiring Diagram - Continuous Damping Control SYSTEM -..........................................................................................................6464 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................6469 Continuous Damping Control system.........................................................................................................................6469 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................6470 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................6470 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................6471 SPORT MODE INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON........................................................................................................................6471 Description...................................................................................................................................................6471 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6471 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6472 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6472 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................6472 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................6472 Precautions for terminology...................................................................................................................................6472 Precautions for diagnosis.....................................................................................................................................6472 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6473 E-SUS CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................................................6473 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6473 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6473 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6473 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6473 FRONT BODY VERTICAL G SENSOR......................................................................................................................................6474 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6474 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6474 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6474 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6474 FRONT WHEEL VERTICAL G SENSOR.....................................................................................................................................6475 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6475 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6475 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6475 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6475 REAR BODY VERTICAL G SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................6476 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6476 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6476 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6476 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6476 SHOCK ABSORBER ACTUATOR...........................................................................................................................................6477 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6477 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 SE............................................................................................................................................................................6478 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6478 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................6480 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW....................................................................................................................................6480 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................6480 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................6480 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................6481 POWER SEAT........................................................................................................................................................6481 System Description............................................................................................................................................6481 SLIDING OPERATION.........................................................................................................................................6481 RECLINING OPERATION.......................................................................................................................................6481 LIFTING OPERATION.........................................................................................................................................6481 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6481 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6482 SIDE SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................................6483 System Description............................................................................................................................................6483 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6483 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6483 LUMBAR SUPPORT....................................................................................................................................................6484 System Description............................................................................................................................................6484 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6484 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6484 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT...........................................................................................................................................6485 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................6485 System Description............................................................................................................................................6485 SEAT CUSHION AND SEAT BACK TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT FUNCTION................................................................................................6485 FAIL-SAFE.................................................................................................................................................6485 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6486 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6486 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6487 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................6487 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT CONTROL UNIT..........................................................................................................................6487 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................6487 Driver side...........................................................................................................................................6487 Passenger side........................................................................................................................................6488 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Component Inspection...............................................................................................6490 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT SWITCH....................................................................................................................................6491 Description...................................................................................................................................................6491 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6491 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6491 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6493 SEATBACK THERMAL ELECTRIC DEVICE..................................................................................................................................6494 Description...................................................................................................................................................6494 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6494 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6494 SEATBACK THERMAL ELECTRIC DEVICE SENSOR...........................................................................................................................6496 Description...................................................................................................................................................6496 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6496 SEAT CUSHION THERMAL ELECTRIC DEVICE..............................................................................................................................6498 Description...................................................................................................................................................6498 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6498 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6498 SEAT CUSHION THERMAL ELECTRIC DEVICE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................6500 Description...................................................................................................................................................6500 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6500 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT BLOWER MOTOR..............................................................................................................................6502 Description...................................................................................................................................................6502 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6502 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6502 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR..........................................................................................................................6505 Description...................................................................................................................................................6505 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6505 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6505 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6506 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT BLOWER FILTER.............................................................................................................................6508 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6508 POWER SEAT........................................................................................................................................................6509 Wiring Diagram - POWER SEAT FOR DRIVER SIDE (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER) -............................................................................6509 Wiring Diagram - POWER SEAT FOR PASSENGER SIDE -..............................................................................................................6514 SIDE SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................................6519 Wiring Diagram - SIDE SUPPORT -...............................................................................................................................6519 LUMBAR SUPPORT....................................................................................................................................................6524 Wiring Diagram - LUMBAR SUPPORT -.............................................................................................................................6524 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................6529 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................6529 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................6529 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................6529 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................6529 Wiring Diagram - CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT CONTROL SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................6531 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................6540 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................6543 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT DOES NOT OPERATE..........................................................................................................................6543 BOTH SIDES....................................................................................................................................................6543 BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................................6543 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................6543 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6543 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................6543 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................6543 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT BLOWER MOTOR SPEED CANNOT ADJUST..........................................................................................................6545 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6545 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT DOES NOT OPERATES WHEN SWITCH IS DONE IN HEAT OR COOL.....................................................................................6546 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6546 WHEN THE CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT SWITCH IS TURNED ON, OPERATION STOP AT NOSE......................................................................................6547 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6547 SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR DOES NOT OPERATE IN HEAT OR COOL POSITION...................................................................................................6548 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6548 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................6549 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................6549 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................6549 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................6549 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................6550 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................6550 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................6550 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................6551 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................6551 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................6551 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................6551 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................6551 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................6551 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................6552 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................6552 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................6552 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................6553 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6555 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6555 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................6555 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................6555 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................6555 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................6555 Service Notice................................................................................................................................................6556 Precaution for Work...........................................................................................................................................6556 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................6557 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................6557 Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................................6557 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................6557 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6558 FRONT SEAT........................................................................................................................................................6558 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6558 DRIVER'S SEAT.............................................................................................................................................6558 PASSENGER'S SEAT..........................................................................................................................................6559 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6561 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6561 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6562 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................6562 SEATBACK..................................................................................................................................................6562 Disassembly...........................................................................................................................................6562 Assembly..............................................................................................................................................6565 SEAT CUSHION..............................................................................................................................................6565 Disassembly...........................................................................................................................................6565 Assembly..............................................................................................................................................6568 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT UNIT..............................................................................................................................6568 Disassembly...........................................................................................................................................6568 Assembly..............................................................................................................................................6569 REAR SEAT.........................................................................................................................................................6570 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6570 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6571 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6571 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6572 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................6572 SEATBACK..................................................................................................................................................6572 Disassembly...........................................................................................................................................6572 Assembly..............................................................................................................................................6575 SEAT CUSHION..............................................................................................................................................6576 Disassembly...........................................................................................................................................6576 Assembly..............................................................................................................................................6576 ARMREST...................................................................................................................................................6576 Disassembly...........................................................................................................................................6576 Assembly..............................................................................................................................................6577 SEATBACK CONTROL CABLE............................................................................................................................................6578 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6578 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6578 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6578 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6579 POWER SEAT SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................6580 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6580 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6580 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6580 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6580 LUMBAR SUPPORT SWITCH.............................................................................................................................................6581 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6581 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6581 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6581 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6581 SIDE SUPPORT SWITCH...............................................................................................................................................6582 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6582 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6582 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6582 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT SWITCH....................................................................................................................................6583 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6583 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6583 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6583 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6583 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT BLOWER FILTER.............................................................................................................................6584 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6584 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6584 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6584 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6584 Replacement interuals.....................................................................................................................................6584 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 SEC...........................................................................................................................................................................6585 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6585 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................6589 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................6589 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................6589 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................6589 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................6589 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................6589 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................6592 ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................6592 ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Description...........................................................................................................6592 ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement............................................................................................6592 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................6593 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION..................................................................................................................6593 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................6593 System Description........................................................................................................................................6593 PRECAUTIONS FOR INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................................................................................................................6593 OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CARRIED.............................................................................................................6593 OPERATION RANGE.......................................................................................................................................6594 OPERATION WHEN KEY SLOT IS USED.......................................................................................................................6594 BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................6594 Reset Condition of Battery Saver System...........................................................................................................6594 STEERING LOCK OPERATION...............................................................................................................................6594 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................6595 Operation Enable Condition........................................................................................................................6595 Operation Condition...............................................................................................................................6595 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................6596 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................6598 INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS......................................................................................................................6599 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................6599 System Description........................................................................................................................................6599 PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATION......................................................................................................................6599 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP...............................................................................................................................6599 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................6600 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................6602 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................6603 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................6603 System Description........................................................................................................................................6603 OPERATION FLOW........................................................................................................................................6603 SETTING THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM...................................................................................................................6603 Initial Condition.................................................................................................................................6603 Disarmed Phase....................................................................................................................................6603 Pre-armed Phase and Armed Phase...................................................................................................................6603 CANCELING THE SET VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM.............................................................................................................6604 CANCELING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM..........................................................................................6604 ACTIVATING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM.........................................................................................6604 PANIC ALARM OPERATION.................................................................................................................................6604 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................6605 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................6607 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)........................................................................................................................................6608 COMMON ITEM...............................................................................................................................................6608 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................................................................................................6608 APPLICATION ITEM..................................................................................................................................6608 SYSTEM APPLICATION................................................................................................................................6608 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...........................................................................................................................6608 INTELLIGENT KEY...........................................................................................................................................6609 INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)........................................................................................6609 WORK SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................6609 SELF-DIAG RESULT..................................................................................................................................6610 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................6610 ACTIVE TEST.......................................................................................................................................6611 THEFT ALM.................................................................................................................................................6612 THEFT ALM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - THEFT ALM)....................................................................................................6612 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................6612 WORK SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................6613 ACTIVE TEST.......................................................................................................................................6613 IMMU......................................................................................................................................................6613 IMMU : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - IMMU)..............................................................................................................6614 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................6614 ACTIVE TEST.......................................................................................................................................6614 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................6615 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................6615 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................6615 BCM : Description.....................................................................................................................................6615 BCM : DTC Logic.......................................................................................................................................6615 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................6615 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................6615 IPDM E/R..................................................................................................................................................6615 IPDM E/R : Description................................................................................................................................6615 IPDM E/R : DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................6615 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................6615 IPDM E/R : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................6615 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................6617 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................6617 BCM : DTC Logic.......................................................................................................................................6617 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................6617 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................6617 P1610 LOCK MODE...............................................................................................................................................6618 Description...............................................................................................................................................6618 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6618 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6618 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6618 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6618 P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM....................................................................................................................................6619 Description...............................................................................................................................................6619 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6619 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6619 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6619 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6619 P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU.......................................................................................................................................6621 Description...............................................................................................................................................6621 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6621 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6621 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6621 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6621 P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY.......................................................................................................................................6622 Description...............................................................................................................................................6622 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6622 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6622 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6622 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6622 P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY........................................................................................................................................6625 Description...............................................................................................................................................6625 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6625 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6625 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6625 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6625 B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP........................................................................................................................................6626 Description...............................................................................................................................................6626 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6626 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6626 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6626 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6626 B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY.......................................................................................................................................6629 Description...............................................................................................................................................6629 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6629 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6629 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6629 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6629 B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM....................................................................................................................................6630 Description...............................................................................................................................................6630 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6630 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6630 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6630 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6630 B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU.......................................................................................................................................6632 Description...............................................................................................................................................6632 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6632 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6632 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6632 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6632 B2195 ANTI-SCANNING...........................................................................................................................................6633 Description...............................................................................................................................................6633 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6633 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6633 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6633 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6633 B2013 ID DISCORD, IMMU-STRG...................................................................................................................................6634 Description...............................................................................................................................................6634 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6634 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6634 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6634 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6634 B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU......................................................................................................................................6635 Description...............................................................................................................................................6635 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6635 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6635 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6635 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6635 B2555 STOP LAMP...............................................................................................................................................6638 Description...............................................................................................................................................6638 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6638 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6638 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6638 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6638 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6639 B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH.............................................................................................................................6640 Description...............................................................................................................................................6640 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6640 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6640 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6640 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6640 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6641 B2557 VEHICLE SPEED...........................................................................................................................................6642 Description...............................................................................................................................................6642 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6642 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6642 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6642 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6642 B2560 STARTER CONTROL RELAY...................................................................................................................................6643 Description...............................................................................................................................................6643 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6643 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6643 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6643 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6643 B2601 SHIFT POSITION..........................................................................................................................................6644 Description...............................................................................................................................................6644 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6644 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6644 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6644 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6644 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6646 B2602 SHIFT POSITION..........................................................................................................................................6647 Description...............................................................................................................................................6647 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6647 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6647 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6647 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6647 B2603 SHIFT POSITION STATUS...................................................................................................................................6649 Description...............................................................................................................................................6649 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6649 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6649 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6649 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6649 B2604 PNP SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................6652 Description...............................................................................................................................................6652 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6652 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6652 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6652 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6652 B2605 PNP SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................6654 Description...............................................................................................................................................6654 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6654 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6654 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6654 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6654 B2606 STEERING LOCK RELAY.....................................................................................................................................6656 Description...............................................................................................................................................6656 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6656 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6656 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6656 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6656 B2607 STEERING LOCK RELAY.....................................................................................................................................6657 Description...............................................................................................................................................6657 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6657 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6657 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6657 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6657 B2608 STARTER RELAY...........................................................................................................................................6659 Description...............................................................................................................................................6659 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6659 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6659 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6659 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6659 B2609 STEERING STATUS.........................................................................................................................................6661 Description...............................................................................................................................................6661 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6661 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6661 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6661 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6661 B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT......................................................................................................................................6665 Description...............................................................................................................................................6665 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6665 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6665 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6665 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6665 B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT......................................................................................................................................6666 Description...............................................................................................................................................6666 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6666 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6666 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6666 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6666 B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT......................................................................................................................................6667 Description...............................................................................................................................................6667 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6667 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6667 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6667 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6667 B260F ENGINE STATUS...........................................................................................................................................6668 Description...............................................................................................................................................6668 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6668 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6668 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6668 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6668 B26E1 NO RECEPTION OF ENGINE STATUS SIGNAL....................................................................................................................6669 Description...............................................................................................................................................6669 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6669 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6669 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6669 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6669 B26E9 STEERING STATUS.........................................................................................................................................6670 Description...............................................................................................................................................6670 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6670 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6670 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6670 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6670 B26EA KEY REGISTRATION........................................................................................................................................6671 Description...............................................................................................................................................6671 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6671 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6671 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6671 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6671 B2612 STEERING STATUS.........................................................................................................................................6672 Description...............................................................................................................................................6672 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6672 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6672 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6672 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6672 B2617 STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................6676 Description...............................................................................................................................................6676 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6676 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6676 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6676 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6676 B2619 BCM.....................................................................................................................................................6678 Description...............................................................................................................................................6678 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6678 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6678 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6678 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6678 B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH.............................................................................................................................6679 Description...............................................................................................................................................6679 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6679 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6679 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6679 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6679 B261E VEHICLE TYPE............................................................................................................................................6682 Description...............................................................................................................................................6682 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6682 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6682 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6682 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6682 B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAY.....................................................................................................................................6683 Description...............................................................................................................................................6683 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6683 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6683 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6683 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6683 B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY.....................................................................................................................................6684 Description...............................................................................................................................................6684 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6684 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6684 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6684 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6684 B210A STEERING LOCK CONDITION SWITCH..........................................................................................................................6685 Description...............................................................................................................................................6685 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6685 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6685 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6685 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6685 B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY...................................................................................................................................6689 Description...............................................................................................................................................6689 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6689 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6689 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6689 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6689 B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY...................................................................................................................................6690 Description...............................................................................................................................................6690 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6690 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6690 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6690 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6690 B210D STARTER RELAY...........................................................................................................................................6691 Description...............................................................................................................................................6691 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6691 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6691 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6691 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6691 B210E STARTER RELAY...........................................................................................................................................6692 Description...............................................................................................................................................6692 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6692 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6692 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6692 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6692 B210F PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH.............................................................................................................................6694 Description...............................................................................................................................................6694 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6694 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6694 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6694 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6694 B2110 PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH.............................................................................................................................6696 Description...............................................................................................................................................6696 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6696 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6696 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6696 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6696 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................6698 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................6698 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................6698 IPDM E/R..................................................................................................................................................6698 IPDM E/R : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................6698 HOOD SWITCH...................................................................................................................................................6700 Description...............................................................................................................................................6700 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6700 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6700 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6701 HEADLAMP......................................................................................................................................................6702 Description...............................................................................................................................................6702 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6702 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6702 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP.......................................................................................................................................6703 Description...............................................................................................................................................6703 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6703 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6703 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6704 KEY WARNING LAMP..............................................................................................................................................6705 Description...............................................................................................................................................6705 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6705 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6705 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION..................................................................................................................6706 Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION -...........................................................................................6706 INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS......................................................................................................................6721 Wiring Diagram - IVIS -...................................................................................................................................6721 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................6735 Wiring Diagram - VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM -................................................................................................................6735 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................6745 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................6745 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................6745 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................6745 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6750 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6750 Wiring Diagram - BCM -....................................................................................................................................6769 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6775 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................6775 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................................................................................................................................6777 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................................6777 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...........................................................................................................................6777 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................6778 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................6778 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................6781 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................6781 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................6781 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6783 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6783 Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...............................................................................................................................6788 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6791 CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL.............................................................................................................................6791 If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM.....................................................................................................6791 If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM.....................................................................................................6792 IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION.........................................................................................................6792 FRONT WIPER CONTROL...................................................................................................................................6792 STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................6793 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................6793 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6794 ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE...............................................................................................6794 Description...............................................................................................................................................6794 Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)..........................................................................................................6794 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6794 STEERING DOES NOT LOCK........................................................................................................................................6795 Description...............................................................................................................................................6795 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6795 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR FLASH.............................................................................................................6796 Description...............................................................................................................................................6796 Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)..........................................................................................................6796 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6796 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CAN NOT BE SET........................................................................................................................6797 INTELLIGENT KEY...........................................................................................................................................6797 INTELLIGENT KEY : Description.........................................................................................................................6797 Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................................6797 INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................................................................................6797 DOOR REQUEST SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................6797 DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Description.....................................................................................................................6797 Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................................6797 DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................6797 DOOR KEY CYLINDER.........................................................................................................................................6798 DOOR KEY CYLINDER : Description.......................................................................................................................6798 Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................................6798 DOOR KEY CYLINDER : Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................6798 VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE......................................................................................................................6799 Description...............................................................................................................................................6799 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6799 KEY SLOT INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE........................................................................................................................6800 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6800 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................6801 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................6801 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................6801 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................6801 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................6801 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................6801 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................6802 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6803 KEY SLOT......................................................................................................................................................6803 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................6803 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6803 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6803 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6803 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH...................................................................................................................................6804 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6804 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6804 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6804 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.................................................................................................................................. 156 SR............................................................................................................................................................................6805 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6805 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6806 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6806 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................6806 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................6806 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................6806 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................6806 Occupant Classification System................................................................................................................................6807 Service.......................................................................................................................................................6807 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................6808 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................6808 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................6808 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................6809 COLLISION DIAGNOSIS...............................................................................................................................................6809 FOR FRONTAL COLLISION.........................................................................................................................................6809 FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision..............................................................................................6809 WORK PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................................6809 SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)................................................................................................................6809 FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision..........................................................................................6810 WORK PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................................6810 SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)................................................................................................................6810 FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION...............................................................................................................................6811 FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision....................................................................................6811 WORK PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................................6811 SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION)......................................................................................................6812 FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision................................................................................6812 WORK PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................................6812 SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION)......................................................................................................6812 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6815 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE.............................................................................................................................................6815 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6815 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6815 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6815 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6816 SPIRAL CABLE......................................................................................................................................................6818 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6818 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6818 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6818 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6819 FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE....................................................................................................................................6821 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6821 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6821 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6821 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6822 SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE.......................................................................................................................................6823 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6823 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6823 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6823 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6824 CRASH ZONE SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................6825 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6825 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6825 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6825 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6826 SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR...................................................................................................................................6827 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6827 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6827 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6827 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6828 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT.............................................................................................................................................6829 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6829 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6829 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6829 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6830 FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER.....................................................................................................................................6831 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6831 OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT.......................................................................................................................6832 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6832 For removal and installation..............................................................................................................................6832 SRC...........................................................................................................................................................................6833 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6833 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................6837 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW....................................................................................................................................6837 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................6837 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................6837 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................6837 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................................6840 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................6840 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..............................................................................................6840 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................6840 WORK PROCEDURE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................6840 ZERO POINT RESET..............................................................................................................................................6840 ZERO POINT RESET : Description............................................................................................................................6840 ZERO POINT RESET : Special Repair Requirement.............................................................................................................6840 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................6842 SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................6842 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................6842 System Description............................................................................................................................................6842 This SRS Air Bag System has the following functions.......................................................................................................6842 COLLISION MODE............................................................................................................................................6843 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6844 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6844 OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................................6846 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................6846 OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................6846 System Description............................................................................................................................................6846 This Occupant Detection System has the following functions................................................................................................6846 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6847 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6847 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIRBAG).........................................................................................................................................6848 Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................................6848 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................................................................6848 HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR QUICK AND ACCURATE REPAIR............................................................................................6848 Information from Customer.............................................................................................................................6848 Preliminary Check.....................................................................................................................................6848 Air Bag Warning Lamp Diagnosis................................................................................................................................6848 SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION...................................................................................................................................6848 HOW TO CHANGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE WITHOUT CONSULT-III.................................................................................................6849 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (USER MODE) .........................................................................................................................6849 Checking air bag operation according to air bag warning lamp-User mode................................................................................6849 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (DIAGNOSIS MODE).....................................................................................................................6850 An Example of a 3-second Blink Followed by a 0.5-second Blink Repeated................................................................................6850 Number of 0.5-second blinks after a 3-second blink indicates malfunctioning items.....................................................................6851 An Example of Two 1.5-second Blinks Followed by a 0.5-second Blink Repeated...........................................................................6852 Number of 0.5-second blinks after Two 1.5-second blinks indicates malfunctioning items................................................................6852 HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS......................................................................................................................6852 CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................................6852 HOW TO CHANGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE WITH CONSULT-III........................................................................................................6852 From User Mode to Diagnosis Mode......................................................................................................................6852 From Diagnosis Mode to User Mode......................................................................................................................6853 DIAGNOSIS MODE FOR CONSULT-III............................................................................................................................6853 HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS......................................................................................................................6853 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM)......................................................................................................................6854 CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................................6854 ZERO POINT RESET DESCRIPTION..............................................................................................................................6854 WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................................6854 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6855 B1001, B1002, B1003, B1004, B1005 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT...........................................................................................................6855 Description...................................................................................................................................................6855 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6855 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6855 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6855 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6855 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6855 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6855 B1006, B1007, B1008, B1009, B1010 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT...........................................................................................................6857 Description...................................................................................................................................................6857 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6857 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6857 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6857 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6857 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6857 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6857 B1011, B1012, B1013, B1014, B1015 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT...........................................................................................................6859 Description...................................................................................................................................................6859 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6859 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6859 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6859 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6859 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6859 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6859 B1017, B1020, B1021 OCCUPANT SENS C/U.............................................................................................................................6861 Description...................................................................................................................................................6861 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6861 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6861 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6861 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6861 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6861 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6861 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6861 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................................6861 B1018 OCCUPANT SENS...............................................................................................................................................6863 Description...................................................................................................................................................6863 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6863 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6863 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6863 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6863 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6863 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6863 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6863 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................................6863 B1022 OCCUPANT SENS C/U...........................................................................................................................................6865 Description...................................................................................................................................................6865 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6865 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6865 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6865 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6865 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6865 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6865 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6865 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................................6865 B1023 PASS A/B INDCTR CKT.........................................................................................................................................6867 Description...................................................................................................................................................6867 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6867 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6867 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6867 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6867 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6867 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6867 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6867 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................................6867 B1025, B1032, B1048 OCS SENSOR....................................................................................................................................6869 Description...................................................................................................................................................6869 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6869 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6869 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6869 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6869 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6869 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6869 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6869 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................................6869 B1026, B1027, B1028, B1029, B1030, B1031 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................6871 Description...................................................................................................................................................6871 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6871 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6871 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6871 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6871 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6871 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6871 B1033, B1034 CRASH ZONE SEN.......................................................................................................................................6873 Description...................................................................................................................................................6873 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6873 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6873 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6873 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6873 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6873 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6873 B1035, B1036 CRASH ZONE SEN.......................................................................................................................................6875 Description...................................................................................................................................................6875 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6875 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6875 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6875 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6875 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6875 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6875 B1037, B1039, B1041 CRASH ZONE SENS1..............................................................................................................................6877 Description...................................................................................................................................................6877 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6877 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6877 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6877 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6877 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6877 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6877 B1042, B1043, B1044, B1045, B1046, B1047 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................6879 Description...................................................................................................................................................6879 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6879 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6879 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6879 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6879 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6879 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6879 B1049, B1054 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.................................................................................................................................6881 Description...................................................................................................................................................6881 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6881 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6881 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6881 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6881 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6881 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6881 B1050, B1055 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.................................................................................................................................6883 Description...................................................................................................................................................6883 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6883 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6883 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6883 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6883 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6883 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6883 B1051, B1056 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.................................................................................................................................6885 Description...................................................................................................................................................6885 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6885 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6885 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6885 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6885 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6885 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6885 B1052, B1057 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.................................................................................................................................6887 Description...................................................................................................................................................6887 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6887 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6887 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6887 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6887 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6887 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6887 B1058, B1059, B1060, B1061, B1062, B1063 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................6889 Description...................................................................................................................................................6889 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6889 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6889 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6889 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6889 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6889 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6889 B1065, B1070 ASSIST A/B MODULE....................................................................................................................................6891 Description...................................................................................................................................................6891 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6891 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6891 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6891 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6891 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6891 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6891 B1066, B1071 ASSIST A/B MODULE....................................................................................................................................6893 Description...................................................................................................................................................6893 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6893 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6893 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6893 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6893 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6893 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6893 B1067, B1072 ASSIST A/B MODULE....................................................................................................................................6895 Description...................................................................................................................................................6895 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6895 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6895 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6895 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6895 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6895 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6895 B1068, B1073 ASSIST A/B MODULE....................................................................................................................................6897 Description...................................................................................................................................................6897 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6897 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6897 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6897 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6897 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6897 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6897 B1074, B1075, B1076, B1077, B1078, B1079 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................6899 Description...................................................................................................................................................6899 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6899 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6899 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6899 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6899 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6899 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6899 B1080, B1096 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE ................................................................................................................................6901 Description...................................................................................................................................................6901 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6901 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6901 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6901 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6901 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6901 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6901 B1081 PRE-TEN FRONT RH............................................................................................................................................6903 Description...................................................................................................................................................6903 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6903 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6903 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6903 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6903 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6903 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6903 B1082 PRE-TEN FRONT RH............................................................................................................................................6905 Description...................................................................................................................................................6905 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6905 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6905 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6905 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6905 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6905 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6905 B1083 PRE-TEN FRONT RH............................................................................................................................................6907 Description...................................................................................................................................................6907 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6907 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6907 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6907 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6907 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6907 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6907 B1084 PRE-TEN FRONT RH............................................................................................................................................6909 Description...................................................................................................................................................6909 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6909 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6909 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6909 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6909 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6909 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6909 B1086 PRE-TEN FRONT LH............................................................................................................................................6911 Description...................................................................................................................................................6911 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6911 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6911 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6911 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6911 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6911 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6911 B1087 PRE-TEN FRONT LH............................................................................................................................................6913 Description...................................................................................................................................................6913 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6913 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6913 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6913 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6913 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6913 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6913 B1088 PRE-TEN FRONT LH............................................................................................................................................6915 Description...................................................................................................................................................6915 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6915 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6915 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6915 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6915 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6915 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6915 B1089 PRE-TEN FRONT LH............................................................................................................................................6917 Description...................................................................................................................................................6917 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6917 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6917 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6917 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6917 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6917 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6917 B1090, B1091, B1092, B1093 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT..................................................................................................................6919 Description...................................................................................................................................................6919 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6919 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6919 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6919 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6919 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6919 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6919 B1106, B1107, B1108, B1109, B1110, B1111 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................6921 Description...................................................................................................................................................6921 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6921 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6921 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6921 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6921 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6921 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6921 B1113, B1114 SATELLITE SENS RH....................................................................................................................................6923 Description...................................................................................................................................................6923 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6923 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6923 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6923 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6923 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6923 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6923 B1115, B1116 SATELLITE SENS RH....................................................................................................................................6925 Description...................................................................................................................................................6925 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6925 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6925 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6925 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6925 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6925 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6925 B1118, B1119 SATELLITE SENS LH....................................................................................................................................6927 Description...................................................................................................................................................6927 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6927 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6927 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6927 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6927 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6927 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6927 B1120, B1121 SATELLITE SENS LH....................................................................................................................................6929 Description...................................................................................................................................................6929 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6929 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6929 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6929 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6929 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6929 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6929 B1122, B1123, B1124, B1125, B1126, B1127 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................6931 Description...................................................................................................................................................6931 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6931 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6931 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6931 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6931 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6931 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6931 B1129 SIDE MODULE RH..............................................................................................................................................6933 Description...................................................................................................................................................6933 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6933 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6933 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6933 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6933 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6933 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6933 B1130 SIDE MODULE RH..............................................................................................................................................6935 Description...................................................................................................................................................6935 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6935 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6935 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6935 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6935 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6935 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6935 B1131 SIDE MODULE RH..............................................................................................................................................6937 Description...................................................................................................................................................6937 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6937 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6937 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6937 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6937 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6937 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6937 B1132 SIDE MODULE RH..............................................................................................................................................6939 Description...................................................................................................................................................6939 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6939 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6939 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6939 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6939 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6939 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6939 B1134 SIDE MODULE LH..............................................................................................................................................6941 Description...................................................................................................................................................6941 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6941 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6941 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6941 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6941 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6941 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6941 B1135 SIDE MODULE LH..............................................................................................................................................6943 Description...................................................................................................................................................6943 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6943 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6943 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6943 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6943 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6943 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6943 B1136 SIDE MODULE LH..............................................................................................................................................6945 Description...................................................................................................................................................6945 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6945 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6945 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6945 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6945 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6945 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6945 B1137 SIDE MODULE LH..............................................................................................................................................6947 Description...................................................................................................................................................6947 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6947 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6947 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6947 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6947 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6947 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6947 B1138, B1139, B1140, B1141, B1142, B1143 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................6949 Description...................................................................................................................................................6949 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6949 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6949 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6949 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6949 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6949 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6949 B1144 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ......................................................................................................................................6951 Description...................................................................................................................................................6951 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6951 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6951 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6951 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6951 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6951 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6951 B1145 CURTAIN MODULE RH...........................................................................................................................................6953 Description...................................................................................................................................................6953 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6953 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6953 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6953 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6953 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6953 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6953 B1146 CURTAIN MODULE RH...........................................................................................................................................6955 Description...................................................................................................................................................6955 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6955 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6955 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6955 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6955 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6955 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6955 B1147 CURTAIN MODULE RH...........................................................................................................................................6957 Description...................................................................................................................................................6957 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6957 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6957 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6957 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6957 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6957 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6957 B1148 CURTAIN MODULE RH...........................................................................................................................................6959 Description...................................................................................................................................................6959 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6959 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6959 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6959 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6959 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6959 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6959 B1150 CURTAIN MODULE LH...........................................................................................................................................6961 Description...................................................................................................................................................6961 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6961 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6961 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6961 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6961 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6961 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6961 B1151 CURTAIN MODULE LH...........................................................................................................................................6963 Description...................................................................................................................................................6963 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6963 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6963 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6963 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6963 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6963 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6963 B1152 CURTAIN MODULE LH...........................................................................................................................................6965 Description...................................................................................................................................................6965 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6965 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6965 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6965 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6965 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6965 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6965 B1153 CURTAIN MODULE LH...........................................................................................................................................6967 Description...................................................................................................................................................6967 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6967 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6967 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6967 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6967 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6967 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6967 B1154, B1155, B1156, B1157 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT..................................................................................................................6969 Description...................................................................................................................................................6969 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6969 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6969 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6969 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6969 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6969 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6969 B1170, B1171, B1172, B1173 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT..................................................................................................................6971 Description...................................................................................................................................................6971 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6971 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6971 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6971 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6971 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6971 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6971 B1186, B1187, B1188, B1189 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT..................................................................................................................6973 Description...................................................................................................................................................6973 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6973 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6973 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6973 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6973 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6973 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6973 B1202, B1203, B1204, B1205, B1206, B1207 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................6975 Description...................................................................................................................................................6975 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6975 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6975 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6975 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6975 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6975 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6975 B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION.................................................................................................................................6977 Description...................................................................................................................................................6977 DTC B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION.....................................................................................................................6977 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6977 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6977 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6977 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6977 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6977 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6977 B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION....................................................................................................................................6979 Description...................................................................................................................................................6979 DTC B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION........................................................................................................................6979 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6979 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6979 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6979 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6979 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6979 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6979 B1211 ROLLOVER DETECTION..........................................................................................................................................6980 Description...................................................................................................................................................6980 DTC B1211 ROLLOVER DETECTION..............................................................................................................................6980 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6980 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6980 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6980 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6980 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6980 With CONSULT-III......................................................................................................................................6980 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6980 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6980 B1212, B1213, B1214 RH1 SAT-SENS..................................................................................................................................6982 Description...................................................................................................................................................6982 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6982 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6982 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6982 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6982 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6982 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6982 B1215, B1216, B1217 LH1 SAT-SENS..................................................................................................................................6984 Description...................................................................................................................................................6984 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6984 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6984 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6984 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6984 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6984 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6984 B1218, B1219 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................................................................................................................................6986 Description...................................................................................................................................................6986 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................6986 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................6986 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6986 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6986 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6986 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6986 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................6988 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT.............................................................................................................................................6988 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................6988 Wiring Diagram - SRS AIR BAG CONTROL SYSTEM -.................................................................................................................6993 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................7003 SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF........................................................................................................................7003 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7003 SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON.........................................................................................................................7004 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7004 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................7005 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................7005 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................7005 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................7005 Service.......................................................................................................................................................7005 Occupant Detection System Precaution..........................................................................................................................7005 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 ST............................................................................................................................................................................7006 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7006 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................7008 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................................7008 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................................7008 2WD MODELS (WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR).......................................................................................................................7008 2WD MODELS (WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR)..........................................................................................................................7008 AWD MODELS (WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR).......................................................................................................................7009 AWD MODELS (WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR)..........................................................................................................................7010 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................7012 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................7012 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................7012 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................7012 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................7012 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................7012 Service Notice or Precautions for Steering System.............................................................................................................7013 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................7014 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................7014 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................7014 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................7015 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................7017 POWER STEERING FLUID..............................................................................................................................................7017 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................7017 FLUID LEVEL...............................................................................................................................................7017 FLUID LEAKAGE.............................................................................................................................................7017 AIR BLEEDING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................7017 STEERING WHEEL....................................................................................................................................................7019 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................7019 STEERING WHEEL AXIAL END PLAY.............................................................................................................................7019 STEERING WHEEL PLAY.......................................................................................................................................7019 NEUTRAL POSITION STEERING WHEEL...........................................................................................................................7019 STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE..............................................................................................................................7019 RACK SLIDING FORCE........................................................................................................................................7020 FRONT WHEEL TURNING ANGLE.................................................................................................................................7020 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7022 STEERING WHEEL....................................................................................................................................................7022 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7022 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7022 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7022 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7022 STEERING COLUMN...................................................................................................................................................7023 WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR........................................................................................................................................7023 WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................7023 WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................7023 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7023 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7024 WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Inspection.......................................................................................................................7024 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................7024 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7025 WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR...........................................................................................................................................7025 WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View.......................................................................................................................7026 WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................7026 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7026 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7027 WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Inspection..........................................................................................................................7027 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................7027 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7028 LOWER SHAFT.......................................................................................................................................................7029 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7029 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7029 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7029 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7029 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................7030 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE.........................................................................................................................................7031 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7031 REMOVAL ..................................................................................................................................................7031 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................7031 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7032 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7032 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7032 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................7033 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................7033 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................7035 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................7039 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................7039 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................7039 Boot..................................................................................................................................................7039 Rack Assembly.........................................................................................................................................7039 Gear-Sub Assembly.....................................................................................................................................7039 Gear Housing Assembly.................................................................................................................................7039 Outer Socket and Inner Socket.........................................................................................................................7039 BALL JOINT SWINGING TORQUE............................................................................................................................7040 BALL JOINT ROTATING TORQUE............................................................................................................................7040 BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY.............................................................................................................................7040 POWER STEERING OIL PUMP...........................................................................................................................................7041 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................7041 VQ35HR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................7041 REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................................7041 DISASSEMBLY ..........................................................................................................................................7041 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................................7042 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7042 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7042 VQ35HR : Disassembly and Assembly.........................................................................................................................7042 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................7042 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................7043 VQ35HR : Inspection.......................................................................................................................................7045 RELIEF OIL PRESSURE...................................................................................................................................7045 BEFORE DISASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................7045 AFTER DISASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................7045 Body Assembly and Rear Cover Inspection...........................................................................................................7045 Cartridge Assembly Inspection.....................................................................................................................7046 Side Plate Inspection.............................................................................................................................7046 Flow Control Valve Inspection.....................................................................................................................7046 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................7046 VK50VE : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................7046 REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................................7046 DISASSEMBLY ..........................................................................................................................................7046 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................................7047 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7047 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7047 VK50VE : Disassembly and Assembly.........................................................................................................................7048 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................7048 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................7049 VK50VE : Inspection.......................................................................................................................................7051 RELIEF OIL PRESSURE...................................................................................................................................7051 BEFORE DISASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................7051 AFTER DISASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................7051 Body Assembly and Rear Cover Inspection...........................................................................................................7051 Cartridge Assembly Inspection.....................................................................................................................7052 Side Plate Inspection.............................................................................................................................7052 Flow Control Valve Inspection.....................................................................................................................7052 HYDRAULIC LINE....................................................................................................................................................7053 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................7053 VQ35HR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................7053 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................7053 VK50VE : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................7054 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................7055 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................7055 General Specifications........................................................................................................................................7055 Steering Wheel Axial End Play and Play........................................................................................................................7055 Steering Wheel Turning Force..................................................................................................................................7055 Steering Angle................................................................................................................................................7055 Steering Column Length........................................................................................................................................7055 Steering Column Mounting Dimensions...........................................................................................................................7055 Steering Column Operating Range...............................................................................................................................7055 Lower Shaft Sliding Range.....................................................................................................................................7056 Rack Sliding Force............................................................................................................................................7056 Rack Stroke...................................................................................................................................................7056 Socket Swing Force and Rotating Torque........................................................................................................................7056 SWING FORCE...............................................................................................................................................7056 ROTATING TORQUE...........................................................................................................................................7056 Socket Axial End Play.........................................................................................................................................7056 Inner Socket Length...........................................................................................................................................7056 Relief Oil Pressure...........................................................................................................................................7056 STC...........................................................................................................................................................................7057 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7057 WITHOUT REAR ACTIVE STEER.............................................................................................................................................7060 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................7060 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................7060 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................7060 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................7060 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................7061 EPS SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................................7061 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7061 CONTROL DIAGRAM.......................................................................................................................................7061 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................7061 System Description........................................................................................................................................7061 OPERATION PRINCIPLE...................................................................................................................................7062 During Parking (When Turning The Steering Wheel To The Right.)....................................................................................7062 During High-speed Operation.......................................................................................................................7062 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7063 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7063 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................7064 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................7064 Description...............................................................................................................................................7064 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7064 POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................................................7065 Description...............................................................................................................................................7065 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7065 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7066 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................7067 Description...............................................................................................................................................7067 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7067 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................7070 Description...............................................................................................................................................7070 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7070 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................7072 POWER STEERING CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................7072 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................7072 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................7072 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................7072 Wiring Diagram - ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED POWER STEERING SYSTEM -........................................................................................7074 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................7079 EPS system............................................................................................................................................7079 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7081 UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION).....................................................................................................7081 Description...............................................................................................................................................7081 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7081 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................7082 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................7082 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................7082 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................7082 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................7082 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................7082 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7083 POWER STEERING CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................7083 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7083 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7083 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7083 WITH REAR ACTIVE STEER................................................................................................................................................7084 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................7084 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................7084 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................7084 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................7084 Question sheet............................................................................................................................................7085 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7085 WORKSHEET SAMPLE......................................................................................................................................7086 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................7087 RAS SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................................7087 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7087 CONTROL DIAGRAM.......................................................................................................................................7087 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................7087 System Description........................................................................................................................................7087 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7087 Model Following Control...........................................................................................................................7088 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................7088 OPERATION FEATURE.....................................................................................................................................7089 RAS ACTUATOR......................................................................................................................................7089 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7089 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7090 EPS SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................................7091 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7091 CONTROL DIAGRAM.......................................................................................................................................7091 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................7091 System Description........................................................................................................................................7091 OPERATION PRINCIPLE...................................................................................................................................7092 During Parking (When Turning The Steering Wheel To The Right.)....................................................................................7092 During High-speed Operation.......................................................................................................................7092 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7093 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7093 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (RAS CONTROL UNIT)...........................................................................................................................7094 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................7094 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7094 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................7094 JUDGMENT SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE..........................................................................................................................7094 ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................7095 CONSULT-III Function .....................................................................................................................................7095 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................7095 SELF-DIAG RESULT MODE.................................................................................................................................7095 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................7095 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...........................................................................................................................7095 DATA MONITOR MODE.....................................................................................................................................7096 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................7096 ACTIVE TEST MODE......................................................................................................................................7096 Description.......................................................................................................................................7096 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................7098 C1900, C1901, C1906, C1907, C1927, C1933 RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................7098 Description...............................................................................................................................................7098 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7098 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7098 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7098 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7098 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7099 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7099 C1902, C1903, C1904, C1910, C1913 RAS MOTOR OUTPUT............................................................................................................7100 Description...............................................................................................................................................7100 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7100 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7100 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7100 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7100 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7102 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7102 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7102 C1905, C1908, C1922, C1925, C1928 RAS CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................7104 Description...............................................................................................................................................7104 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7104 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7104 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7104 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7104 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7105 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7105 C1909 RAS CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................7106 Description...............................................................................................................................................7106 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7106 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7106 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7106 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7106 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7107 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7107 C1911, C1912 RAS MOTOR POWER SUPPLY...........................................................................................................................7108 Description...............................................................................................................................................7108 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7108 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7108 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7108 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7108 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7110 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7111 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7111 C1914 REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR........................................................................................................................7112 Description...............................................................................................................................................7112 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7112 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7112 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7112 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7112 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7113 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7114 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7114 C1915, C1916 REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR.................................................................................................................7115 Description...............................................................................................................................................7115 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7115 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7115 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7115 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7115 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7117 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7117 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7117 C1917, C1918 REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR.................................................................................................................7118 Description...............................................................................................................................................7118 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7118 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7118 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7118 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7118 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7120 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7120 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7120 C1919 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL....................................................................................................................................7121 Description...............................................................................................................................................7121 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7121 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7121 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7121 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7121 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7122 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7122 C1920 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................7123 Description...............................................................................................................................................7123 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7123 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7123 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7123 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7123 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7124 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7124 C1921 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL.....................................................................................................................................7125 Description...............................................................................................................................................7125 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7125 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7125 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7125 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7125 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7126 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7126 C1923 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................7127 Description...............................................................................................................................................7127 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7127 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7127 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7127 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7127 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7128 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7128 C1924 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................7129 Description...............................................................................................................................................7129 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7129 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7129 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7129 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7129 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7130 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7130 C1926 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................7131 Description...............................................................................................................................................7131 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7131 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7131 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7131 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7131 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7132 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7132 C1929 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)...........................................................................................................7133 Description...............................................................................................................................................7133 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7133 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7133 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7133 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7133 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7134 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7134 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................7135 Description...............................................................................................................................................7135 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7135 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7135 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7135 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7135 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7135 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7135 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................7136 Description...............................................................................................................................................7136 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7136 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7136 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7136 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7136 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7136 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7136 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................7137 Description...............................................................................................................................................7137 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7137 POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................................................7139 Description...............................................................................................................................................7139 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7139 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7140 RAS WARNING LAMP..............................................................................................................................................7141 Description...............................................................................................................................................7141 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7141 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7141 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7142 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7142 STOP LAMP SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................7143 Description...............................................................................................................................................7143 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7143 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7143 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7143 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7144 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7144 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................7145 RAS CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................7145 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................7145 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................7145 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................7146 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................7146 Wiring Diagram - RAS SYSTEM -.............................................................................................................................7148 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................7156 RAS system............................................................................................................................................7156 EPS system............................................................................................................................................7157 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................7158 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................7158 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7161 RAS WARNING LAMP DOSE NOT TURN ON ............................................................................................................................7161 Description...............................................................................................................................................7161 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7161 RAS WARNING LAMP DOSE NOT TURN OFF ...........................................................................................................................7162 Description...............................................................................................................................................7162 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7162 UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION).....................................................................................................7163 Description...............................................................................................................................................7163 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7163 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................7164 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................7164 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................7164 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................7164 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................7164 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................7164 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7165 RAS CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................7165 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7165 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7165 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7165 REAR ACTIVE STEER.............................................................................................................................................7166 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7166 COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................7166 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7166 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7166 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7166 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 STR...........................................................................................................................................................................7167 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7167 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................7168 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................7168 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................7168 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................7168 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................7168 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................7171 STARTING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................7171 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................7171 System Description............................................................................................................................................7171 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................7171 VQ35HR : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................................7172 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................7172 VK50VE : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................................7173 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................7173 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7174 B TERMINAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................................7174 Description...................................................................................................................................................7174 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7174 S CONNECTOR CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................................7175 Description...................................................................................................................................................7175 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7175 STARTING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................7176 Wiring Diagram - STARTING SYSTEM -............................................................................................................................7176 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................7181 STARTING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................7181 Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................................7181 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................7182 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................7182 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................7182 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................7182 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................7183 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................7183 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................7183 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................7183 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7184 STARTER MOTOR.....................................................................................................................................................7184 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................7184 VQ35HR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................7184 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7184 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation (2WD)...................................................................................................................7185 Removal...............................................................................................................................................7185 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7186 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation (AWD)...................................................................................................................7186 Removal...............................................................................................................................................7186 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7187 VQ35HR : Inspection.......................................................................................................................................7187 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................7187 Pinion/Clutch Check...............................................................................................................................7187 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................7187 VK50VE : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................7187 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7187 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................7188 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................................7189 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7189 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7189 VK50VE : Inspection.......................................................................................................................................7189 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................7189 Pinion/Clutch Check...............................................................................................................................7189 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................7190 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................7190 Starter Motor.................................................................................................................................................7190 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 TM............................................................................................................................................................................7191 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7191 7AT: RE7R01A (VQ35HR).................................................................................................................................................7197 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................7197 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................7197 Diagnosis Flow............................................................................................................................................7197 Question sheet............................................................................................................................................7198 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7198 WORKSHEET SAMPLE......................................................................................................................................7198 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................7200 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................7200 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7200 System Description........................................................................................................................................7200 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7200 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7200 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7201 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7202 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL.........................................................................................................................................7203 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7203 System Description........................................................................................................................................7203 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7203 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7203 Normal Control....................................................................................................................................7203 Back-up Control (Engine Brake)....................................................................................................................7204 During Shift Change...............................................................................................................................7204 At Low Fluid Temperature..........................................................................................................................7204 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7205 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7206 SHIFT CHANGE CONTROL..........................................................................................................................................7207 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7207 System Description........................................................................................................................................7207 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7207 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7207 Shift Change......................................................................................................................................7208 Blipping Control..................................................................................................................................7208 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7210 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7211 SHIFT PATTERN CONTROL.........................................................................................................................................7212 ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL)..............................................................................................................................7212 ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : System Diagram.........................................................................................................7212 ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : System Description.....................................................................................................7212 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................7212 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................7212 ASC (Adaptive Shift Control)..................................................................................................................7212 ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : Component Parts Location...............................................................................................7214 ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : Component Description..................................................................................................7215 MANUAL MODE...............................................................................................................................................7215 MANUAL MODE : System Diagram..........................................................................................................................7216 MANUAL MODE : System Description......................................................................................................................7216 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................7216 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................7216 Manual Mode...................................................................................................................................7216 MANUAL MODE : Component Parts Location................................................................................................................7217 MANUAL MODE : Component Description...................................................................................................................7218 LOCK-UP CONTROL...............................................................................................................................................7219 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7219 System Description........................................................................................................................................7219 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7219 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7219 Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve Control.....................................................................................................7219 Smooth Lock-up Control............................................................................................................................7220 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7221 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7222 SHIFT MECHANISM...............................................................................................................................................7223 Cross-Sectional View......................................................................................................................................7223 2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7223 AWD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7223 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7225 System Description........................................................................................................................................7225 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7225 CLUTCH AND BAND CHART.................................................................................................................................7226 POWER TRANSMISSION....................................................................................................................................7226 “N” Position......................................................................................................................................7226 “P” Position......................................................................................................................................7227 “D1” and “DS1” Positions..........................................................................................................................7228 “M1” Position.....................................................................................................................................7230 “D2” and “DS2” Positions..........................................................................................................................7232 “M2” Position.....................................................................................................................................7234 “D3”, “DS3” and “M3” Positions....................................................................................................................7236 “D4”, “DS4” and “M4” Positions....................................................................................................................7238 “D5”, “DS5” and “M5” Positions....................................................................................................................7240 “D6”, “DS6” and “M6” Positions....................................................................................................................7242 “D7”, “DS7” and “M7” Positions....................................................................................................................7244 “R” Position......................................................................................................................................7246 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7248 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7248 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................7249 System Description........................................................................................................................................7249 SHIFT LOCK OPERATION AT “P” POSITION..................................................................................................................7249 When Brake Pedal Is Not Depressed (No Shift Operation Allowed)....................................................................................7249 When Brake Pedal Is Depressed (Shift Operation Allowed)...........................................................................................7249 OPERATION AT OTHER THAN “P” POSITION..................................................................................................................7249 “P” POSITION RETAINING MECHANISM (IGNITION SWITCH LOCK)...............................................................................................7249 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7250 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7250 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................7251 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................7251 OBD FUNCTION..........................................................................................................................................7251 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)........................................................................................................................................7252 CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION).......................................................................................................................7252 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.........................................................................................................................7252 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS...............................................................................................................................7252 Display Items List................................................................................................................................7252 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................7252 Display Items List................................................................................................................................7252 DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION................................................................................................................................7256 DTC Work Support..................................................................................................................................7257 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................7258 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................7258 Description...............................................................................................................................................7258 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7258 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7258 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7258 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7258 P0615 STARTER RELAY...........................................................................................................................................7259 Description...............................................................................................................................................7259 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7259 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7259 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7259 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7259 P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A.............................................................................................................................7261 Description...............................................................................................................................................7261 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7261 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7261 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7261 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7261 P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A.................................................................................................................7262 Description...............................................................................................................................................7262 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7262 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7262 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7262 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7262 P0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A....................................................................................................................................7264 Description...............................................................................................................................................7264 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7264 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7264 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7264 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7264 P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR.....................................................................................................................................7266 Description...............................................................................................................................................7266 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7266 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7266 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7266 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7267 P0725 ENGINE SPEED............................................................................................................................................7268 Description...............................................................................................................................................7268 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7268 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7268 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7268 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7268 P0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7270 Description...............................................................................................................................................7270 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7270 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7270 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7270 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7271 P0730 INCORRECT GEAR RATIO....................................................................................................................................7272 Description...............................................................................................................................................7272 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7272 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7272 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7272 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7272 P0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7274 Description...............................................................................................................................................7274 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7274 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7274 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7274 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7275 P0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7276 Description...............................................................................................................................................7276 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7276 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7276 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7276 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7277 P0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7278 Description...............................................................................................................................................7278 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7278 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7278 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7278 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7279 P0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7280 Description...............................................................................................................................................7280 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7280 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7280 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7280 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7281 P0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7282 Description...............................................................................................................................................7282 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7282 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7282 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7282 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7283 P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER........................................................................................................................................7284 Description...............................................................................................................................................7284 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7284 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7284 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7284 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7284 P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER........................................................................................................................................7286 Description...............................................................................................................................................7286 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7286 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7286 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7286 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7286 P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A.............................................................................................................................7287 Description...............................................................................................................................................7287 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7287 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7287 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7287 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7287 P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A........................................................................................................................................7288 Description...............................................................................................................................................7288 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7288 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7288 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7288 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7288 P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B.............................................................................................................................7290 Description...............................................................................................................................................7290 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7290 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7290 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7290 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7290 P0780 SHIFT...................................................................................................................................................7291 Description...............................................................................................................................................7291 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7291 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7291 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7291 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7291 P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID C.............................................................................................................................7292 Description...............................................................................................................................................7292 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7292 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7292 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7292 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7292 P1705 TP SENSOR...............................................................................................................................................7293 Description...............................................................................................................................................7293 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7293 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7293 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7293 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7293 P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL....................................................................................................................................7295 Description...............................................................................................................................................7295 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7295 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7295 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7295 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7296 P1730 INTERLOCK...............................................................................................................................................7297 Description...............................................................................................................................................7297 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7297 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7297 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7297 Judgment of A/T Interlock.................................................................................................................................7297 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7298 P1734 7GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7299 Description...............................................................................................................................................7299 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7299 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7299 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7299 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7300 P1815 M-MODE SWITCH...........................................................................................................................................7301 Description...............................................................................................................................................7301 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7301 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7301 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7301 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7301 Component Inspection (Manual Mode Switch).................................................................................................................7303 P2713 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID D.............................................................................................................................7304 Description...............................................................................................................................................7304 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7304 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7304 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7304 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7304 P2722 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID E.............................................................................................................................7305 Description...............................................................................................................................................7305 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7305 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7305 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7305 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7305 P2731 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID F.............................................................................................................................7306 Description...............................................................................................................................................7306 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7306 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7306 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7306 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7306 P2807 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID G.............................................................................................................................7307 Description...............................................................................................................................................7307 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7307 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7307 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7307 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7307 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7309 Description...............................................................................................................................................7309 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7309 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................7311 Description...............................................................................................................................................7311 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7311 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7311 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................7312 Description...............................................................................................................................................7312 Wiring Diagram - A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM -..................................................................................................................7312 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7314 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7315 Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid)................................................................................................................7317 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................7317 SELECTOR LEVER POSITION INDICATOR.............................................................................................................................7319 Description...............................................................................................................................................7319 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7319 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7319 Component Inspection (Selector Lever Position Indicator)..................................................................................................7322 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................7323 TCM...........................................................................................................................................................7323 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................7323 VALUES ON DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................7323 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................7328 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................7328 Wiring Diagram - A/T CONTROL SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................................7330 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................7336 FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION....................................................................................................................................7337 Protection Control........................................................................................................................................7339 REVERSE INHIBIT CONTROL...............................................................................................................................7339 1ST ENGINE BRAKE PROTECTION CONTROL...................................................................................................................7339 TCM HIGH TEMPERATURE PROTECTION CONTROL...............................................................................................................7339 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................7340 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................7340 IGN COUNTER...........................................................................................................................................7341 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7342 SYSTEM SYMPTOM................................................................................................................................................7342 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................7342 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................7347 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................7347 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................7347 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................7347 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................7347 Service Notice or Precaution..............................................................................................................................7348 ATF COOLER SERVICE....................................................................................................................................7348 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................7349 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................7349 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................7349 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................7350 A/T FLUID.....................................................................................................................................................7350 Changing..................................................................................................................................................7350 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................7351 A/T FLUID COOLER..............................................................................................................................................7353 Cleaning..................................................................................................................................................7353 CLEANING PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................7353 DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................7354 INSPECTION PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................7354 Inspection................................................................................................................................................7355 STALL TEST....................................................................................................................................................7356 Inspection and Judgment...................................................................................................................................7356 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................7356 JUDGMENT OF STALL TEST................................................................................................................................7356 A/T POSITION..................................................................................................................................................7357 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7357 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................7357 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................7357 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7358 A/T SHIFT SELECTOR............................................................................................................................................7358 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7358 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7359 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7359 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7359 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7360 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7360 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7360 CONTROL ROD...................................................................................................................................................7361 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7361 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7361 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7361 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7361 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7361 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7361 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7361 OIL PAN.......................................................................................................................................................7362 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7362 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7362 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7362 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7363 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7363 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................7363 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7363 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7363 AIR BREATHER HOSE.............................................................................................................................................7364 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................7364 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................7364 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................7364 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................7364 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................7364 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................7365 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................7365 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................7365 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................7365 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................7365 FLUID COOLER SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................................7366 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................7366 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................7366 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................7366 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................7366 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................7366 2WD : Inspection and Adjustment.......................................................................................................................7367 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7367 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7368 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................7368 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................7368 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................7368 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................7368 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................7369 AWD : Inspection and Adjustment.......................................................................................................................7370 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7370 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7370 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................7371 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................7371 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................7371 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................7371 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................7371 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................7371 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................7372 2WD : Inspection and Adjustment.......................................................................................................................7373 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7373 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7373 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................7373 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................7374 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................7374 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................7374 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................7375 AWD : Inspection and Adjustment.......................................................................................................................7376 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7376 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7376 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................7377 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................7377 General Specification.....................................................................................................................................7377 Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs...............................................................................................................7377 2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7377 AWD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7377 Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases............................................................................................................7378 2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7378 AWD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7378 Stall Speed...............................................................................................................................................7378 Torque Converter..........................................................................................................................................7378 7AT: RE7R01B (VK50VE).................................................................................................................................................7379 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................7379 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................7379 Diagnosis Flow............................................................................................................................................7379 Question sheet............................................................................................................................................7380 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7380 WORKSHEET SAMPLE......................................................................................................................................7380 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................7382 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................7382 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7382 System Description........................................................................................................................................7382 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7382 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7382 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7383 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7384 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL.........................................................................................................................................7385 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7385 System Description........................................................................................................................................7385 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7385 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7385 Normal Control....................................................................................................................................7385 Back-up Control (Engine Brake)....................................................................................................................7386 During Shift Change...............................................................................................................................7386 At Low Fluid Temperature..........................................................................................................................7386 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7387 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7388 SHIFT CHANGE CONTROL..........................................................................................................................................7389 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7389 System Description........................................................................................................................................7389 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7389 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7389 Shift Change......................................................................................................................................7390 Blipping Control..................................................................................................................................7390 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7392 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7393 SHIFT PATTERN CONTROL.........................................................................................................................................7394 ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL)..............................................................................................................................7394 ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : System Diagram.........................................................................................................7394 ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : System Description.....................................................................................................7394 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................7394 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................7394 ASC (Adaptive Shift Control)..................................................................................................................7394 ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : Component Parts Location...............................................................................................7396 ASC (ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL) : Component Description..................................................................................................7397 MANUAL MODE...............................................................................................................................................7397 MANUAL MODE : System Diagram..........................................................................................................................7398 MANUAL MODE : System Description......................................................................................................................7398 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................7398 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................7398 Manual Mode...................................................................................................................................7398 MANUAL MODE : Component Parts Location................................................................................................................7399 MANUAL MODE : Component Description...................................................................................................................7400 LOCK-UP CONTROL...............................................................................................................................................7401 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7401 System Description........................................................................................................................................7401 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7401 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7401 Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve Control.....................................................................................................7401 Smooth Lock-up Control............................................................................................................................7402 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7403 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7404 SHIFT MECHANISM...............................................................................................................................................7405 Cross-Sectional View......................................................................................................................................7405 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7406 System Description........................................................................................................................................7406 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7406 CLUTCH AND BAND CHART.................................................................................................................................7407 POWER TRANSMISSION....................................................................................................................................7407 “N” Position......................................................................................................................................7407 “P” Position......................................................................................................................................7408 “D1” and “DS1” Positions..........................................................................................................................7409 “M1” Position.....................................................................................................................................7411 “D2” and “DS2” Positions..........................................................................................................................7413 “M2” Position.....................................................................................................................................7415 “D3”, “DS3” and “M3” Positions....................................................................................................................7417 “D4”, “DS4” and “M4” Positions....................................................................................................................7419 “D5”, “DS5” and “M5” Positions....................................................................................................................7421 “D6”, “DS6” and “M6” Positions....................................................................................................................7423 “D7”, “DS7” and “M7” Positions....................................................................................................................7425 “R” Position......................................................................................................................................7427 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7429 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7429 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................7430 System Description........................................................................................................................................7430 SHIFT LOCK OPERATION AT “P” POSITION..................................................................................................................7430 When Brake Pedal Is Not Depressed (No Shift Operation Allowed)....................................................................................7430 When Brake Pedal Is Depressed (Shift Operation Allowed)...........................................................................................7430 OPERATION AT OTHER THAN “P” POSITION..................................................................................................................7430 “P” POSITION RETAINING MECHANISM (IGNITION SWITCH LOCK)...............................................................................................7430 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7431 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7431 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................7432 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................7432 OBD FUNCTION..........................................................................................................................................7432 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)........................................................................................................................................7433 CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION).......................................................................................................................7433 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.........................................................................................................................7433 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS...............................................................................................................................7433 Display Items List................................................................................................................................7433 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................7433 Display Items List................................................................................................................................7433 DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION................................................................................................................................7437 DTC Work Support..................................................................................................................................7437 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................7439 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................7439 Description...............................................................................................................................................7439 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7439 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7439 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7439 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7439 P0615 STARTER RELAY...........................................................................................................................................7440 Description...............................................................................................................................................7440 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7440 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7440 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7440 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7440 P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A.............................................................................................................................7442 Description...............................................................................................................................................7442 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7442 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7442 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7442 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7442 P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A.................................................................................................................7443 Description...............................................................................................................................................7443 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7443 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7443 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7443 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7443 P0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A....................................................................................................................................7445 Description...............................................................................................................................................7445 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7445 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7445 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7445 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7445 P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR.....................................................................................................................................7447 Description...............................................................................................................................................7447 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7447 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7447 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7447 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7448 P0725 ENGINE SPEED............................................................................................................................................7449 Description...............................................................................................................................................7449 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7449 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7449 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7449 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7449 P0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7451 Description...............................................................................................................................................7451 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7451 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7451 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7451 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7452 P0730 INCORRECT GEAR RATIO....................................................................................................................................7453 Description...............................................................................................................................................7453 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7453 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7453 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7453 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7453 P0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7454 Description...............................................................................................................................................7454 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7454 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7454 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7454 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7455 P0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7456 Description...............................................................................................................................................7456 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7456 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7456 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7456 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7457 P0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7458 Description...............................................................................................................................................7458 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7458 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7458 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7458 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7459 P0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7460 Description...............................................................................................................................................7460 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7460 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7460 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7460 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7461 P0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7462 Description...............................................................................................................................................7462 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7462 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7462 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7462 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7463 P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER........................................................................................................................................7464 Description...............................................................................................................................................7464 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7464 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7464 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7464 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7464 P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER........................................................................................................................................7466 Description...............................................................................................................................................7466 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7466 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7466 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7466 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7466 P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A.............................................................................................................................7467 Description...............................................................................................................................................7467 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7467 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7467 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7467 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7467 P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A........................................................................................................................................7468 Description...............................................................................................................................................7468 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7468 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7468 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7468 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7468 P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B.............................................................................................................................7469 Description...............................................................................................................................................7469 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7469 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7469 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7469 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7469 P0780 SHIFT...................................................................................................................................................7470 Description...............................................................................................................................................7470 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7470 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7470 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7470 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7470 P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID C.............................................................................................................................7471 Description...............................................................................................................................................7471 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7471 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7471 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7471 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7471 P1705 TP SENSOR...............................................................................................................................................7472 Description...............................................................................................................................................7472 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7472 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7472 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7472 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7472 P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL....................................................................................................................................7474 Description...............................................................................................................................................7474 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7474 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7474 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7474 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7475 P1730 INTERLOCK...............................................................................................................................................7476 Description...............................................................................................................................................7476 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7476 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7476 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7476 Judgment of A/T Interlock.................................................................................................................................7476 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7477 P1734 7GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7478 Description...............................................................................................................................................7478 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7478 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7478 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7478 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7479 P1815 M-MODE SWITCH...........................................................................................................................................7480 Description...............................................................................................................................................7480 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7480 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7480 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7480 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7481 Component Inspection (Manual Mode Switch).................................................................................................................7484 Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shift-up)]..........................................................................................................7484 Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shift-down)]........................................................................................................7485 P2713 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID D.............................................................................................................................7486 Description...............................................................................................................................................7486 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7486 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7486 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7486 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7486 P2722 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID E.............................................................................................................................7487 Description...............................................................................................................................................7487 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7487 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7487 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7487 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7487 P2731 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID F.............................................................................................................................7488 Description...............................................................................................................................................7488 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7488 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7488 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7488 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7488 P2807 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID G.............................................................................................................................7489 Description...............................................................................................................................................7489 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7489 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7489 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7489 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7489 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7491 Description...............................................................................................................................................7491 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7491 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................7493 Description...............................................................................................................................................7493 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7493 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7493 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................7494 Description...............................................................................................................................................7494 Wiring Diagram - A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM -..................................................................................................................7494 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7496 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7497 Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid)................................................................................................................7499 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................7499 SELECTOR LEVER POSITION INDICATOR.............................................................................................................................7501 Description...............................................................................................................................................7501 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7501 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7501 Component Inspection (Selector Lever Position Indicator)..................................................................................................7504 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................7505 TCM...........................................................................................................................................................7505 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................7505 VALUES ON DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................7505 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................7510 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................7510 Wiring Diagram - A/T CONTROL SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................................7512 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................7518 FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION....................................................................................................................................7519 Protection Control........................................................................................................................................7521 REVERSE INHIBIT CONTROL...............................................................................................................................7521 1ST ENGINE BRAKE PROTECTION CONTROL...................................................................................................................7521 TCM HIGH TEMPERATURE PROTECTION CONTROL...............................................................................................................7521 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................7522 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................7522 IGN COUNTER...........................................................................................................................................7523 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7524 SYSTEM SYMPTOM................................................................................................................................................7524 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................7524 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................7529 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................7529 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................7529 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................7529 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................7529 Service Notice or Precaution..............................................................................................................................7530 ATF COOLER SERVICE....................................................................................................................................7530 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................7531 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................7531 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................7531 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................7532 A/T FLUID.....................................................................................................................................................7532 Changing..................................................................................................................................................7532 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................7533 A/T FLUID COOLER..............................................................................................................................................7535 Cleaning..................................................................................................................................................7535 CLEANING PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................7535 DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................7536 INSPECTION PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................7536 Inspection................................................................................................................................................7537 STALL TEST....................................................................................................................................................7538 Inspection and Judgment...................................................................................................................................7538 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................7538 JUDGMENT OF STALL TEST................................................................................................................................7538 A/T POSITION..................................................................................................................................................7539 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7539 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................7539 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................7539 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7540 A/T SHIFT SELECTOR............................................................................................................................................7540 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7540 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7541 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7541 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7541 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7542 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7542 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7542 CONTROL ROD...................................................................................................................................................7543 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7543 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7543 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7543 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7543 Inspection................................................................................................................................................7543 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7543 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7543 PADDLE SHIFTER................................................................................................................................................7544 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7544 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7544 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7544 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7544 OIL PAN.......................................................................................................................................................7545 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7545 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7545 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7545 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7546 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7546 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................7546 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7546 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7546 AIR BREATHER HOSE.............................................................................................................................................7547 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7547 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7547 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7547 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7548 FLUID COOLER SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................................7549 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7549 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7549 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7549 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7550 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7551 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7551 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7551 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................7552 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................7552 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7552 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7552 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7552 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7553 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7554 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7554 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7554 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................7555 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................7555 General Specification.....................................................................................................................................7555 Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs...............................................................................................................7555 Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases............................................................................................................7556 Stall Speed...............................................................................................................................................7556 Torque Converter..........................................................................................................................................7556 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 VTL...........................................................................................................................................................................7557 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7557 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................7559 SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION...............................................................................................................................7559 WITHOUT ACCS..................................................................................................................................................7559 WITHOUT ACCS : System Description.........................................................................................................................7559 WITH ACCS.....................................................................................................................................................7560 WITH ACCS : System Description............................................................................................................................7560 AIR DISTRIBUTION..................................................................................................................................................7561 System Description............................................................................................................................................7561 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................7562 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................7562 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................7562 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................7562 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................7562 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................7562 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................7563 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................7564 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................7564 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................7564 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................7565 IN-CABIN MICROFILTER..............................................................................................................................................7565 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7565 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7565 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7565 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7565 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................7566 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7567 DUCT AND GRILLE...................................................................................................................................................7567 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7567 FRONT.....................................................................................................................................................7567 REAR......................................................................................................................................................7567 CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE......................................................................................................................................7568 CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................7568 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7568 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7568 SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE........................................................................................................................................7568 SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................7568 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7568 Driver side.......................................................................................................................................7568 Passenger side....................................................................................................................................7569 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7569 FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLE........................................................................................................................................7569 FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLE : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................7569 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7569 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7569 SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLE.........................................................................................................................................7569 SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLE : Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................7569 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7569 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7570 VENTILATOR DUCT...............................................................................................................................................7570 VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................7570 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7570 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7570 ADAPTOR DUCT..................................................................................................................................................7570 ADAPTOR DUCT : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................7570 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7570 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7571 DEFROSTER NOZZLE..............................................................................................................................................7571 DEFROSTER NOZZLE : Removal and Installation...............................................................................................................7571 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7571 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7571 SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE.........................................................................................................................................7571 SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE : Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................7571 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7571 Driver side.......................................................................................................................................7571 Passenger side....................................................................................................................................7571 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7571 SIDE DEFROSTER DUCT...........................................................................................................................................7572 SIDE DEFROSTER DUCT : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................7572 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7572 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7572 REAR VENTILATOR GRILLE........................................................................................................................................7572 REAR VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................7572 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7572 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7572 REAR VENTILATOR DUCT 1........................................................................................................................................7572 REAR VENTILATOR DUCT 1 : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................7572 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7572 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7573 REAR VENTILATOR DUCT 2........................................................................................................................................7573 REAR VENTILATOR DUCT 2 : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................7573 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7573 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7573 FOOT GRILLE...................................................................................................................................................7573 FOOT GRILLE : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................................7573 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7573 Driver side.......................................................................................................................................7573 Passenger side....................................................................................................................................7573 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7573 FOOT DUCT.....................................................................................................................................................7573 FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................7574 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7574 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7574 HEATER DUCT...................................................................................................................................................7574 HEATER DUCT : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................................7574 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7574 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7574 REAR FLOOR DUCT 1.............................................................................................................................................7574 REAR FLOOR DUCT 1 : Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................7575 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7575 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7575 BLOWER UNIT.......................................................................................................................................................7576 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7576 BLOWER UNIT...................................................................................................................................................7576 BLOWER UNIT : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................................7576 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7576 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7577 BLOWER MOTOR..................................................................................................................................................7577 BLOWER MOTOR : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................7577 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7577 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7577 WCS...........................................................................................................................................................................7578 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7578 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................7580 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................7580 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................7580 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................7580 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................7580 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................7582 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................7582 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................7582 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System Diagram.....................................................................................................................7582 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System Description.................................................................................................................7582 COMBINATION METER.....................................................................................................................................7582 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.............................................................................................................................7582 BCM...................................................................................................................................................7582 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component Parts Location...........................................................................................................7583 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component Description..............................................................................................................7583 LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME..................................................................................................................................7584 LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System Diagram.............................................................................................................7584 LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System Description.........................................................................................................7584 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7584 WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS..........................................................................................................................7584 WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS.............................................................................................................................7584 LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location...................................................................................................7585 LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component Description......................................................................................................7585 SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME.......................................................................................................................................7585 SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System Diagram..................................................................................................................7586 SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System Description..............................................................................................................7586 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7586 WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS..........................................................................................................................7586 WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS.............................................................................................................................7586 SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location........................................................................................................7587 SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component Description...........................................................................................................7587 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME...........................................................................................................................7587 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System Diagram......................................................................................................7588 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System Description..................................................................................................7588 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7588 WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS..........................................................................................................................7588 WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS.............................................................................................................................7588 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location............................................................................................7589 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component Description...............................................................................................7589 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.).....................................................................................................................7590 CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)..............................................................................................................................7590 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.............................................................................................................................7590 SELF DIAG RESULT..........................................................................................................................................7590 DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................................7590 Display Item List.....................................................................................................................................7590 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................7594 COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................................7594 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)....................................................................................................7594 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................7594 SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................7594 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...............................................................................................................................7594 BUZZER........................................................................................................................................................7595 BUZZER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BUZZER)..............................................................................................................7595 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.........................................................................................................................7595 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................7595 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................7596 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7597 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................7597 COMBINATION METER.............................................................................................................................................7597 COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................7597 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.....................................................................................................................................7597 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................7597 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................7598 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................7598 METER BUZZER CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................................7600 Description...................................................................................................................................................7600 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................7600 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7600 SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................7601 Description...................................................................................................................................................7601 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................7601 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7601 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................7602 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................7603 Wiring Diagram - WARNING CHIME -..............................................................................................................................7603 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................7610 COMBINATION METER.................................................................................................................................................7610 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................7610 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................7610 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................7610 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................7610 Wiring Diagram - METER -......................................................................................................................................7613 Fail-Safe.....................................................................................................................................................7628 FAIL-SAFE.................................................................................................................................................7628 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................7629 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.........................................................................................................................................7630 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................7630 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................7630 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................7633 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................7634 Wiring Diagram - METER -......................................................................................................................................7637 Fail-Safe.....................................................................................................................................................7652 FAIL-SAFE.................................................................................................................................................7652 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................7653 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................7655 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................7655 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................7655 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................7660 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................7660 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................7679 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................7685 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................7685 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................7687 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................7687 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................7687 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................7688 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................7688 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................7691 THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND...........................................................................................7691 Description...................................................................................................................................................7691 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7691 THE LIGHT REMINDER WARNING DOES NOT SOUND.........................................................................................................................7692 Description...................................................................................................................................................7692 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7692 THE SEAT BELT WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND.......................................................................................................7693 Description...................................................................................................................................................7693 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7693 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................7694 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................7694 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................7694 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................7694 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 WT............................................................................................................................................................................7695 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7695 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................7698 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW....................................................................................................................................7698 Work Flow ....................................................................................................................................................7698 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................7698 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................................7700 TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION.................................................................................................................................7700 TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Description...............................................................................................................7700 TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Transmitter Wake-up Procedure.............................................................................................7700 ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE.....................................................................................................................................7700 ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Description...................................................................................................................7700 ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Transmitter ID Registration Procedure.........................................................................................7701 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................7703 TPMS..............................................................................................................................................................7703 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................7703 System Description............................................................................................................................................7703 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................7704 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................7704 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CONTROL UNIT).........................................................................................................7705 Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................................7705 Description...............................................................................................................................................7705 Self-diagnosis procedure..................................................................................................................................7705 Erase the diagnosis history...............................................................................................................................7706 CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................................7706 FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................................7706 WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................................7707 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT....................................................................................................................................7707 DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................................7707 ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................................7707 ECU IDENTIFICATION........................................................................................................................................7707 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7708 C1704, C1705, C1706, C1707 LOW TIRE PRESSURE......................................................................................................................7708 Description...................................................................................................................................................7708 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7708 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................7708 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7708 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7708 C1708, C1709, C1710, C1711 TRANSMITTER (NO DATA)..................................................................................................................7710 Description...................................................................................................................................................7710 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7710 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................7710 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7710 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7710 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................7713 C1716, C1717, C1718, C1719 TRANSMITTER (PRESSDATA)................................................................................................................7714 Description...................................................................................................................................................7714 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7714 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................7714 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7714 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7714 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................7715 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................7715 C1720, C1721, C1722, C1723 TRANSMITTER............................................................................................................................7716 Description...................................................................................................................................................7716 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7716 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................7716 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7716 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7716 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................7719 C1728 RECEIVER ID.................................................................................................................................................7720 Description...................................................................................................................................................7720 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7720 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................7720 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7720 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7720 C1729 VEHICLE SPEED SIG ERR.......................................................................................................................................7723 Description...................................................................................................................................................7723 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7723 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................7723 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7723 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7723 C1750, C1751, C1752, C1753 RECEIVER...............................................................................................................................7724 Description...................................................................................................................................................7724 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7724 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................7724 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7724 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7724 C1754 LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................7726 Description...................................................................................................................................................7726 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7726 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................7726 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7726 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7726 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................7728 C1755, C1756, C1757, C1758 POOR RECEIVING CONDITIONS..............................................................................................................7729 Description...................................................................................................................................................7729 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7729 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................7729 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7729 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7729 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................................7731 Description...................................................................................................................................................7731 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7731 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................7731 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7731 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7731 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................................7732 Description...................................................................................................................................................7732 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7732 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................7732 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7732 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7732 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................7733 Description...................................................................................................................................................7733 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................7733 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7733 TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK SWITCH................................................................................................................................7735 Description...................................................................................................................................................7735 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................7735 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7735 LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP....................................................................................................................................7737 Description...................................................................................................................................................7737 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................7737 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7737 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................7739 TPMS CONTROL UNIT.................................................................................................................................................7739 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................7739 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................7739 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................7739 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................7739 Wiring Diagram - TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM -............................................................................................................7741 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................7749 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................7750 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................7752 TPMS..............................................................................................................................................................7752 Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................................7752 LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP SYMPTOM CHART..............................................................................................................7752 LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON...................................................................................................................7755 Description...................................................................................................................................................7755 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7755 LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF..................................................................................................................7756 Description...................................................................................................................................................7756 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7756 LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP BLINKS.............................................................................................................................7757 Description...................................................................................................................................................7757 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7757 TURN SIGNAL LAMP BLINKS...........................................................................................................................................7759 Description...................................................................................................................................................7759 DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................................7759 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7759 ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE COMPLETED...............................................................................................................................7760 Description...................................................................................................................................................7760 DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................................7760 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7760 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................................7761 Description...................................................................................................................................................7761 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................................7762 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................................7762 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................7763 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................7763 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................7763 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................7763 Service Notice or Precautions.................................................................................................................................7763 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................7764 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................7764 Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................................7764 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................7764 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................7765 ROAD WHEEL........................................................................................................................................................7765 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................7765 BALANCING WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)....................................................................................................................7765 Preparation Before Adjustment.........................................................................................................................7765 Wheel Balance Adjustment..............................................................................................................................7765 TIRE ROTATION.............................................................................................................................................7766 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7768 ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................7768 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7768 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7768 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7768 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7768 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................7768 ALUMINUM WHEEL............................................................................................................................................7768 STEEL WHEEL...............................................................................................................................................7768 TPMS CONTROL UNIT.................................................................................................................................................7770 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7770 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7770 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7770 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7770 TRANSMITTER.......................................................................................................................................................7771 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7771 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7771 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7771 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7771 TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER............................................................................................................................................7773 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7773 FRONT TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER..................................................................................................................................7773 FRONT TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................7773 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7773 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7773 REAR TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER...................................................................................................................................7773 REAR TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................7773 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7773 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7773 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................7774 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................7774 Road Wheel....................................................................................................................................................7774 ALUMINUM WHEEL (CONVENTIONAL).............................................................................................................................7774 STEEL WHEEL (FOR EMERGENCY USE)...........................................................................................................................7774 Tire Air Pressure.............................................................................................................................................7774 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156 WW............................................................................................................................................................................7775 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7775 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................7777 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................7777 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................7777 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................7777 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................7777 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................7779 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................7779 WITH RAIN SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................7779 WITH RAIN SENSOR : System Diagram.........................................................................................................................7779 WITH RAIN SENSOR : System Description.....................................................................................................................7779 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................7779 FRONT WIPER BASIC OPERATION...........................................................................................................................7779 FRONT WIPER LO OPERATION..............................................................................................................................7779 FRONT WIPER HI OPERATION..............................................................................................................................7779 FRONT WIPER AUTO OPERATION............................................................................................................................7780 Rain Sensing......................................................................................................................................7780 Auto Wiping Operation ............................................................................................................................7780 Rain Sensor Sensitivity Setting...................................................................................................................7780 FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATION.......................................................................................................................7780 FRONT WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHER..............................................................................................................7781 FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION....................................................................................................................................7781 Front Wiper control...............................................................................................................................7781 Rain Sensor Malfunction...........................................................................................................................7781 WITH RAIN SENSOR : Component Parts Location...............................................................................................................7782 WITH RAIN SENSOR : Component Description..................................................................................................................7782 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................7783 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR : System Diagram......................................................................................................................7783 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR : System Description..................................................................................................................7783 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................7783 FRONT WIPER BASIC OPERATION...........................................................................................................................7783 FRONT WIPER LO OPERATION..............................................................................................................................7783 FRONT WIPER HI OPERATION..............................................................................................................................7783 FRONT WIPER INT OPERATION.............................................................................................................................7784 FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATION.......................................................................................................................7784 FRONT WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHER..............................................................................................................7785 FRONT WIPER FAIL-SAFE OPERATION.......................................................................................................................7785 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR : Component Parts Location............................................................................................................7786 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR : Component Description...............................................................................................................7786 REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................7788 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................7788 System Description............................................................................................................................................7788 OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................................7788 REAR WIPER BASIC OPERATION................................................................................................................................7788 REAR WIPER ON OPERATION...................................................................................................................................7788 REAR WIPER INT OPERATION..................................................................................................................................7788 REAR WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATION............................................................................................................................7788 REAR WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHER ..................................................................................................................7789 REAR WIPER FAIL-SAFE OPERATION............................................................................................................................7789 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................7790 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................7790 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................7791 COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................................7791 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)....................................................................................................7791 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................7791 SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................7791 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...............................................................................................................................7791 WIPER.........................................................................................................................................................7792 WIPER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - WIPER)................................................................................................................7792 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................7792 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................7792 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................7793 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R).......................................................................................................................................7794 Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................................7794 AUTO ACTIVE TEST..........................................................................................................................................7794 Description...........................................................................................................................................7794 Operation Procedure...................................................................................................................................7794 Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode...................................................................................................................7794 Concept of auto active test...........................................................................................................................7795 Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode..............................................................................................................7795 CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)...............................................................................................................................7796 APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................................7796 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT....................................................................................................................................7796 DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................................7796 ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................................7797 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7799 WIPER AND WASHER FUSE.............................................................................................................................................7799 Description...................................................................................................................................................7799 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7799 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................7800 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................7800 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................7800 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................7800 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................7800 FRONT WIPER MOTOR LO CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................7802 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................7802 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7802 FRONT WIPER MOTOR HI CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................7804 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................7804 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7804 FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP SIGNAL CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................7806 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................7806 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7806 FRONT WIPER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................7808 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7808 WASHER SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................................7809 Description...................................................................................................................................................7809 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................7809 RAIN SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................................7810 Description...................................................................................................................................................7810 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................7810 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7810 REAR WIPER MOTOR CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................................7812 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................7812 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7812 REAR WIPER AUTO STOP SIGNAL CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................7814 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................7814 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7814 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................7816 Wiring Diagram - FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM -..............................................................................................................7816 REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................7823 Wiring Diagram - REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM -...............................................................................................................7823 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................7830 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................7830 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................7830 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................7830 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................7835 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................7835 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................7854 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................7860 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................7860 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................7862 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................7862 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................7862 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................7863 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................7863 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)......................................................................................................7866 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................7866 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................7866 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................7868 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................7868 Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...................................................................................................................................7873 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................7876 CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL.................................................................................................................................7876 If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM.........................................................................................................7876 If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM.........................................................................................................7877 IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION.............................................................................................................7877 FRONT WIPER CONTROL.......................................................................................................................................7877 STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................7878 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................7878 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................7879 WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM SYMPTOMS..................................................................................................................................7879 WITH RAIN SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................7879 WITH RAIN SENSOR : Symptom Table..........................................................................................................................7879 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................7881 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR : Symptom Table.......................................................................................................................7881 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................................7884 Description...................................................................................................................................................7884 FRONT WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................7884 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION......................................................................................................................7884 FRONT WIPER DOES NOT OPERATE......................................................................................................................................7885 Description...................................................................................................................................................7885 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7885 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................7887 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................7887 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................7887 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................7887 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................7887 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7888 WASHER TANK.......................................................................................................................................................7888 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7888 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7888 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7888 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7888 WASHER PUMP.......................................................................................................................................................7889 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7889 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7889 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7889 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7889 WASHER LEVEL SWITCH...............................................................................................................................................7890 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7890 FRONT WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBE......................................................................................................................................7891 Hydraulic Layout..............................................................................................................................................7891 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7891 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7891 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7891 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................7891 INSPECTION................................................................................................................................................7891 Washer Nozzle Inspection..............................................................................................................................7891 ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................................7892 Washer Nozzle Spray Position Adjustment...............................................................................................................7892 FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE.........................................................................................................................................7894 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7894 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7894 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7894 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7894 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................7894 WIPER BLADE POSITION ADJUSTMENT...........................................................................................................................7894 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................7895 FLAT BLADE REFILL.........................................................................................................................................7895 FRONT WIPER DRIVE ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................7896 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7896 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7896 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................7896 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7896 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7896 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7897 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................7897 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................7897 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................7897 RAIN SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................................7898 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7898 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7898 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7898 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7898 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7898 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH...........................................................................................................................................7899 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7899 REAR WIPER ARM....................................................................................................................................................7900 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7900 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7900 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7900 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7900 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................7900 REAR WIPER BLADE POSITION ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................................7900 REAR WIPER MOTOR..................................................................................................................................................7902 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7902 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7902 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7902 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7902 REAR WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBE.......................................................................................................................................7903 Hydraulic Layout..............................................................................................................................................7903 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7903 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7903 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7904 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................7904 INSPECTION................................................................................................................................................7904 Washer Nozzle Inspection..............................................................................................................................7904 ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................................7904 Washer Nozzle Spray Position adjustment...............................................................................................................7904 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 155 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 156
Customer Support: [email protected]
https://vimeo.com/873283228?share=copy
PLEASE NOTE:
- This is the SAME MANUAL used by the dealerships to diagnose your vehicle
- No waiting for couriers / posts as this is a PDF manual and you can download it within 2 minutes time once you make the payment.
- Your payment is all safe and the delivery of the manual is INSTANT – You will be taken to the DOWNLOAD PAGE.
- So have no hesitations whatsoever and write to us about any queries you may have : heydownloadss @gmail.com
S.V
